	TITLE	'OS - Operating System'
	SUBTTL	' '
	LIST	-F,-M

	SPACE	4,10
***	Copyright 1983 ATARI.  Unauthorized reproduction, adaptation,
*	distribution, performance or display of this computer program
*	or the associated audiovisual work is strictly prohibited.
	SPACE	4,10
***	OS - Operating System
*
*	NOTES
*		This represents an attempt to bring the OS :
*		into conformance with the Atari Internal So:
*		Standards as defined in the Software Develo:
*		Committee Report on Procedures And Standard:
*		(10/27/81).  Due to time constraints, the e:
*		source could not be brought up to the stand:
*		particularly in the area of subroutine head:
*		documentation (ENTRY, EXIT, CHANGES and CAL:
*		More complete and consistent conformance to:
*		standard is planned for the next revision o:
*		Operating System (Revision 3).
*
*	MODS
*		Revision A (400/800)
*		D. Crane/A. Miller/L. Kaplan/R. Whitehead
*
*		Revision B (400/800)
*		Fix several problems.
*		M. Mahar/R. S. Scheiman
*
*		Revision 10 (1200XL)
*		Support 1200XL, add new features.
*		H. Stewart/L. Winner/R. S. Scheiman/
*		Y. M. Chen/M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*
*		Revision 11 (1200XL)
*		Fix several problems.
*		R. S. Scheiman	12/23/82
*
*		Revision 1 (600XL/800XL)
*		Support PBI and on-board BASIC.
*		R. S. Scheiman/R. K. Nordin/Y. M. Chen	03/11/83
*
*		Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


	SPACE	4,10
**	Program Structure
*
*	The sections of the OS appear in the following order with
*	corresponding subtitles:
*
*	Equates and Definitions
*
*		System Symbol Equates
*		System Address Equates
*		Miscellaneous Address Equates
*		Macro Definitions
*
*	Code and Data
*
*		First 8K ROM Identification and Checksum
*
*		Interrupt Handler
*		Initialization
*		Disk Input/Ouput
*		Relocating Loader
*		Self-test, Part 1
*		Parallel Input/Output
*		Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 1
*		Self-test, Part 2
*		Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 2
*
*		International Character Set
*
*		Self-test, Part 3
*		Floating Point Package
*
*		Domestic Character Set
*
*		Device Handler Vector Tables
*		Jump Vectors
*		Generic Parallel Device Handler Vector Table
*
*		$E4C0 Patch
*		Central Input/Output
*		Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 3
*		$E912 Patch
*		Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 4
*		$E959 Patch
*		Serial Input/Output
*		Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler, Part 1
*		Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 5
*		$EF6B Patch
*		Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler, Part 2
*		$F223 Patch
*		Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler, Part 3
*		$FCD8 Patch
*		Cassette Handler
*		Printer Handler
*		Self-test, Part 4
*
*		Second 8K ROM Identification and Checksum
*		6502 Machine Vectors
	SUBTTL	'System Symbol Equates'
	SPACE	4,10
**	Assembly Option Equates


FALSE	EQU	0
TRUE	EQU	not FALSE

VGC	SET	TRUE	;virtual game controllers
RAMSYS	SET	FALSE	;not RAM based system
LNBUG	SET	FALSE	;no LNBUG interface
ACMI	SET	FALSE	;no asynchronous communications mod:
	SPACE	4,10
**	Identification Equates


IDREV	EQU	$01	;identification revision number
IDDAY	EQU	$11	;identification day
IDMON	EQU	$03	;identification month
IDYEAR	EQU	$83	;identification year
IDCPU	EQU	$02	;identification CPU series
IDPN1	EQU	'B'	;identification part number field 1
IDPN2	EQU	'B'	;identification part number field 2
IDPN3	EQU	$00	;identification part number field 3
IDPN4	EQU	$00	;identification part number field 4
IDPN5	EQU	$00	;identification part number field 5
	SPACE	4,10
**	Configuration Equates
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: last byte of HATABS (as defined by:
*		overlaps first power-up validation byte.


MAXDEV	EQU	33	;offset to last possible entry of HATABS
IOCBSZ	EQU	16	;length of IOCB

SEIOCB	EQU	0*IOCBSZ	;screen editor IOCB index
MAXIOC	EQU	8*IOCBSZ	;first invalid IOCB index

DSCTSZ	EQU	128	;disk sector size

LEDGE	EQU	2	;left edge
REDGE	EQU	39	;right edge

INIML	EQU	$0700	;initial MEMLO

ICSORG	EQU	$CC00	;international character set origin
DCSORG	EQU	$E000	;domestic character set origin
	SPACE	4,10
**	IOCB Command Code Equates


OPEN	EQU	$03	;open
GETREC	EQU	$05	;get record
GETCHR	EQU	$07	;get character(s)
PUTREC	EQU	$09	;put record
PUTCHR	EQU	$0B	;put character(s)
CLOSE	EQU	$0C	;close
STATIS	EQU	$0D	;status
SPECIL	EQU	$0E	;special
	SPACE	4,10
**	Special Entry Command Equates


;	Screen Commands

DRAWLN	EQU	$11	;draw line
FILLIN	EQU	$12	;draw line with right fill
	SPACE	4,10
**	ICAX1 Auxiliary Byte 1 Equates


APPEND	EQU	$01	;open write append (D:) or screen read (E:)
DIRECT	EQU	$02	;open for directory access (D:)
OPNIN	EQU	$04	;open for input (all devices)
OPNOT	EQU	$08	;open for output (all devices)
MXDMOD	EQU	$10	;open for mixed mode (E:, S:)
INSCLR	EQU	$20	;open for input without clearing screen (E:, S:)
	SPACE	4,10
**	Device Code Equates


CASSET	EQU	'C'	;cassette
DISK	EQU	'D'	;disk
SCREDT	EQU	'E'	;screen editor
KBD	EQU	'K'	;keyboard
PRINTR	EQU	'P'	;printer
DISPLY	EQU	'S'	;screen display
	SPACE	4,10
**	Character and Key Code Equates


CLS	EQU	$7D	;clear screen
EOL	EQU	$9B	;end of line (RETURN)

HELP	EQU	$11	;key code for HELP
CNTLF1	EQU	$83	;key code for CTRL-F1
CNTLF2	EQU	$84	;key code for CTRL-F2
CNTLF3	EQU	$93	;key code for CTRL-F3
CNTLF4	EQU	$94	;key code for CTRL-F4
CNTL1	EQU	$9F	;key code for CTRL-1
	SPACE	4,10
**	Status Code Equates


SUCCES	EQU	1	;successful operation

BRKABT	EQU	128	;BREAK key abort
PRVOPN	EQU	129	;IOCB already open error
NONDEV	EQU	130	;nonexistent device error
WRONLY	EQU	131	;IOCB opened for write only error
NVALID	EQU	132	;invalid command error
NOTOPN	EQU	133	;device/file not open error
BADIOC	EQU	134	;invalid IOCB index error
RDONLY	EQU	135	;IOCB opened for read only error
EOFERR	EQU	136	;end of file error
TRNRCD	EQU	137	;truncated record error
TIMOUT	EQU	138	;peripheral device timeout error
DNACK	EQU	139	;device does not acknowledge command error
FRMERR	EQU	140	;serial bus framing error
CRSROR	EQU	141	;cursor overrange error
OVRRUN	EQU	142	;serial bus data overrun error
CHKERR	EQU	143	;serial bus checksum error
DERROR	EQU	144	;device done (operation incomplete) error
BADMOD	EQU	145	;bad screen mode number error
FNCNOT	EQU	146	;function not implemented in handler error
SCRMEM	EQU	147	;insufficient memory for screen mode error

**	DCB Device Bus ID Equates


DISKID	EQU	$31	;disk bus ID
PDEVN	EQU	$40	;printer bus ID
CASET	EQU	$60	;cassette bus ID
	SPACE	4,10
**	Bus Command Equates


FOMAT	EQU	'!'	;format command
PUTSEC	EQU	'P'	;put sector command
READ	EQU	'R'	;read command
STATC	EQU	'S'	;status command
WRITE	EQU	'W'	;write command
	SPACE	4,10
**	Command Auxiliary Byte Equates


DOUBLE	EQU	'D'	;print 20 characters double width
NORMAL	EQU	'N'	;print 40 characters normally
PLOT	EQU	'P'	;plot
SIDWAY	EQU	'S'	;print 16 characters sideways
	SPACE	4,10
**	Bus Response Equates


ACK	EQU	'A'	;device acknowledged
COMPLT	EQU	'C'	;device successfully completed operation
ERROR	EQU	'E'	;device incurred error in attempted operation
NACK	EQU	'N'	;device did not understand
	SPACE	4,10
**	Floating Point Package Miscellaneous Equates


FPREC	EQU	6	;precision

FMPREC	EQU	FPREC-1	;length of mantissa
	SPACE	4,10
**	Cassette Record Type Equates


HDR	EQU	$FB	;header
DTA	EQU	$FC	;data record
DT1	EQU	$FA	;last data record
EOT	EQU	$FE	;end of tape (file)

TONE1	EQU	2	;record
TONE2	EQU	1	;playback
	SPACE	4,10
**	Cassette Timing Equates


WLEADN	EQU	1152	;NTSC 19.2 second WRITE file leader
RLEADN	EQU	576	;NTSC 9.6 second READ file leader
WIRGLN	EQU	180	;NTSC 3.0 second WRITE IRG
RIRGLN	EQU	120	;NTSC 2.0 second READ IRG
WSIRGN	EQU	15	;NTSC 0.25 second WRITE short IRG
RSIRGN	EQU	10	;NTSC 0.16 second READ short IRG
BEEPNN	EQU	30	;NTSC 0.5 second beep duration
BEEPFN	EQU	10	;NTSC 0.16 second beep separation

WLEADP	EQU	960	;PAL 19.2 second WRITE file leader
RLEADP	EQU	480	;PAL 9.6 second READ file leader
WIRGLP	EQU	150	;PAL 3.0 second WRITE IRG
RIRGLP	EQU	100	;PAL 2.0 second READ IRG
WSIRGP	EQU	13	;PAL 0.25 second WRITE short IRG
RSIRGP	EQU	8	;PAL 0.16 second READ short IRG
BEEPNP	EQU	25	;PAL 0.5 second beep duration
BEEPFP	EQU	8	;PAL 0.16 second beep separation

WIRGHI	EQU	0	;high WRITE IRG
RIRGHI	EQU	0	;high READ IRG
	SPACE	4,10
**	Power-up Validation Byte Value Equates


PUPVL1	EQU	$5C	;power-up validation value 1
PUPVL2	EQU	$93	;power-up validation value 2
PUPVL3	EQU	$25	;power-up validation value 3
	SPACE	4,10
**	Relocating Loader Miscellaneous Equates


DATAER	EQU	156	;end of record appears before END r:
MEMERR	EQU	157	;memory insufficient for load error
	SPACE	4,10
**	Miscellaneous Equates


IOCFRE	EQU	$FF	;IOCB free indicator

B19200	EQU	$0028	;19200 baud POKEY counter value
B00600	EQU	$05CC	;600 baud POKEY counter value

HITONE	EQU	$05	;FSK high freq. POKEY counter value (5326 Hz)
LOTONE	EQU	$07	;FSK low freq. POKEY counter value (3995 Hz)

NCOMLO	EQU	$34	;PIA lower NOT COMMAND line command
NCOMHI	EQU	$3C	;PIA raise NOT COMMAND line command

MOTRGO	EQU	$34	;PIA cassette motor ON command
MOTRST	EQU	$3C	;PIA cassette motor OFF command

NODAT	EQU	$00	;SIO immediate operation
GETDAT	EQU	$40	;SIO read data frame
PUTDAT	EQU	$80	;SIO write data frame

CRETRI	EQU	13	;number of command frame retries
DRETRI	EQU	1	;number of device retries
CTIM	EQU	2	;command frame ACK timeout

NBUFSZ	EQU	40	;print normal buffer size
DBUFSZ	EQU	20	;print double buffer size
SBUFSZ	EQU	29	;print sideways buffer size
	SUBTTL	'System Address Equates'
	SPACE	4,10
**	Page Zero Address Equates


LNFLG	EQU	$0000	;1-byte LNBUG flag (0 = not LNBUG)
NGFLAG	EQU	$0001	;1-byte memory status (0 = failure)

;	Not Cleared

CASINI	EQU	$0002	;2-byte cassette program initialization address
RAMLO	EQU	$0004	;2-byte RAM address for memory test
TRAMSZ	EQU	$0006	;1-byte RAM size temporary
CMCMD	EQU	$0007	;1-byte command communications

;	Cleared upon Coldstart Only

WARMST	EQU	$0008	;1-byte warmstart flag (0 = coldstart)
BOOT?	EQU	$0009	;1-byte successful boot flags
DOSVEC	EQU	$000A	;2-byte disk program start vector
DOSINI	EQU	$000C	;2-byte disk program initialization address
APPMHI	EQU	$000E	;2-byte applications memory high limit

;	Cleared upon Coldstart or Warmstart

INTZBS	EQU	$0010	;first page zero location to clear

POKMSK	EQU	$0010	;1-byte IRQEN shadow
BRKKEY	EQU	$0011	;1-byte BREAK key flag (0 = no BREAK)
RTCLOK	EQU	$0012	;3-byte real time clock (16 millisecond units)
BUFADR	EQU	$0015	;2-byte disk interface buffer address
ICCOMT	EQU	$0017	;1-byte CIO command table index
DSKFMS	EQU	$0018	;2-byte DOS File Management System pointer
DSKUTL	EQU	$001A	;2-byte DOS utility pointer
ABUFPT	EQU	$001C	;4-byte ACMI buffer pointer area

ZIOCB	EQU	$0020	;address of page zero IOCB
IOCBAS	EQU	$0020	;16-byte page zero IOCB
ICHIDZ	EQU	$0020	;1-byte handler ID ($FF = IOCB free)
ICDNOZ	EQU	$0021	;1-byte device number
ICCOMZ	EQU	$0022	;1-byte command code
ICSTAZ	EQU	$0023	;1-byte status of last action
ICBALZ	EQU	$0024	;1-byte low buffer address
ICBAHZ	EQU	$0025	;1-byte high buffer address
ICPTLZ	EQU	$0026	;1-byte low PUT-BYTE routine address-1
ICPTHZ	EQU	$0027	;1-byte high PUT-BYTE routine address-1
ICBLLZ	EQU	$0028	;1-byte low buffer length
ICBLHZ	EQU	$0029	;1-byte high buffer length
ICAX1Z	EQU	$002A	;1-byte first auxiliary information
ICAX2Z	EQU	$002B	;1-byte second auxiliary information
ICSPRZ	EQU	$002C	;4-byte spares

ENTVEC	EQU	$002C	;2-byte (not used)
ICIDNO	EQU	$002E	;1-byte IOCB index (IOCB number times IOCBSZ)
CIOCHR	EQU	$002F	;1-byte character for current CIO operation

STATUS	EQU	$0030	;1-byte SIO operation status
CHKSUM	EQU	$0031	;1-byte checksum (single byte sum with carry)
BUFRLO	EQU	$0032	;1-byte low data buffer address
BUFRHI	EQU	$0033	;1-byte high data buffer address
BFENLO	EQU	$0034	;1-byte low data buffer end address
BFENHI	EQU	$0035	;1-byte high data buffer end address
LTEMP	EQU	$0036	;2-byte relocating loader temporary
BUFRFL	EQU	$0038	;1-byte data buffer full flag (0 = not full)
RECVDN	EQU	$0039	;1-byte receive-frame done flag (0 = not done)
XMTDON	EQU	$003A	;1-byte transmit-frame done flag (0 = not done)
CHKSNT	EQU	$003B	;1-byte checksum sent flag (0 = not sent)
NOCKSM	EQU	$003C	;1-byte no checksum follows data flag (0 = does)
BPTR	EQU	$003D	;1-byte cassette buffer pointer
FTYPE	EQU	$003E	;1-byte cassette IRG type (neg. = continuous)
FEOF	EQU	$003F	;1-byte cassette EOF flag (0 = no EOF)
FREQ	EQU	$0040	;1-byte cassette beep counter
SOUNDR	EQU	$0041	;1-byte noisy I/O flag (0 = quiet)

CRITIC	EQU	$0042	;1-byte critical section flag (0 = not critical)

FMSZPG	EQU	$0043	;7-byte reserved for DOS File Management System

ZCHAIN	EQU	$004A	;2-byte handler linkage chain point:
DSTAT	EQU	$004C	;1-byte display status
ATRACT	EQU	$004D	;1-byte attract-mode timer and flag
DRKMSK	EQU	$004E	;1-byte attract-mode dark (luminance) mask
COLRSH	EQU	$004F	;1-byte attract-mode color shift
TMPCHR	EQU	$0050	;1-byte	temporary character
HOLD1	EQU	$0051	;1-byte	temporary
LMARGN	EQU	$0052	;1-byte text column left margin
RMARGN	EQU	$0053	;1-byte text column right margin
ROWCRS	EQU	$0054	;1-byte cursor row
COLCRS	EQU	$0055	;2-byte cursor column
DINDEX	EQU	$0057	;1-byte display mode
SAVMSC	EQU	$0058	;2-byte saved memory scan counter
OLDROW	EQU	$005A	;1-byte prior row
OLDCOL	EQU	$005B	;2-byte prior column
OLDCHR	EQU	$005D	;1-byte saved character under cursor
OLDADR	EQU	$005E	;2-byte saved cursor memory address
FKDEF	EQU	$0060	;2-byte function key definition tab:
PALNTS	EQU	$0062	;1-byte PAL/NTSC indicator (0 = NTS:
LOGCOL	EQU	$0063	;1-byte logical line cursor column
ADRESS	EQU	$0064	;2-byte temporary address

MLTTMP	EQU	$0066	;1-byte temporary
OPNTMP	EQU	$0066	;1-byte open temporary
TOADR	EQU	$0066	;2-byte destination address

SAVADR	EQU	$0068	;2-byte saved address
FRMADR	EQU	$0068	;2-byte source address

RAMTOP	EQU	$006A	;1-byte RAM size
BUFCNT	EQU	$006B	;1-byte buffer count (logical line size)
BUFSTR	EQU	$006C	;2-byte buffer start pointer
BITMSK	EQU	$006E	;1-byte bit mask for bit map operation
SHFAMT	EQU	$006F	;1-byte shift amount for pixel justification
ROWAC	EQU	$0070	;2-byte draw working row
COLAC	EQU	$0072	;2-byte draw working column
ENDPT	EQU	$0074	;2-byte end point
DELTAR	EQU	$0076	;1-byte row difference
DELTAC	EQU	$0077	;2-byte column difference
KEYDEF	EQU	$0079	;2-byte key definition table addres:
SWPFLG	EQU	$007B	;1-byte split screen swap flag (0 = not swapped)
HOLDCH	EQU	$007C	;1-byte temporary character
INSDAT	EQU	$007D	;1-byte temporary
COUNTR	EQU	$007E	;2-byte draw iteration count

;	Reserved for Application and Floating Point Package

;	EQU	$0080	;128 bytes reserved for application and FPP
	SPACE	4,10
**	Floating Point Package Page Zero Address Equates


FR0	EQU	$00D4	;6-byte register 0
FR0M	EQU	$00D5	;5-byte register 0 mantissa
QTEMP	EQU	$00D9	;1-byte temporary

FRE	EQU	$00DA	;6-byte (internal) register E

FR1	EQU	$00E0	;6-byte register 1
FR1M	EQU	$00E1	;5-byte register 1 mantissa

FR2	EQU	$00E6	;6-byte (internal) register 2

FRX	EQU	$00EC	;1-byte temporary

EEXP	EQU	$00ED	;1-byte value of exponent

FRSIGN	EQU	$00EE	;1-byte floating point sign
NSIGN	EQU	$00EE	;1-byte sign of number

PLYCNT	EQU	$00EF	;1-byte polynomial degree
ESIGN	EQU	$00EF	;1-byte sign of exponent

SGNFLG	EQU	$00F0	;1-byte sign flag
FCHFLG	EQU	$00F0	;1-byte first character flag

XFMFLG	EQU	$00F1	;1-byte transform flag
DIGRT	EQU	$00F1	;1-byte number of digits after decimal point

CIX	EQU	$00F2	;1-byte current input index
INBUFF	EQU	$00F3	;2-byte line input buffer

ZTEMP1	EQU	$00F5	;2-byte temporary
ZTEMP4	EQU	$00F7	;2-byte temporary
ZTEMP3	EQU	$00F9	;2-byte temporary

FLPTR	EQU	$00FC	;2-byte floating point number pointer
FPTR2	EQU	$00FE	;2-byte floating point number pointer
	SPACE	4,10
**	Page One (Stack) Address Equates


;	EQU	$0100	;256-byte stack
	SPACE	4,10
**	Page Two Address Equates


INTABS	EQU	$0200	;42-byte interrupt handler table

VDSLST	EQU	$0200	;2-byte display list NMI vector
VPRCED	EQU	$0202	;2-byte serial I/O proceed line IRQ vector
VINTER	EQU	$0204	;2-byte serial I/O interrupt line IRQ vector
VBREAK	EQU	$0206	;2-byte BRK instruction IRQ vector
VKEYBD	EQU	$0208	;2-byte keyboard IRQ vector
VSERIN	EQU	$020A	;2-byte serial input ready IRQ vector
VSEROR	EQU	$020C	;2-byte serial output ready IRQ vector
VSEROC	EQU	$020E	;2-byte serial output complete IRQ vector
VTIMR1	EQU	$0210	;2-byte POKEY timer 1 IRQ vector
VTIMR2	EQU	$0212	;2-byte POKEY timer 2 IRQ vector
VTIMR4	EQU	$0214	;2-byte POKEY timer 4 IRQ vector
VIMIRQ	EQU	$0216	;2-byte immediate IRQ vector
CDTMV1	EQU	$0218	;2-byte countdown timer 1 value
CDTMV2	EQU	$021A	;2-byte countdown timer 2 value
CDTMV3	EQU	$021C	;2-byte countdown timer 3 value
CDTMV4	EQU	$021E	;2-byte countdown timer 4 value
CDTMV5	EQU	$0220	;2-byte countdown timer 5 value
VVBLKI	EQU	$0222	;2-byte immediate VBLANK NMI vector
VVBLKD	EQU	$0224	;2-byte deferred VBLANK NMI vector
CDTMA1	EQU	$0226	;2-byte countdown timer 1 vector
CDTMA2	EQU	$0228	;2-byte countdown timer 2 vector

CDTMF3	EQU	$022A	;1-byte countdown timer 3 flag (0 = expired)
SRTIMR	EQU	$022B	;1-byte software key repeat timer
CDTMF4	EQU	$022C	;1-byte countdown timer 4 flag (0 = expired)
INTEMP	EQU	$022D	;1-byte temporary
CDTMF5	EQU	$022E	;1-byte countdown timer 5 flag (0 = expired)
SDMCTL	EQU	$022F	;1-byte DMACTL shadow
SDLSTL	EQU	$0230	;1-byte DLISTL shadow
SDLSTH	EQU	$0231	;1-byte DLISTH shadow
SSKCTL	EQU	$0232	;1-byte SKCTL shadow
LCOUNT	EQU	$0233	;1-byte relocating loader record le:
LPENH	EQU	$0234	;1-byte light pen horizontal value
LPENV	EQU	$0235	;1-byte light pen vertical value
BRKKY	EQU	$0236	;2-byte BREAK key vector
VPIRQ	EQU	$0238	;2-byte parallel device IRQ vector
CDEVIC	EQU	$023A	;1-byte command frame device ID
CCOMND	EQU	$023B	;1-byte command frame command
CAUX1	EQU	$023C	;1-byte command auxiliary 1
CAUX2	EQU	$023D	;1-byte command auxiliary 2

TEMP	EQU	$023E	;1-byte temporary

	ASSERT	low TEMP<>$FF	;may not be the last word on a page

ERRFLG	EQU	$023F	;1-byte I/O error flag (0 = no error)

	ASSERT	low ERRFLG<>$FF ;may not be the last word on a page

DFLAGS	EQU	$0240	;1-byte disk flags from sector 1
DBSECT	EQU	$0241	;1-byte disk boot sector count
BOOTAD	EQU	$0242	;2-byte disk boot memory address
COLDST	EQU	$0244	;1-byte coldstart flag (0 = complete)
RECLEN	EQU	$0245	;1-byte relocating loader record le:
DSKTIM	EQU	$0246	;1-byte disk format timeout
PDVMSK	EQU	$0247	;1-byte parallel device selection mask
SHPDVS	EQU	$0248	;1-byte PDVS (parallel device selec:
PDIMSK	EQU	$0249	;1-byte parallel device IRQ selection mask
RELADR	EQU	$024A	;2-byte relocating loader relative :
PPTMPA	EQU	$024C	;1-byte parallel device handler tem:
PPTMPX	EQU	$024D	;1-byte parallel device handler tem:

;	EQU	$024E	;6 bytes reserved for Atari

;	EQU	$0254	;23 bytes reserved for Atari

CHSALT	EQU	$026B	;1-byte character set alternate
VSFLAG	EQU	$026C	;1-byte fine vertical scroll count
KEYDIS	EQU	$026D	;1-byte keyboard disable
FINE	EQU	$026E	;1-byte fine scrolling mode
GPRIOR	EQU	$026F	;1-byte PRIOR shadow

PADDL0	EQU	$0270	;1-byte potentiometer 0
PADDL1	EQU	$0271	;1-byte potentiometer 1
PADDL2	EQU	$0272	;1-byte potentiometer 2
PADDL3	EQU	$0273	;1-byte potentiometer 3
PADDL4	EQU	$0274	;1-byte potentiometer 4
PADDL5	EQU	$0275	;1-byte potentiometer 5
PADDL6	EQU	$0276	;1-byte potentiometer 6
PADDL7	EQU	$0277	;1-byte potentiometer 7

STICK0	EQU	$0278	;1-byte joystick 0
STICK1	EQU	$0279	;1-byte joystick 1
STICK2	EQU	$027A	;1-byte joystick 2
STICK3	EQU	$027B	;1-byte joystick 3

PTRIG0	EQU	$027C	;1-byte paddle trigger 0
PTRIG1	EQU	$027D	;1-byte paddle trigger 1
PTRIG2	EQU	$027E	;1-byte paddle trigger 2
PTRIG3	EQU	$027F	;1-byte paddle trigger 3
PTRIG4	EQU	$0280	;1-byte paddle trigger 4
PTRIG5	EQU	$0281	;1-byte paddle trigger 5
PTRIG6	EQU	$0282	;1-byte paddle trigger 6
PTRIG7	EQU	$0283	;1-byte paddle trigger 7

STRIG0	EQU	$0284	;1-byte joystick trigger 0
STRIG1	EQU	$0285	;1-byte joystick trigger 1
STRIG2	EQU	$0286	;1-byte joystick trigger 2
STRIG3	EQU	$0287	;1-byte joystick trigger 3

HIBYTE	EQU	$0288	;1-byte relocating loader high byte:
WMODE	EQU	$0289	;1-byte cassette WRITE mode ($80 = writing)
BLIM	EQU	$028A	;1-byte cassette buffer limit
IMASK	EQU	$028B	;1-byte (not used)
JVECK	EQU	$028C	;2-byte jump vector or temporary
NEWADR	EQU	$028E	;2-byte relocating address
TXTROW	EQU	$0290	;1-byte split screen text cursor row
TXTCOL	EQU	$0291	;2-byte split screen text cursor column
TINDEX	EQU	$0293	;1-byte split scree text mode
TXTMSC	EQU	$0294	;2-byte split screen memory scan counter
TXTOLD	EQU	$0296	;6-byte OLDROW, OLDCOL, OLDCHR, OLDADR for text
CRETRY	EQU	$029C	;1-byte number of command frame ret:
HOLD3	EQU	$029D	;1-byte temporary
SUBTMP	EQU	$029E	;1-byte temporary
HOLD2	EQU	$029F	;1-byte (not used)
DMASK	EQU	$02A0	;1-byte display (pixel location) mask
TMPLBT	EQU	$02A1	;1-byte (not used)
ESCFLG	EQU	$02A2	;1-byte escape flag ($80 = ESC detected)
TABMAP	EQU	$02A3	;15-byte (120-bit) tab stop bit map
LOGMAP	EQU	$02B2	;8-byte (32-bit) logical line bit map
INVFLG	EQU	$02B6	;1-byte inverse video flag ($80 = inverse)
FILFLG	EQU	$02B7	;1-byte right fill flag (0 = no fill)
TMPROW	EQU	$02B8	;1-byte temporary row
TMPCOL	EQU	$02B9	;2-byte temporary column
SCRFLG	EQU	$02BB	;1-byte scroll occurence flag (0 = not occurred)
HOLD4	EQU	$02BC	;1-byte temporary
DRETRY	EQU	$02BD	;1-byte number of device retries
SHFLOK	EQU	$02BE	;1-byte shift/control lock flags
BOTSCR	EQU	$02BF	;1-byte screen bottom (24 = normal, 4 = split)

PCOLR0	EQU	$02C0	;1-byte player-missle 0 color/luminance
PCOLR1	EQU	$02C1	;1-byte player-missle 1 color/luminance
PCOLR2	EQU	$02C2	;1-byte player-missle 2 color/luminance
PCOLR3	EQU	$02C3	;1-byte player-missle 3 color/luminance

COLOR0	EQU	$02C4	;1-byte playfield 0 color/luminance
COLOR1	EQU	$02C5	;1-byte playfield 1 color/luminance
COLOR2	EQU	$02C6	;1-byte playfield 2 color/luminance
COLOR3	EQU	$02C7	;1-byte playfield 3 color/luminance

COLOR4	EQU	$02C8	;1-byte background color/luminance

PARMBL	EQU	$02C9	;6-byte relocating loader parameter:
RUNADR	EQU	$02C9	;2-byte run address
HIUSED	EQU	$02CB	;2-byte highest non-zero page addre:
ZHIUSE	EQU	$02CD	;2-byte highest zero page address

OLDPAR	EQU	$02CF	;6-byte relocating loader parameter:
GBYTEA	EQU	$02CF	;2-byte GET-BYTE routine address
LOADAD	EQU	$02D1	;2-byte non-zero page load address
ZLOADA	EQU	$02D3	;2-byte zero page load address

DSCTLN	EQU	$02D5	;2-byte disk sector length
ACMISR	EQU	$02D7	;2-byte ACMI interrupt service rout:
KRPDEL	EQU	$02D9	;1-byte auto-repeat delay
KEYREP	EQU	$02DA	;1-byte auto-repeat rate
NOCLIK	EQU	$02DB	;1-byte key click disable
HELPFG	EQU	$02DC	;1-byte HELP key flag (0 = no HELP)
DMASAV	EQU	$02DD	;1-byte SDMCTL save/restore
PBPNT	EQU	$02DE	;1-byte printer buffer pointer
PBUFSZ	EQU	$02DF	;1-byte printer buffer size

;	EQU	$02E0	;4 bytes reserved for DOS

RAMSIZ	EQU	$02E4	;1-byte high RAM size
MEMTOP	EQU	$02E5	;2-byte top of available user memory
MEMLO	EQU	$02E7	;2-byte bottom of available user memory
HNDLOD	EQU	$02E9	;1-byte user load flag (0 = no hand:
DVSTAT	EQU	$02EA	;4-byte device status buffer
CBAUDL	EQU	$02EE	;1-byte low cassette baud rate
CBAUDH	EQU	$02EF	;1-byte high cassette baud rate
CRSINH	EQU	$02F0	;1-byte cursor inhibit (0 = cursor on)
KEYDEL	EQU	$02F1	;1-byte key debounce delay timer
CH1	EQU	$02F2	;1-byte prior keyboard character
CHACT	EQU	$02F3	;1-byte CHACTL shadow
CHBAS	EQU	$02F4	;1-byte CHBASE shadow

NEWROW	EQU	$02F5	;1-byte draw destination row
NEWCOL	EQU	$02F6	;2-byte draw destination column
ROWINC	EQU	$02F8	;1-byte draw row increment
COLINC	EQU	$02F9	;1-byte	draw column increment

CHAR	EQU	$02FA	;1-byte internal character
ATACHR	EQU	$02FB	;1-byte ATASCII character or plot point
CH	EQU	$02FC	;1-byte keyboard code (buffer)
FILDAT	EQU	$02FD	;1-byte right fill data
DSPFLG	EQU	$02FE	;1-byte control character display flag (0 = no)
SSFLAG	EQU	$02FF	;1-byte start/stop flag (0 = not stopped)
	SPACE	4,10
**	Page Three Address Equates


DCB	EQU	$0300	;12-byte device control block
DDEVIC	EQU	$0300	;1-byte unit 1 bus ID
DUNIT	EQU	$0301	;1-byte unit number
DCOMND	EQU	$0302	;1-byte bus command
DSTATS	EQU	$0303	;1-byte command type/status return
DBUFLO	EQU	$0304	;1-byte low data buffer address
DBUFHI	EQU	$0305	;1-byte high data buffer address
DTIMLO	EQU	$0306	;1-byte timeout (seconds)
DUNUSE	EQU	$0307	;1-byte (not used)
DBYTLO	EQU	$0308	;1-byte low number of bytes to transfer
DBYTHI	EQU	$0309	;1-byte high number of bytes to transfer
DAUX1	EQU	$030A	;1-byte first command auxiliary
DAUX2	EQU	$030B	;1-byte second command auxiliary

TIMER1	EQU	$030C	;2-byte initial baud rate timer value
JMPERS	EQU	$030E	;1-byte jumper options
CASFLG	EQU	$030F	;1-byte cassette I/O flag (0 = not cassette I/O)
TIMER2	EQU	$0310	;2-byte final baud rate timer value
TEMP1	EQU	$0312	;2-byte temporary
TEMP2	EQU	$0313	;1-byte temporary
PTIMOT	EQU	$0314	;1-byte printer timeout
TEMP3	EQU	$0315	;1-byte temporary
SAVIO	EQU	$0316	;1-byte saved serial data input indicator
TIMFLG	EQU	$0317	;1-byte timeout flag (0 = timeout)
STACKP	EQU	$0318	;1-byte SIO saved stack pointer
TSTAT	EQU	$0319	;1-byte temporary status

HATABS	EQU	$031A	;35-byte handler address table

PUPBT1	EQU	$033D	;1-byte power-up validation byte 1
PUPBT2	EQU	$033E	;1-byte power-up validation byte 2
PUPBT3	EQU	$033F	;1-byte power-up validation byte 3

IOCB	EQU	$0340	;128-byte I/O control blocks area
ICHID	EQU	$0340	;1-byte handler ID ($FF = free)
ICDNO	EQU	$0341	;1-byte device number
ICCOM	EQU	$0342	;1-byte command code
ICSTA	EQU	$0343	;1-byte status of last action
ICBAL	EQU	$0344	;1-byte low buffer address
ICBAH	EQU	$0345	;1-byte high buffer address
ICPTL	EQU	$0346	;1-byte low PUT-BYTE routine address-1
ICPTH	EQU	$0347	;1-byte high PUT-BYTE routine address-1
ICBLL	EQU	$0348	;1-byte low buffer length
ICBLH	EQU	$0349	;1-byte high buffer length
ICAX1	EQU	$034A	;1-byte first auxiliary information
ICAX2	EQU	$034B	;1-byte second auxiliary information
ICSPR	EQU	$034C	;4-byte work area

PRNBUF	EQU	$03C0	;40-byte printer buffer
SUPERF	EQU	$03E8	;1-byte editor super function flag :
CKEY	EQU	$03E9	;1-byte cassette boot request flag :
CASSBT	EQU	$03EA	;1-byte cassette boot flag (0 = not:
CARTCK	EQU	$03EB	;1-byte cartridge equivalence checksum
DERRF	EQU	$03EC	;1-byte screen OPEN error flag (0 = not)

;	Remainder of Page Three Not Cleared upon Reset

ACMVAR	EQU	$03ED	;11 bytes reserved for ACMI
BASICF	EQU	$03F8	;1-byte BASIC switch flag (0 = BASIC enabled)
MINTLK	EQU	$03F9	;1-byte ACMI module interlock
GINTLK	EQU	$03FA	;1-byte cartridge interlock
CHLINK	EQU	$03FB	;2-byte loaded handler chain link
CASBUF	EQU	$03FD	;3-byte first 3 bytes of cassette buffer
	SPACE	4,10
**	Page Four Address Equates


;	EQU	$0400	;128-byte remainder of cassette buffer

;	Reserved for Application

USAREA	EQU	$0480	;128 bytes reserved for application
	SPACE	4,10
**	Page Five Address Equates


;	Reserved for Application and Floating Point Package

;	EQU	$0500	;256 bytes reserved for application and FPP
	SPACE	4,10
**	Floating Point Package Address Equates


LBPR1	EQU	$057E	;1-byte LBUFF preamble
LBPR2	EQU	$057F	;1-byte LBUFF preamble
LBUFF	EQU	$0580	;128-byte line buffer

PLYARG	EQU	$05E0	;6-byte floating point polynomial argument
FPSCR	EQU	$05E6	;6-byte floating point temporary
FPSCR1	EQU	$05EC	;6-byte floating point temporary
	SPACE	4,10
**	Page Six Address Equates


;	Reserved for Application

;	EQU	$0600	;256 bytes reserved for application
	SPACE	4,10
**	LNBUG Address Equates


LNBUG	IF	LNBUG
LNORG	EQU	$6000	;LNBUG origin
LNIRQ	EQU	$6033	;LNBUG IRQ entry
LNNMI	EQU	$8351	;LNBUG NMI vector
LNBUG	ENDIF
	SPACE	4,10
**	Cartridge Address Equates


CARTCS	EQU	$BFFA	;2-byte cartridge coldstart address
CART	EQU	$BFFC	;1-byte cartridge present indicator
CARTFG	EQU	$BFFD	;1-byte cartridge flags
CARTAD	EQU	$BFFE	;2-byte cartridge start vector
	SPACE	4,10
**	CTIA/GTIA Address Equates


CTIA	EQU	$D000	;CTIA/GTIA area

;	Read/Write Addresses

CONSOL	EQU	$D01F	;console switches and speaker control

;	Read Addresses

M0PF	EQU	$D000	;missle 0 and playfield collision
M1PF	EQU	$D001	;missle 1 and playfield collision
M2PF	EQU	$D002	;missle 2 and playfield collision
M3PF	EQU	$D003	;missle 3 and playfield collision

P0PF	EQU	$D004	;player 0 and playfield collision
P1PF	EQU	$D005	;player 1 and playfield collision
P2PF	EQU	$D006	;player 2 and playfield collision
P3PF	EQU	$D007	;player 3 and playfield collision

M0PL	EQU	$D008	;missle 0 and player collision
M1PL	EQU	$D009	;missle 1 and player collision
M2PL	EQU	$D00A	;missle 2 and player collision
M3PL	EQU	$D00B	;missle 3 and player collision

P0PL	EQU	$D00C	;player 0 and player collision
P1PL	EQU	$D00D	;player 1 and player collision
P2PL	EQU	$D00E	;player 2 and player collision
P3PL	EQU	$D00F	;player 3 and player collision

TRIG0	EQU	$D010	;joystick trigger 0
TRIG1	EQU	$D011	;joystick trigger 1

TRIG2	EQU	$D012	;cartridge interlock
TRIG3	EQU	$D013	;ACMI module interlock

PAL	EQU	$D014	;PAL/NTSC indicator

;	Write Addresses

HPOSP0	EQU	$D000	;player 0 horizontal position
HPOSP1	EQU	$D001	;player 1 horizontal position
HPOSP2	EQU	$D002	;player 2 horizontal position
HPOSP3	EQU	$D003	;player 3 horizontal position

HPOSM0	EQU	$D004	;missle 0 horizontal position
HPOSM1	EQU	$D005	;missle 1 horizontal position
HPOSM2	EQU	$D006	;missle 2 horizontal position
HPOSM3	EQU	$D007	;missle 3 horizontal position

SIZEP0	EQU	$D008	;player 0 size
SIZEP1	EQU	$D009	;player 1 size
SIZEP2	EQU	$D00A	;player 2 size
SIZEP3	EQU	$D00B	;player 3 size

SIZEM	EQU	$D00C	;missle sizes

GRAFP0	EQU	$D00D	;player 0 graphics
GRAFP1	EQU	$D00E	;player 1 graphics
GRAFP2	EQU	$D00F	;player 2 graphics
GRAFP3	EQU	$D010	;player 3 graphics

GRAFM	EQU	$D011	;missle graphics

COLPM0	EQU	$D012	;player-missle 0 color/luminance
COLPM1	EQU	$D013	;player-missle 1 color/luminance
COLPM2	EQU	$D014	;player-missle 2 color/luminance
COLPM3	EQU	$D015	;player-missle 3 color/luminance

COLPF0	EQU	$D016	;playfield 0 color/luminance
COLPF1	EQU	$D017	;playfield 1 color/luminance
COLPF2	EQU	$D018	;playfield 2 color/luminance
COLPF3	EQU	$D019	;playfield 3 color/luminance

COLBK	EQU	$D01A	;background color/luminance

PRIOR	EQU	$D01B	;priority select
VDELAY	EQU	$D01C	;vertical delay
GRACTL	EQU	$D01D	;graphic control
HITCLR	EQU	$D01E	;collision clear
	SPACE	4,10
**	PBI Address Equates


PBI	EQU	$D100	;parallel bus interface area

;	Read Addresses

PDVI	EQU	$D1FF	;parallel device IRQ status

;	Write Addresses

PDVS	EQU	$D1FF	;parallel device select
	SPACE	4,10
**	POKEY Address Equates


POKEY	EQU	$D200	;POKEY area

;	Read Addresses

POT0	EQU	$D200	;potentiometer 0
POT1	EQU	$D201	;potentiometer 1
POT2	EQU	$D202	;potentiometer 2
POT3	EQU	$D203	;potentiometer 3
POT4	EQU	$D204	;potentiometer 4
POT5	EQU	$D205	;potentiometer 5
POT6	EQU	$D206	;potentiometer 6
POT7	EQU	$D207	;potentiometer 7

ALLPOT	EQU	$D208	;potentiometer port state
KBCODE	EQU	$D209	;keyboard code
RANDOM	EQU	$D20A	;random number generator
SERIN	EQU	$D20D	;serial port input
IRQST	EQU	$D20E	;IRQ interrupt status
SKSTAT	EQU	$D20F	;serial port and keyboard status

;	Write Addresses

AUDF1	EQU	$D200	;channel 1 audio frequency
AUDC1	EQU	$D201	;channel 1 audio control

AUDF2	EQU	$D202	;channel 2 audio frequency
AUDC2	EQU	$D203	;channel 2 audio control

AUDF3	EQU	$D204	;channel 3 audio frequency
AUDC3	EQU	$D205	;channel 3 audio control

AUDF4	EQU	$D206	;channel 4 audio frequency
AUDC4	EQU	$D207	;channel 4 audio control

AUDCTL	EQU	$D208	;audio control
STIMER	EQU	$D209	;start timers
SKRES	EQU	$D20A	;reset SKSTAT status
POTGO	EQU	$D20B	;start potentiometer scan sequence
SEROUT	EQU	$D20D	;serial port output
IRQEN	EQU	$D20E	;IRQ interrupt enable
SKCTL	EQU	$D20F	;serial port and keyboard control
	SPACE	4,10
**	PIA Address Equates


PIA	EQU	$D300	;PIA area

;	Read/Write Addresses

PORTA	EQU	$D300	;port A direction register or jacks 0 and 1
PORTB	EQU	$D301	;port B direction register or memory control

PACTL	EQU	$D302	;port A control
PBCTL	EQU	$D303	;port B control
	SPACE	4,10
**	ANTIC Address Equates


ANTIC	EQU	$D400	;ANTIC area

;	Read Addresses

VCOUNT	EQU	$D40B	;vertical line counter
PENH	EQU	$D40C	;light pen horizontal position
PENV	EQU	$D40D	;light pen vertical position
NMIST	EQU	$D40F	;NMI interrupt status

;	Write Addresses

DMACTL	EQU	$D400	;DMA control
CHACTL	EQU	$D401	;character control
DLISTL	EQU	$D402	;low display list address
DLISTH	EQU	$D403	;high disply list address
HSCROL	EQU	$D404	;horizontal scroll
VSCROL	EQU	$D405	;vertical scroll
PMBASE	EQU	$D407	;player-missle base address
CHBASE	EQU	$D409	;character base address
WSYNC	EQU	$D40A	;wait for HBLANK synchronization
NMIEN	EQU	$D40E	;NMI enable
NMIRES	EQU	$D40F	;NMI interrupt status reset
	SPACE	4,10
**	PBI RAM Address Equates


PBIRAM	EQU	$D600	;parallel bus interface RAM area
	SPACE	4,10
**	ACMI Address Equates


ACMI	IF	ACMI
ACMI	ENDIF
	SPACE	4,10
**	Floating Point Package Address Equates


AFP	EQU	$D800	;convert ASCII to floating point
FASC	EQU	$D8E6	;convert floating point to ASCII
IFP	EQU	$D9AA	;convert integer to floating point
FPI	EQU	$D9D2	;convert floating point to integer
ZFR0	EQU	$DA44	;zero FR0
ZF1	EQU	$DA46	;zero floating point number
FSUB	EQU	$DA60	;subtract floating point numbers
FADD	EQU	$DA66	;add floating point numbers
FMUL	EQU	$DADB	;multiply floating point numbers
FDIV	EQU	$DB28	;divide floating point numbers
PLYEVL	EQU	$DD40	;evaluate floating point polynomial
FLD0R	EQU	$DD89	;load floating point number
FLD0P	EQU	$DD8D	;load floating point number
FLD1R	EQU	$DD98	;load floating point number
FLD1P	EQU	$DD9C	;load floating point number
FST0R	EQU	$DDA7	;store floating point number
FST0P	EQU	$DDAB	;store floating point number
FMOVE	EQU	$DDB6	;move floating point number
LOG	EQU	$DECD	;calculate floating point logarithm
LOG10	EQU	$DED1	;calculate floating point base 10 logarithm
EXP	EQU	$DDC0	;calculate floating point exponentiation
EXP10	EQU	$DDCC	;calculate floating point base 10 exponentiation
	SPACE	4,10
**	Parallel Device Address Equates


PDID1	EQU	$D803	;parallel device ID 1
PDIOV	EQU	$D805	;parallel device I/O vector
PDIRQV	EQU	$D808	;parallel device IRQ vector
PDID2	EQU	$D80B	;parallel device ID 2
PDVV	EQU	$D80D	;parallel device vector table
	SPACE	4,10
**	Device Handler Vector Table Address Equates


EDITRV	EQU	$E400	;editor handler vector table
SCRENV	EQU	$E410	;screen handler vector table
KEYBDV	EQU	$E420	;keyboard handler vector table
PRINTV	EQU	$E430	;printer handler vector table
CASETV	EQU	$E440	;cassette handler vector table
	SPACE	4,10
**	Jump Vector Address Equates


DINITV	EQU	$E450	;vector to initialize DIO
DSKINV	EQU	$E453	;vector to DIO
CIOV	EQU	$E456	;vector to CIO
SIOV	EQU	$E459	;vector to SIO
SETVBV	EQU	$E45C	;vector to set VBLANK parameters
SYSVBV	EQU	$E45F	;vector to process immediate VBLANK NMI
XITVBV	EQU	$E462	;vector to process deferred VBLANK NMI
SIOINV	EQU	$E465	;vector to initialize SIO
SENDEV	EQU	$E468	;vector to enable SEND
INTINV	EQU	$E46B	;vector to initialize interrupt handler
CIOINV	EQU	$E46E	;vector to initialize CIO
BLKBDV	EQU	$E471	;vector to power-up display (formerly memo pad)
WARMSV	EQU	$E474	;vector to warmstart
COLDSV	EQU	$E477	;vector to coldstart
RBLOKV	EQU	$E47A	;vector to read cassette block
CSOPIV	EQU	$E47D	;vector to open cassette for input
PUPDIV	EQU	$E480	;vector to power-up display
SLFTSV	EQU	$E483	;vector to self-test
PHENTV	EQU	$E486	;vector to enter peripheral handler
PHUNLV	EQU	$E489	;vector to unlink peripheral handler
PHINIV	EQU	$E48C	;vector to initialize peripheral handler
	SPACE	4,10
**	Generic Parallel Device Handler Vector Table Address Equates


GPDVV	EQU	$E48F	;generic parallel device handler vector table
	SUBTTL	'Miscellaneous Address Equates'
	SPACE	4,10
**	Self-test Page Zero Address Equates


STTIME	EQU	$0080	;2-byte main screen timeout timer
STAUT	EQU	$0082	;1-byte auto-mode flag
STJMP	EQU	$0083	;3-byte ANTIC jump instruction
STSEL	EQU	$0086	;1-byte selection
STPASS	EQU	$0087	;1-byte pass
STSPP	EQU	$0088	;1-byte SELECT previously pressed flag
;	EQU	$0089	;1-byte (not used)
STKST	EQU	$008A	;1-byte keyboard self-test flag (0 = not)
STCHK	EQU	$008B	;2-byte checksum
STSMM	EQU	$008D	;1-byte screen memory mask
STSMP	EQU	$008E	;1-byte screen memory pointer
ST1K	EQU	$008F	;1-byte current 1K of memory to test
STPAG	EQU	$0090	;2-byte current page to test
STPC	EQU	$0092	;1-byte page count
STMVAL	EQU	$0093	;1-byte correct value for memory test
STSKP	EQU	$0094	;1-byte simulated keypress index
STTMP1	EQU	$0095	;2-byte temporary
STVOC	EQU	$0097	;1-byte current voice indicator
STNOT	EQU	$0098	;1-byte current note counter
STCDI	EQU	$0099	;1-byte cleft display pointer
STCDA	EQU	$009A	;1-byte cleft data pointer
STTMP2	EQU	$009B	;2-byte temporary
STTMP3	EQU	$009D	;1-byte temporary
STADR1	EQU	$009E	;2-byte temporary address
STADR2	EQU	$00A0	;2-byte temporary address
STBL	EQU	$00A2	;1-byte blink counter
STTMP4	EQU	$00A3	;1-byte temporary
STLM	EQU	$00A4	;1-byte LED mask
STTMP5	EQU	$00A5	;1-byte temporary
	SPACE	4,10
**	Self-test Address Equates


ST3000	EQU	$3000	;screen memory
ST3002	EQU	$3002	;cleft display
ST3004	EQU	$3004	;"VOICE #" text display
ST300B	EQU	$300B	;voice number display
ST301C	EQU	$301C	;START key display
ST301E	EQU	$301E	;SELECT key display
ST3020	EQU	$3020	;OPTION key display, first 8K ROM display
ST3021	EQU	$3021	;keyboard character display
ST3022	EQU	$3022	;keyboard text display
ST3024	EQU	$3024	;second 8K ROM display
ST3028	EQU	$3028	;"RAM" text display
ST3038	EQU	$3038	;RAM display
ST303C	EQU	$303C	;fifth note display
ST304C	EQU	$304C	;"B S" text display
ST3052	EQU	$3052	;tab key display
ST3062	EQU	$3062	;cleft display
ST306D	EQU	$306D	;return key display
ST3072	EQU	$3072	;control key display
ST3092	EQU	$3092	;"SH" text display
ST309E	EQU	$309E	;sixth note display
ST30AB	EQU	$30AB	;"SH" text display
ST30B7	EQU	$30B7	;"S P A C E   B A R" text display
ST30C1	EQU	$30C1	;cleft display
ST30C2	EQU	$30C2	;cleft display
ST30C7	EQU	$30C7	;third note display
ST30CA	EQU	$30CA	;fourth note display
ST30F8	EQU	$30F8	;third note display
ST3100	EQU	$3100	;screen memory
ST3121	EQU	$3121	;cleft display
ST3122	EQU	$3122	;cleft display
ST313C	EQU	$313C	;fifth note display
ST3150	EQU	$3150	;first line of staff display
ST3154	EQU	$3154	;first note display
ST3181	EQU	$3181	;cleft display
ST3182	EQU	$3182	;cleft display
ST3186	EQU	$3186	;second note display
ST318C	EQU	$318C	;fifth note display
ST31B0	EQU	$31B0	;second line of staff display
ST31C2	EQU	$31C2	;cleft display
ST31CA	EQU	$31CA	;fourth note display
ST31EE	EQU	$31EE	;sixth note display
ST31F1	EQU	$31F1	;cleft display
ST3210	EQU	$3210	;third line of staff display
ST321A	EQU	$321A	;fourth note display
ST3248	EQU	$3248	;third note display
ST3270	EQU	$3270	;fourth line of staff display
ST32D0	EQU	$32D0	;fifth line of staff display
	SUBTTL	'Macro Definitions'
	SPACE	4,10
**	FIX - Fix Address
*
*	FIX sets the origin counter to the value specified as an
*	argument.  If the current origin counter is less than the
*	argument, FIX fills the intervening bytes with zero and
*	issues a message to document the location and number of
*	bytes that are zero filled.
*
*	ENTRY	FIX	address
*
*
*	EXIT
*		Origin counter set to specified address.
*		Message issued if zero fill required.
*
*	CHANGES
*		-none-
*
*	CALLS
*		-none-
*
*	NOTES
*		Due to ECHO limitiation of 255 iterations, FIX is
*		recursive.
*		If the current origin counter value is beyond the
*		argument, FIX generates an error.
*
*	MODS
*		R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


FIX	MACRO	address
	IF	%1 <> *O
	IF	%1 > *O
	IF	%1 - *O < 256
	MSG	'$',%1 - *O,' free bytes from $',*O,' to $',%1 - 1
	ECHO	%1 = *O
	DB	0
	ENDM
	ELSE
	FIX	*O + 255
	FIX	%1
	ENDIF
	ELSE
	ERR		;%1 precedes current origin counter of *O
	ENDIF
	ENDIF
	ORG	*O
	ENDM
	SUBTTL	'First 8K ROM Identification and Checksum'
	SPACE	4,10
	ORG	$C000
	SPACE	4,10
**	First 8K ROM Identification and Checksum


	DW	$0000				;reserved for checksum
	DB	IDDAY,IDMON,IDYEAR		;date (day, month, year)
	DB	$00				;not used
	DB	IDPN1,IDPN2,IDPN3,IDPN4,IDPN5	;part number
	DB	IDREV				;revision number
	SUBTTL	'Interrupt Handler'
	SPACE	4,10
**	IIH - Initialize Interrupt Handler
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	IIH
*		TRIG3 = ACMI module interlock
*		TRIG2 = cartridge interlock
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


IIH	=	*	;entry

	LDA	#$40
	STA	NMIEN	;disable DLI and enable VBLANK NMI

	LDA	TRIG3	;cartridge interlock
	STA	GINTLK	;cartridge interlock status

ACMI	IF	ACMI
ACMI	ENDIF

	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	NMI - Process NMI
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	NMI
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits via appropriate vector to process NMI
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


NMI	=	*	;entry

	ASSERT	$C0=high NMI	;for compatibility with LNBUG

;	Check for display list NMI.

	BIT	NMIST
	BPL	NMI1		;if not display list NMI

	JMP	(VDSLST)	;process display list NMI, return

;	Initialize.

NMI1	CLD

;	Save registers.

	PHA		;save A
	TXA
	PHA		;save X
	TYA
	PHA		;save Y

;	Reset NMI status.

	STA	NMIRES		;reset NMI status

;	Process NMI.

LNBUG	IF	LNBUG
	LDA	LNFLG		;LNBUG flag
	BNE	NMI2		;if LNBUG

	JMP	(VVBLKI)	;process immediate VBLANK NMI, return

NMI2	JMP	(LNNMI)		;invoke LNBUG NMI routine, return
LNBUG	ELSE
	JMP	(VVBLKI)	;process immediate VBLANK NMI, return
LNBUG	ENDIF
	SPACE	4,10
**	IRQ - Process IRQ
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	IRQ
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits via VIMIRQ vector
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


IRQ	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	CLD

;	Process IRQ.

LNBUG	IF	LNBUG
	BIT	LNFLG
	BMI	IRQ1		;if LNBUG on

	JMP	(VIMIRQ)	;process immediate IRQ, return

IRQ1	JMP	LNIRQ		;invoke LNBUG IRQ routine, return
LNBUG	ELSE
	JMP	(VIMIRQ)	;process immediate IRQ, return
LNBUG	ENDIF
	SPACE	4,10
**	IIR - Process Immediate IRQ
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	IIR
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits via appropriate vector to process IRQ
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


IIR	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	PHA		;save A

;	Check for serial input ready IRQ.

	LDA	IRQST	;IRQ status
	AND	#$20	;serial input ready
	BNE	IIR1	;if not serial input ready

;	Process serial input IRQ.

	LDA	#not $20	;all other interrupts
	STA	IRQEN		;enable all other interrupts
	LDA	POKMSK
	STA	IRQEN
	JMP	(VSERIN)	;process serial input ready IRQ, return

;	Process possible ACMI IRQ.

IIR1
ACMI	IF	ACMI
ACMI	ENDIF

;	Initialize further.

	TXA
	PHA		;save X

;	Check for parallel device IRQ.

	LDA	PDVI		;parallel device IRQ statuses
	AND	PDIMSK		;select desired IRQ statuses
	BEQ	IIR2		;if no desired IRQ

;	Process parallel device IRQ.

	JMP	(VPIRQ)		;process parallel device IR:

;	Check other types of IRQ.

IIR2	LDX	#TIRQL-1-1	;offset to next to last entry

IIR3	LDA	TIRQ,X		;IRQ type
	CPX	#5		;offset to serial out complete
	BNE	IIR4		;if not serial out complete

	AND	POKMSK		;and with POKEY IRQ enable
	BEQ	IIR5		;if serial out complete not enabled

IIR4	BIT	IRQST		;IRQ interrupt status
	BEQ	IIR6		;if interrupt found

IIR5	DEX
	BPL	IIR3		;if not done

;	Coninue IRQ processing.

	JMP	CIR		;continue IRQ processing, return

;	Enable other interrupts.

IIR6	EOR	#$FF		;complement mask
	STA	IRQEN		;enable all others
	LDA	POKMSK		;POKEY IRQ mask
	STA	IRQEN		;enable indicated IRQ's

;	Check for BREAK key IRQ.

	CPX	#0
	BNE	IIR7		;if not BREAK key IRQ

;	Check for keyboard disabled.

	LDA	KEYDIS
	BNE	CIR		;if keyboard disabled, cont:

;	Process IRQ.

IIR7	LDA	TOIH,X		;offset to interrupt handler
	TAX
	LDA	INTABS,X	;interrupt handler address
	STA	JVECK
	LDA	INTABS+1,X
	STA	JVECK+1
	PLA
	TAX			;restore X
	JMP	(JVECK)		;process interrupt, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	BIR - Process BREAK Key IRQ
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	BIR
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits via RTI
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


BIR	=	*	;entry

;	Process BREAK.

	LDA	#0
	STA	BRKKEY	;clear BREAK key flag
	STA	SSFLAG	;clear start/stop flag
	STA	CRSINH	;enable cursor
	STA	ATRACT	;turn off attract-mode

;	Exit.

BIR1	PLA		;restore A
	RTI		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CIR - Continue IRQ Processing
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	CIR
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits via appropriate vector to process IRQ or to XIR
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CIR	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	PLA			;saved ???
	TAX

;	Check for port A interrupt.

	BIT	PACTL		;port A control
	BPL	CIR1		;if not port A interrupt

;	Process proceed line IRQ.

	LDA	PORTA		;clear interrupt status bit
	JMP	(VPRCED)	;process proceed line IRQ, return

;	Check for port B interrupt.

CIR1	BIT	PBCTL		;port B control
	BPL	CIR2		;if not port B interrupt

;	Process interrupt line IRQ.

	LDA	PORTB		;clear interrupt status bit
	JMP	(VINTER)	;process interrupt line IRQ, return

;	Check for BRK instruction IRQ.

CIR2	PLA
	STA	JVECK

	PLA			;saved P
	PHA			;resave P
	AND	#$10		;B bit of P register
	BEQ	CIR3		;if not BRK instruction IRQ

;	Process BRK instruction IRQ.

	LDA	JVECK
	PHA
	JMP	(VBREAK)	;process BRK instruction IRQ, return

;	Exit IRQ processing.

CIR3	LDA	JVECK
	PHA
;	JMP	XIR		;exit IRQ processing, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	XIR - Exit IRQ Processing
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	XIR
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits to RIR
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


XIR	=	*	;entry
	PLA		;restore A
;	JMP	RIR	;return from interrupt
	SPACE	4,10
**	RIR - Return from Interrupt
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	RIR
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits via RTI
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


RIR	=	*	;entry
	RTI		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	AIR - Process ACMI IRQ
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	AIR
*
*	EXIT	Exits via ASMISR vector
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ACMI	IF	ACMI
ACMI	ENDIF
	SPACE	4,10
**	TIRQ - Table of IRQ Types
*
*	Entry n is the interrupt indicator of priority n (0 is lowest).
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: entry 7 (serial input ready) not used.


TIRQ	DB	$80	;0 - BREAK key IRQ
	DB	$40	;1 - keyboard IRQ
	DB	$04	;2 - timer 4 IRQ
	DB	$02	;3 - timer 2 IRQ
	DB	$01	;4 - timer 1 IRQ
	DB	$08	;5 - serial output complete IRQ
	DB	$10	;6 - serial output ready IRQ
	DB	$20	;7 - serial input ready IRQ

TIRQL	=	*-TIRQ	;length
	SPACE	4,10
**	TOIH - Table of Offsets to Interrupt Handlers
*
*	Entry n is the offset to the interrupt handler vector
*	corresponding to entry n of TIRQ.
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: entry 7 (serial input ready) not used.


TOIH	DB	BRKKY-INTABS	;0 - BREAK key IRQ
	DB	VKEYBD-INTABS	;1 - keyboard IRQ
	DB	VTIMR4-INTABS	;2 - timer 4 IRQ
	DB	VTIMR2-INTABS	;3 - timer 2 IRQ
	DB	VTIMR1-INTABS	;4 - timer 1 IRQ
	DB	VSEROC-INTABS	;5 - serial output complete IRQ
	DB	VSEROR-INTABS	;6 - serial output ready IRQ
	DB	VSERIN-INTABS	;7 - serial input ready IRQ
	SPACE	4,10
**	CRST - Restart after cartridge change
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	CRST
*
*	EXIT
*		Does not exit
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown


CRST	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#0
	STA	NMIEN
	SEI
	TAX
	TAY
CRST1	DEY
	BNE	CRST1
	DEX
	BNE	CRST1
	JMP	PCS
	SPACE	4,10
**	IVNM - Process Immediate VBLANK NMI
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	IVNM
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits to DVNM or via VVBLKD vector
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


IVNM	=	*		;entry

;	Increment frame counter and attract-mode counter.

	INC	RTCLOK+2	;increment low frame counter
	BNE	IVN1		;if low counter not zero

	INC	ATRACT		;increment attract-mode counter/flag
	INC	RTCLOK+1	;increment middle frame counter
	BNE	IVN1		;if middle counter not zero

	INC	RTCLOK		;increment high frame counter

;	Set attract-mode effects.

IVN1	LDA	#$FE		;select no luminance change
	LDX	#0		;select no color shift
	LDY	ATRACT		;attract-mode timer/flag
	BPL	IVN2		;if not attract-mode

	STA	ATRACT		;ensure continued attract-mode
	LDX	RTCLOK+1	;select color shift
	LDA	#$F6		;select lower luminance

IVN2	STA	DRKMSK		;attract-mode luminance
	STX	COLRSH		;attract-mode color shift

;	Update COLPF1 (in case fine scrolling and critical :

	LDA	COLOR1		;playfield 1 color
	EOR	COLRSH		;modify color with attract-:
	AND	DRKMSK		;modify with attract-mode l:
	STA	COLPF1		;set playfield 1 color/lumi:

;	Process countdown timer 1.

	LDX	#0		;indicate countdown timer 1
	JSR	DCT		;decrement countdown timer
	BNE	IVN3		;if timer not expired

	JSR	PTO		;process countdown timer 1 expiration

;	Check for critical sction.

IVN3	LDA	CRITIC
	BNE	IVN4		;if critical section

;	Check for IRQ enabled.

	TSX			;stack pointer
	LDA	$0104,X		;stacked P
	AND	#$04		;I (IRQ disable) bit
	BEQ	IVN5		;if IRQ enabled

;	Exit.

IVN4	JMP	DVNM		;process deferred VBLANK NMI, return

;	Process IRQ enabled non-critical section.

IVN5

;	Check for ACMI module change.

ACMI	IF	ACMI
ACMI	ENDIF

;	Check for cartridge change.

	LDA	TRIG3		;cartridge interlock
	CMP	GINTLK		;previous cartridge interlock status
	BNE	CRST		;if cartridge change, restart

;	Set hardware registers from shadows.

	LDA	PENV
	STA	LPENV		;light pen vertical position
	LDA	PENH
	STA	LPENH		;light pen vertical position
	LDA	SDLSTH
	STA	DLISTH		;high display list address
	LDA	SDLSTL
	STA	DLISTL		;low display list address
	LDA	SDMCTL
	STA	DMACTL		;DMA control
	LDA	GPRIOR
	STA	PRIOR		;prioritty select

;	Check for vertical scroll enabled.

	LDA	VSFLAG		;vertical scroll count
	BEQ	IVN6		;if vertical scroll not ena:

;	Scroll one line.

	DEC	VSFLAG		;decrement vertical scroll :
	LDA	#8		;scroll one line
	SEC
	SBC	VSFLAG		;subtract vertical scroll c:
	AND	#07
	STA	VSCROL		;set vertical scroll

;	Turn off speaker.

IVN6	LDX	#$08		;speaker off
	STX	CONSOL		;set speaker control

;	Set color registers from shadows.

;	LDX	#8		;offset to background color

IVN7	CLI
	LDA	PCOLR0,X	;color register shadow
	EOR	COLRSH		;modify with attract-mode color shift
	AND	DRKMSK		;modify with attract-mode luminance
	STA	COLPM0,X	;set color register
	DEX
	BPL	IVN7		;if not done

;	Set character set control.

	LDA	CHBAS
	STA	CHBASE
	LDA	CHACT
	STA	CHACTL

;	Process countdown timer 2.

	LDX	#2		;indicate countdown timer 2
	JSR	DCT		;decrement countdown timer
	BNE	IVN8		;if timer not expired

	JSR	PTT		;process countdown timer 2 expiration

;	Process timers 3, 4 and 5.

IVN8	LDX	#2		;preset offset to timer 2

IVN9	INX
	INX			;offset to countdown timer
	LDA	CDTMV3-4,X	;countdown timer
	ORA	CDTMV3+1-4,X
	BEQ	IVN10		;if countdown timer already expired

	JSR	DCT		;decrement countdown timer
	STA	CDTMF3-4,X	;indicate timer expiration status

IVN10	CPX	#8		;offset to timer 5
	BNE	IVN9		;if all timers not done

;	Check debounce counter.

	LDA	SKSTAT		;keyboard status
	AND	#$04		;key down indicator
	BEQ	IVN11		;if key down

;	Process key up.

	LDA	KEYDEL		;key delay counter
	BEQ	IVN11		;if counted down already

	DEC	KEYDEL		;decrement key delay counter

;	Check software key repeat timer.

IVN11	LDA	SRTIMR		;key repeat timer
	BEQ	IVN13		;if key repeat timer expired

	LDA	SKSTAT		;keyboard status
	AND	#$04		;key down indicator
	BNE	IVN12		;if key no longer down

	DEC	SRTIMR		;decrement key repeat timer
	BNE	IVN13		;if key repeat timer not expired

;	Process key repeat timer expiration.

	LDA	KEYDIS		;keyboard disable flag
	BNE	IVN13		;if keyboard disabled, no r:

	LDA	KEYREP		;initial timer value
	STA	SRTIMR		;reset key repeat timer
	LDA	KBCODE		;key code

;	Check for hidden codes.

	CMP	#CNTL1
	BEQ	IVN13		;if CTRL-1

	CMP	#CNTLF1
	BEQ	IVN13		;if CTRL-F1

	CMP	#CNTLF2
	BEQ	IVN13		;if CTRL-F2

	CMP	#CNTLF4
	BEQ	IVN13		;if CTRL-F4

	AND	#$3F
	CMP	#HELP
	BEQ	IVN13		;if HELP

;	Set key code.

	LDA	KBCODE		;key code
	STA	CH		;set key code
	JMP	IVN13		;continue

;	Zero key repeat timer.

IVN12	LDA	#0
	STA	SRTIMR		;zero key repeat timer

;	Read joysticks.

IVN13	LDA	PORTA		;joystick readings
	LSR	A
	LSR	A
	LSR	A
	LSR	A		;joystick 1 reading
	STA	STICK1		;set joystick 1 reading
VGC	IF	VGC
	STA	STICK3		;simulate joystick 3 reading
VGC	ENDIF
	LDA	PORTA		;joystick readings
	AND	#$0F		;joystick 0 reading
	STA	STICK0		;set joystick 0 reading
VGC	IF	VGC
	STA	STICK2		;simulate joystick 2 reading
VGC	ENDIF

;	Read joystick triggers.

	LDA	TRIG0		;trigger 0 indicator
	STA	STRIG0		;set trigger 0 indicator
VGC	IF	VGC
	STA	STRIG2		;simulate trigger 2 indicator
VGC	ENDIF
	LDA	TRIG1		;trigger 1 indicator
	STA	STRIG1		;set trigger 1 indicator
VGC	IF	VGC
	STA	STRIG3		;simulate trigger 3 indicator
VGC	ENDIF

;	Read potentiometers.

	LDX	#3		;offset to last potentiometer

IVN14	LDA	POT0,X		;potentiometer reading
	STA	PADDL0,X	;set potentiometer reading
VGC	IF	VGC
	STA	PADDL4,X	;simulate potentiometer reading
VGC	ENDIF
	DEX
	BPL	IVN14		;if not done

;	Start potentiometers for next time.

	STA	POTGO		;start potentiometers

;	Read paddle triggers.

	LDX	#2		;offset to paddle trigger reading
	LDY	#1		;offset to joystick reading

IVN15	LDA	STICK0,Y	;joystick reading
	LSR	A
	LSR	A
	LSR	A		;paddle trigger reading
	STA	PTRIG1,X	;set paddle trigger reading
VGC	IF	VGC
	STA	PTRIG5,X	;simulate paddle trigger reading
VGC	ENDIF

	LDA	#0
	ROL	A		;paddle trigger reading
	STA	PTRIG0,X	;set paddle trigger reading
VGC	IF	VGC
	STA	PTRIG4,X	;simulate paddle trigger reading
VGC	ENDIF
	DEX
	DEX
	DEY
	BPL	IVN15		;if not done

;	Exit.

	JMP	(VVBLKD)	;process deferred VBLANK NMI, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PTO - Process Countdown Timer One Expiration
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PTO
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PTO	=	*		;entry
	JMP	(CDTMA1)	;process countdown timer 1 expiration
	SPACE	4,10
**	PTT - Process Countdown Timer Two Expiration
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PTT
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PTT	=	*		;entry
	JMP	(CDTMA2)	;process countdown timer 2 expiration
	SPACE	4,10
**	DCT - Decrement Countdown Timer
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DCT
*		X = offset to timer value
*
*	EXIT
*		A = 0, if timer expired
*		  = $FF, if timer did not expire
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DCT	=	*		;entry
	LDY	CDTMV1,X	;low timer value
	BNE	DCT1		;if low timer value not zero

	LDY	CDTMV1+1,X	;high timer value
	BEQ	DCT2		;if timer value zero, exit

	DEC	CDTMV1+1,X	;decrement high timer value

DCT1	DEC	CDTMV1,X	;decrement low timer value
	BNE	DCT2		;if low timer value not zero

	LDY	CDTMV1+1,X	;high timer value
	BNE	DCT2		;if high timer value not zero

	LDA	#0		;indicate timer expired
	RTS			;return

DCT2	LDA	#$FF		;indicate timer did not expire
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SVP - Set Vertical Blank Parameters
*
*	SVP sets countdown timers and VBLANK vectors.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SVP
*		X = high initial timer value or high vector address
*		Y = low initial timer value or low vector address
*		A = 1, if timer 1 value
*		    2, if timer 2 value
*		    3, if timer 3 value
*		    4, if timer 4 value
*		    5, if timer 5 value
*		    6, if immediate VBLANK vector
*		    7, if deferred VBLANK vector
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SVP	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	ASL	A		;compute offset+2 to value or vector
	STA	INTEMP		;offset+2 to value or vector
	TXA			;high timer value or high vector address

;	Ensure no VBLANK in progress by delaying after HBLANK.

	LDX	#5		;20 CPU cycles
	STA	WSYNC		;wait for HBLANK synchronization

SVP1	DEX
	BNE	SVP1		;if not done delaying

;	Set timer value or vector address.

	LDX	INTEMP		;offset+2 to value or vector
	STA	CDTMV1-2+1,X	;high timer value or high vector address
	TYA
	STA	CDTMV1-2,X	;low timer value or low vector address
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	DVNM - Process Deferred VBLANK NMI
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	DVNM
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits via RTI
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DVNM	=	*	;entry
	PLA
	TAY		;restore Y
	PLA
	TAX		;restore X
	PLA		;restore A
	RTI		;return
	SUBTTL	'Initialization'
	SPACE	4,10
**	PWS - Perform Warmstart
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	PWS
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits to PCS or PRS
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PWS	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	SEI

;	Check for cartridge change.

	LDA	TRIG3	;cartridge interlock
	CMP	GINTLK	;previous cartridge interlock status
	BNE	PCS	;if cartridge changed, perform coldstart

;	Check for cartridge.

	ROR	A
	BCC	PWS1	;if no cartridge

;	Verify no change in cartridge.

	JSR	CCE	;check cartridge equivalence
	BNE	PCS	;if different cartridge, coldstart

;	Check coldstart status.

PWS1	LDA	COLDST	;coldstart status
	BNE	PCS	;if coldstart was in progress, perform coldstart

;	Perform warmstart.

	LDA	#$FF	;indicate warmstart
	BNE	PRS	;preset memory, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	RES - Process RESET
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	RES
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits to PCS, if coldstart, or PWS, if warmstart
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


RES	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	SEI

;	Delay 0.1 second for RESET bounce.

	LDX	#140	;0.1 second delay

RES1	DEY
	BNE	RES1	;if inner loop not done

	DEX
	BNE	RES1	;if outer loop not done

;	Check power-up validation bytes.

	LDA	PUPBT1
	CMP	#PUPVL1
	BNE	PCS	;if validation byte 1 differs, coldstart

	LDA	PUPBT2
	CMP	#PUPVL2
	BNE	PCS	;if validation byte 2 differs, coldstart

	LDA	PUPBT3
	CMP	#PUPVL3
	BEQ	PWS	;if all bytes validated, perform warmstart

;	JMP	PCS	;perform coldstart, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PCS - Perform Coldstart
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	PCS
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits to PRS
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PCS	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#0	;indicate coldstart
;	JMP	PRS	;preset memory, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PRS - Preset Memory
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	PRS
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits via CARTCS vector or DOSVEC vector
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PRS	=	*		;entry

;	Update warmstart flag.

	STA	WARMST		;update warmstart flag

;	Set initial conditions.

	SEI
	CLD
	LDX	#$FF	
	TXS			;set stack pointer

;	Initialize LNBUG flag, if necessary.

LNBUG	IF	LNBUG
	LDY	#0		;assume no LNBUG
	LDA	LNORG		;first byte of LNBUG
	CMP	#$4C		;JMP instruction
	BNE	PRS2		;if JMP not present, indicate no LNBUG

	INC	LNORG		;try to increment test byte
	CMP	LNORG		;original contents of test byte
	BEQ	PRS1		;if no change, LNBUG present

	DEC	LNORG		;restore test byte
	BNE	PRS2		;indicate no LNBUG

PRS1	DEY			;LNBUG present indicator

PRS2	STY	LNFLG		;LNBUG flag
LNBUG	ENDIF

;	Perform miscellaneous initialization.

	JSR	PMI		;perform miscellaneous initialization

;	Check type.

	LDA	WARMST		;warmstart flag
	BNE	PRS8		;if warmstart

;	Initialize memory status.

	LDA	#1		;no failure indicator
	STA	NGFLAG		;memory status flag

;	Zero all RAM (except beginning of page zero).

	LDA	#0
	LDY	#WARMST		;initial offset into page zero
	STA	RAMLO
	STA	RAMLO+1		;initialize RAM pointer

PRS3	LDA	#$FF
	STA	(RAMLO),Y	;attempt to store $FF
	CMP	(RAMLO),Y
	BEQ	PRS4		;if $FF stored successfully

	LSR	NGFLAG		;indicate memory failure

PRS4	LDA	#$00
	STA	(RAMLO),Y	;attempt to store $00
	CMP	(RAMLO),Y
	BEQ	PRS5		;if $00 stored successfully

	LSR	NGFLAG		;indicate memory failure

PRS5	INY
	BNE	PRS3		;if not end of page

;	Advance to next page and check for completion.

	INC	RAMLO+1		;advance RAM pointer to next page
	LDX	RAMLO+1
	CPX	TRAMSZ		;RAM size
	BNE	PRS3		;if not at end of RAM

;	Initialize DOSVEC.

	LDA	#low PPD	;power-up display routine address
	STA	DOSVEC		;initialize DOS vector
	LDA	#high PPD
	STA	DOSVEC+1

;	Verify ROM checksums.

	LDA	PORTB
	AND	#$7F		;select self-test ROM
	STA	PORTB		;port B memory control

	JSR	VFR		;verify first 8K ROM
	BCS	PRS6		;if first 8K ROM bad

	JSR	VSR		;verify second 8K ROM
	BCC	PRS7		;if seond 8K ROM good

PRS6	LSR	NGFLAG		;indicate memory bad

PRS7	LDA	PORTB
	ORA	#$80		;disable self-test ROM
	STA	PORTB		;update port B memory control

;	Indicate coldstart in progress.

	LDA	#$FF
	STA	COLDST		;indicate coldstart in progress
	BNE	PRS12		;continue with coldstart procedures

;	Perform warmstart procedures.

PRS8	LDX	#0

	LDA	DERRF		;screen OPEN error flag
	BEQ	PRS9		;if in screen OPEN

;	Clean up APPMHI.

;	STX	APPMHI
	VFD	8\$8E,8\low APPMHI,8\high APPMHI
;	STX	APPMHI+1
	VFD	8\$8E,8\low [APPMHI+1],8\high [APPMHI+1]

	TXA

;	Clear page 2 and part of page 3.

PRS9	STA	$0200,X		;clear byte of page 2

	CPX	#low ACMVAR	;start of page 3 locations not to clear
	BCS	PRS10		;if not to clear this page 3 location

	STA	$0300,X		;clear byte of page 3

PRS10	DEX
	BNE	PRS9		;if not done

;	Clear part of page 0.

	LDX	#INTZBS		;offset to first page 0 byte to clear

PRS11	STA	$0000,X		;clear byte of page 0
	INX
	BPL	PRS11		;if not done

;	Record BASIC status.

PRS12	LDX	#0		;initially assume BASIC enabled
	LDA	PORTB		;port B memory control
	AND	#$02		;BASIC enabled indicator
	BEQ	PRS13		;if BASIC enabled

	INX			;indicate BASIC disabled

PRS13	STX	BASICF		;BASIC flag

;	Establish power-up validation bytes.

	LDA	#PUPVL1
	STA	PUPBT1		;validation byte 1
	LDA	#PUPVL2
	STA	PUPBT2		;validation byte 2
	LDA	#PUPVL3
	STA	PUPBT3		;validation byte 3

;	Establish screen margins.

	LDA	#LEDGE
	STA	LMARGN		;left margin
	LDA	#REDGE
	STA	RMARGN		;right margin

;	Establish parameters for NTSC or PAL.

	LDA	PAL		;GTIA flag bits
	AND	#$0E		;PAL/NTSC indicator
	BNE	PRS14		;if NTSC

	LDA	#5		;PAL key repeat delay
	LDX	#1		;PAL indicator
	LDY	#40		;PAL key repeat initial delay
	BNE	PRS15		;set parameters

PRS14	LDA	#6		;NTSC key repeat delay
	LDX	#0		;NTSC indicator
	LDY	#48		;NTSC key repeat initial delay

PRS15	STA	KEYREP		;set key repeat rate
	STX	PALNTS		;set PAL/NTSC status
	STY	KRPDEL		;set key repeat initial delay

;	Initialize missing controller ports, if not simulated.

VGC	IF	not VGC
	LDA	#$0F		;joystick centered
	STA	STICK2
	STA	STICK3
	LDA	#$01		;trigger not pressed
	STA	STRIG2
	STA	STRIG3

	LDX	#3		;offset to last controller

PRS16	LDA	#$E4		;paddle fully counter-clockwise
	STA	PADDL4,X
	LDA	#$01		;trigger not pressed
	STA	PTRIG4,X
	DEX
	BPL	PRS16		;if not done
VGC	ENDIF

;	Copy interrupt vector table from ROM to RAM.

	LDX	#TIHVL-1	;offset to last byte of table

PRS17	LDA	TIHV,X		;byte of table of interrupt vectors
	STA	INTABS,X	;byte of RAM table
	DEX
	BPL	PRS17		;if not done

;	Copy handler vector table from ROM to RAM.

	LDX	#THAVL-1	;offset to last byte of table

PRS18	LDA	THAV,X		;byte of handler vector table
	STA	HATABS,X	;byte of RAM table
	DEX
	BPL	PRS18		;if not done

;	Initialize software.

	JSR	ISW		;initialize software

;	Initialize ACMI module, if present.

ACMI	IF	ACMI
ACMI	ENDIF

;	Enable IRQ interrupts.

	CLI

;	Check for memory problems.

	LDA	NGFLAG		;memory status
	BNE	PRS21		;if memory good

;	Perform memory self-test on bad memory.

	LDA	PORTB
	AND	#$7F		;enable self-test ROM
	STA	PORTB		;update port B memory control
	LDA	#2
	STA	CHACT		;CHACTL (character control) shadow
	LDA	#high DCSORG	;high domestic character set origin
	STA	CHBAS		;CHBASE (character base) shadow
	JMP	EMS		;execute memory self-test

;	Check for cartridge.

PRS21	LDX	#0
	STX	TRAMSZ		;clear cartridge flag

	LDX	RAMSIZ		;RAM size
	CPX	#high $B000	;start of cartridge area
	BCS	PRS22		;if RAM in cartridge area

	LDX	CART
	BNE	PRS22		;if no cartridge

	INC	TRAMSZ		;set cartridge flag
	JSR	CCE		;check cartridge equivalence
	JSR	ICS		;initialize cartridge software

;	Open screen editor.

PRS22	LDA	#OPEN
	LDX	#SEIOCB		;screen editor IOCB index
	STA	ICCOM,X		;command
	LDA	#low SEDS	;screen editor device specification
	STA	ICBAL,X		;buffer address
	LDA	#high SEDS
	STA	ICBAH,X
	LDA	#OPNIN+OPNOT	;open for input/output
	STA	ICAX1,X		;auxiliary informatin 1
	JSR	CIOV		;vector to CIO
	BPL	PRS23		;if no error

;	Process error (which should never happen).

	JMP	RES		;retry power-up

;	Delay, ensuring VBLANK.

PRS23	INX
	BNE	PRS23		;if inner loop not done

	INY
	BPL	PRS23		;if outer loop not done

;	Attempt cassette boot.

	JSR	ACB		;attempt cassette boot

;	Check cartridge for disk boot.

	LDA	TRAMSZ
	BEQ	PRS24		;if no cartridge

	LDA	CARTFG		;cartridge mode flags
	ROR	A
	BCC	PRS25		;if disk boot not desired

;	Attempt disk boot.

PRS24	JSR	ADB		;attempt disk boot

;	Initialize peripheral handler loading facility.

	JSR	PHR		;poll, load, relocate, init:

;	Indicate coldstart complete.

PRS25	LDA	#0
	STA	COLDST		;indicate coldstart complete

;	Check cartridge for execution.

	LDA	TRAMSZ
	BEQ	PRS26		;if no cartridge

	LDA	CARTFG		;cartridge mode flags
	AND	#$04
	BEQ	PRS26		;if execution not desired

;	Execute cartridge.

	JMP	(CARTCS)	;execute cartridge

;	Exit to power-up display or booted program.

PRS26	JMP	(DOSVEC)	;vector to booted program
	SPACE	4,10
**	ICS - Initialize Cartridge Software
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ICS
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ICS	=	*	;entry
	JMP	(CARTAD)	;initialize cartridge software
	SPACE	4,10
**	PAI - Process ACMI Interrupt
*
*	PAI does nothing.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PAI
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: this code is unneeded unless ACMI :
*		option is selected.
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PAI	=	*	;entry
	CLC
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	THAV - Table of Handler Vectors
*
*	NOTES
*		THAV is moved to RAM table HATABS.


THAV	DB	PRINTR	;printer device code
	DW	PRINTV	;printer handler vector table

	DB	CASSET	;cassette device code
	DW	CASETV	;cassette handler vector table

	DB	SCREDT	;editor device code
	DW	EDITRV	;editor handler vector table

	DB	DISPLY	;screen device code
	DW	SCRENV	;screen handler vector table

	DB	KBD	;keyboard device code
	DW	KEYBDV	;keyboard handler vector table

THAVL	=	*-THAV	;length
	SPACE	4,10
**	BMSG - Boot Error Message


BMSG	DB	'BOOT ERROR',EOL
	SPACE	4,10
**	Screen Editor Device Specification


SEDS	DB	'E:',EOL
	SPACE	4,10
**	TIHV - Table of Interrupt Handler Vectors
*
*	NOTES
*		TIHV is moved to RAM table INTABS.


TIHV	DW	RIR	;VDSLST - display list NMI vector
	DW	XIR	;VPRCED - proceed line IRQ vector
	DW	XIR	;VINTER - interrupt line IRQ vector
	DW	XIR	;VBREAK - BRK instruction IRQ vector
	DW	KIR	;VKEYBD - keyboard IRQ vector
	DW	IRIR	;VSERIN - serial input ready IRQ vector
	DW	ORIR	;VSEROR - serial output ready IRQ vector
	DW	OCIR	;VSEROC - serial output complete IRQ vector
	DW	XIR	;VTIMR1 - POKEY timer 1 IRQ vector
	DW	XIR	;VTIMR2 - POKEY timer 2 IRQ vector
	DW	XIR	;VTIMR4 - POKEY timer 4 IRQ vector
	DW	IIR	;VIMIRQ - immediate IRQ vector
	DW	0	;CDTMV1 - countdown timer 1 vector
	DW	0	;CDTMV2 - countdown timer 2 vector
	DW	0	;CDTMV3 - countdown timer 3 vector
	DW	0	;CDTMV4 - countdown timer 4 vector
	DW	0	;CDTMV5 - countdown timer 5 vector
	DW	IVNM	;VVBLKI - immediate VBLANK NMI vector
	DW	DVNM	;VVBLKD - deferred VBLANK NMI vector

TIHVL	=	*-TIHV	;length
	SPACE	4,10
**	PMI - Perform Miscellaneous Initialization
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PMI
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: initial address for sizing RAM sho:
*		$4000 (16K) instead of $2800.
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PMI	=	*	;entry

;	Check for cartridge special execution case.

	LDA	TRIG3
	ROR	A
	BCC	PMI1	;if cartridge not inserted

	LDA	CART
	BNE	PMI1	;if not cartridge

	LDA	CARTFG	;cartridge flags
	BPL	PMI1	;if special execution not desired

;	Execute cartridge.

	JMP	(CARTAD)	;execute cartridge

;	Initialize hardware.

PMI1	JSR	IHW	;initialize hardware

;	Disable BASIC.

	LDA	PORTB
	ORA	#$02	;disable BASIC
	STA	PORTB	;update port B memory control

;	If warmstart, check previous BASIC status.

	LDA	WARMST
	BEQ	PMI2	;if coldstart

	LDA	BASICF	;BASIC flag
	BNE	PMI4	;if BASIC not previously enabled

	BEQ	PMI3	;enable BASIC

;	Check OPTION key.

PMI2	LDA	CONSOL	;console switches
	AND	#$04	;OPTION key indicator
	BEQ	PMI4	;if OPTION key pressed, do not enable BASIC

;	Enable BASIC.

PMI3	LDA	PORTB
	AND	#$FD	;enable BASIC
	STA	PORTB	;update port B memory control

;	Determine size of RAM.

RAMSYS	IF	RAMSYS
PMI4	LDA	#high $2800	;10K
	STA	TRAMSZ		;set RAM size
	RTS			;return
RAMSYS	ELSE

PMI4	LDA	#low $2800	;initial low address
	TAY			;offset to first byte of page
	STA	TRAMSZ-1	;set initial low address

	LDA	#high $2800	;initial RAM size
	STA	TRAMSZ		;set initial RAM size (high address)

PMI5	LDA	(TRAMSZ-1),Y	;first byte of page
	EOR	#$FF		;complement
	STA	(TRAMSZ-1),Y	;attempt to store complement
	CMP	(TRAMSZ-1),Y
	BNE	PMI6		;if complement not stored

	EOR	#$FF		;original value
	STA	(TRAMSZ-1),Y	;attempt to store original value
	CMP	(TRAMSZ-1),Y
	BNE	PMI6		;if original value not stored

	INC	TRAMSZ		;increment high address
	BNE	PMI5		;continue

;	Exit.

PMI6	RTS			;return
RAMSYS	ENDIF
	SPACE	4,10
**	CCE - Check Cartridge Equivalence
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CCE
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: this code checksums $BFF0 - $C0EF;:
*		checksum $BF00 - $BFFF.
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CCE	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDA	#0	;initial sum
	TAX		;offset to first byte
	CLC

;	Checksum 256 bytes of cartridge area.

CCE1	ADC	$BFF0,X	;add in byte
	INX
	BNE	CCE1	;if not done

;	Exit.

	CMP	CARTCK	;previous checksum
	STA	CARTCK	;new checksum
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	IHW - Initialize Hardware
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	IHW
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


IHW	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize CTIA, ANTIC and POKEY areas.

	LDA	#0		;initialization value
	TAX			;initial offset
	STA	PBCTL		;set for direction register first

IHW1	STA	CTIA,X		;initialize CTIA/GTIA area register
	STA	ANTIC,X		;initialize ANTIC area register
	STA	POKEY,X		;initialize POKEY area register
	CPX	#low PORTB
	BEQ	IHW2		;if port B, don't initialize

	STA	PIA,X		;initialize PIA area register

IHW2	INX
	BNE	IHW1		;if not done

;	Initialize PIA.

	LDA	#$3C
	STA	PBCTL	;precondition port B outputs
	LDA	#$FF
	STA	PORTB	;all high
	LDA	#$38
	STA	PACTL	;select data direction register
	STA	PBCTL	;select data direction register
	LDA	#$00
	STA	PORTA	;all inputs
	LDA	#$FF
	STA	PORTB	;all outputs
	LDA	#$3C
	STA	PACTL	;back to port
	STA	PBCTL	;back to port
	LDA	PORTB	;clear interrupts
	LDA	PORTA	;clear interrupts

;	Initialize POKEY.

	LDA	#$22	;get POKEY out of initialize mode and set ch. 4
	STA	SKCTL	;set serial port control

	LDA	#$A0	;pure tone, no volume
	STA	AUDC3	;turn off channel 3
	STA	AUDC4	;turn off channel 4

	LDA	#$28	;clock ch. 3 with 1.79 MHz, ch. 4 with ch. 3
	STA	AUDCTL	;set audio control

	LDA	#$FF
	STA	SEROUT	;start bit only

	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	ISW - Initialize Software
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ISW
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ISW	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize BREAK key handling.

	DEC	BRKKEY		;turn off BREAK key flag

	LDA	#low BIR
	STA	BRKKY		;set BREAK key IRQ routine address
	LDA	#high BIR
	STA	BRKKY+1

;	Initialize RAMSIZ and MEMTOP.

	LDA	TRAMSZ		;determined size of RAM
	STA	RAMSIZ		;size of RAM
	STA	MEMTOP+1	;high top of memory
	LDA	#$00
	STA	MEMTOP		;low top of memory

;	Initialize MEMLO.

	LDA	#low INIML	;initial MEMLO address
	STA	MEMLO
	LDA	#high INIML
	STA	MEMLO+1

;	Initialize device handlers.

	JSR	EDITRV+12	;initialize editor handler
	JSR	SCRENV+12	;initialize screen handler
	JSR	KEYBDV+12	;initialize keyboard handler
	JSR	PRINTV+12	;initialize printer handler
	JSR	CASETV+12	;initialize cassette handler

;	Initialize various routines.

	JSR	CIOINV		;initialize CIO
	JSR	SIOINV		;initialize SIO
	JSR	INTINV		;initialize interrupt handler
	JSR	DINITV		;initialize DIO

;	Initialize generic parallel device handler.

	LDA	#low PIR
	STA	VPIRQ		;parallel device IRQ routin:
	LDA	#high PIR
	STA	VPIRQ+1

	JSR	GPDVV+12	;initialize parallel device:
	
;	Set status of START key.

	LDA	CONSOL		;console switches
	AND	#$01		;START key indicator
	EOR	#$01		;START key status
	STA	CKEY		;cassette boot request flag

	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	ADB - Attempt Disk Boot
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ADB
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ADB	=	*	;entry

;	Check type of reset.

	LDA	WARMST
	BEQ	ADB1	;if not warmstart

;	Process warmstart.

	LDA	BOOT?	;successful boot flags
	AND	#$01	;successful disk boot indicator
	BEQ	BAI2	;if disk boot not successful, return

;	Initialize disk booted software.

	JMP	IBS	;initialize booted software

;	Process coldstart.

ADB1	LDA	#1
	STA	DUNIT	;disk unit number
	LDA	#STATC	;status
	STA	DCOMND	;command
	JSR	DSKINV	;issue command
	BMI	BAI2	;if error, return

;	Boot.

;	JMP	ABI	;attempt boot and initialize
	SPACE	4,10
**	ABI - Attempt Boot and Initialize
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ABI
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ABI	=	*		;entry

	LDA	#high 1
	STA	DAUX2
	LDA	#low 1		;sector number
	STA	DAUX1

	LDA	#low [CASBUF+3]	;buffer address
	STA	DBUFLO
	LDA	#high [CASBUF+3]
	STA	DBUFHI

;	JMP	BAI		;boot and initialize
	SPACE	4,10
**	BAI - Boot and Initialize
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	BAI
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


BAI	=	*	;entry

;	Read first sector.

	JSR	GNS	;get next sector
	BPL	CBI	;if no error, complete boot and initialize

;	Process error.

BAI1	JSR	DBE	;display boot error message

	LDA	CASSBT
	BEQ	ABI	;if not cassette boot, try again

;	Exit.

BAI2	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CBI - Complete Boot and Initialize
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CBI
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CBI	=	*	;entry

;	Transfer flags.

	LDX	#3

CBI1	LDA	CASBUF+3,X	;byte from buffer
	STA	DFLAGS,X	;flag byte
	DEX
	BPL	CBI1		;if not done

;	Transfer sector.

	LDA	BOOTAD
	STA	RAMLO		;set boot address
	LDA	BOOTAD+1
	STA	RAMLO+1

	LDA	CASBUF+7
	STA	DOSINI		;establish initializtion address
	LDA	CASBUF+8
	STA	DOSINI+1

CBI2	LDY	#127		;offset to last byte of sector

CBI3	LDA	CASBUF+3,Y	;byte of sector buffer
	STA	(RAMLO),Y	;byte of boot program
	DEY
	BPL	CBI3		;if not done

;	Increment loader buffer pointer.

	CLC
	LDA	RAMLO
	ADC	#$80
	STA	RAMLO
	LDA	RAMLO+1
	ADC	#0
	STA	RAMLO+1		;increment boot loader buffer pointer

;	Decrement and check number of sectors.

	DEC	DBSECT		;decrement number of sectors
	BEQ	CBI5		;if no more sectors

;	Get next sector.

	INC	DAUX1	;increment sector number

CBI4	JSR	GNS	;get next sector
	BPL	CBI2	;if status OK

;	Process error.

	JSR	DBE	;display boot error message
	LDA	CASSBT
	BNE	BAI1	;if cassette, start over

	BEQ	CBI4	;try sector again

;	Clean up.

CBI5	LDA	CASSBT
	BEQ	CBI6	;if not cassette boot

	JSR	GNS	;get EOF record (but do not use it)

;	Execute boot loader.

CBI6	JSR	EBL	;execute boot loader
	BCS	BAI1	;if bad boot, try again

;	Initialize booted software.

	JSR	IBS	;initialize booted software
	INC	BOOT?	;indicate boot success
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	EBL - Execute Boot Loader
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	EBL
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


EBL	=	*		;entry

;	Move boot loader start address to RAMLO.

	CLC
	LDA	BOOTAD
	ADC	#6
	STA	RAMLO		;boot loader start address
	LDA	BOOTAD+1
	ADC	#0
	STA	RAMLO+1

;	Execute boot loader.

	JMP	(RAMLO)		;execute boot loader
	SPACE	4,10
**	IBS - Initialize Booted Software
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	IBS
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


IBS	=	*		;entry
	JMP	(DOSINI)	;initialize booted software
	SPACE	4,10
**	DBE - Display Boot Error Message
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DBE
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: bytes wasted by LDX/TXA and LDY/TYA
*		combinations.
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DBE	=	*		;entry

;	Set up IOCB.

	LDX	#low BMSG	;boot error message
	LDY	#high BMSG
	TXA
	LDX	#SEIOCB		;screen editor IOCB index
	STA	ICBAL,X 	;low buffer address
	TYA
	STA	ICBAH,X		;high buffer address
	LDA	#PUTREC
	STA	ICCOM,X		;command
	LDA	#$FF
	STA	ICBLL,X		;buffer length

;	Perform CIO.

	JMP	CIOV		;vector to CIO, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	GNS - Get Next Sector
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	GNS
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


GNS	=	*	;entry

;	Check type of boot.

	LDA	CASSBT
	BEQ	GNS1	;if not cassette boot

;	Read block from cassette.

	JMP	RBLOKV	;vector to read cassette block routine, return

;	Read sector from disk.

GNS1	LDA	#READ
	STA	DCOMND	;command
	LDA	#1	;drive number 1
	STA	DUNIT	;set drive number
	JMP	DSKINV	;vector to DIO, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	ACB - Attempt Cassette Boot
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ACB
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ACB	=	*	;entry

;	Check type.

	LDA	WARMST	;warmstart flag
	BEQ	ACB1	;if coldstart

;	Perform warmstart procedures.

	LDA	BOOT?	;successful boot flags
	AND	#$02	;successful cassette boot indicator
	BEQ	ACB2	;if cassette boot not successful

	JMP	ACB3	;initialize cassette

;	Perform coldstart procedures.

ACB1	LDA	CKEY	;cassette boot request flag
	BEQ	ACB2	;if cassette boot not requested, return

;	Boot cassette.

	LDA	#$80
	STA	FTYPE	;set long IRG type
	INC	CASSBT	;set cassette boot flag
	JSR	CSOPIV	;open cassette for input
	JSR	BAI	;boot and initialize
	LDA	#0
	STA	CASSBT	;clear cassette boot flag
	STA	CKEY	;clear cassette boot request flag
	ASL	BOOT?	;indicate successful cassette boot

	LDA	DOSINI
	STA	CASINI	;cassette software initialization address
	LDA	DOSINI+1
	STA	CASINI+1

;	Exit.

ACB2	RTS		;return

;	Initialize cassette booted program.

ACB3	JMP	(CASINI)	;initialize cassette booted program
	SUBTTL	'Disk Input/Ouput'
	SPACE	4,10
**	IDIO - Initialize DIO
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	IDIO
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


IDIO	=	*		;entry
	LDA	#160		;160 second timeout
	STA	DSKTIM		;set initial disk timeout
	LDA	#low DSCTSZ	;disk sector size
	STA	DSCTLN
	LDA	#high DSCTSZ
	STA	DSCTLN+1
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	DIO - Disk I/O
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DIO
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DIO	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDA	#DISKID		;disk bus ID
	STA	DDEVIC		;device bus ID
	LDA	DSKTIM		;timeout
	LDX	DCOMND		;command
	CPX	#FOMAT
	BEQ	DIO1		;if FORMAT command

	LDA	#7		;set timeout to 7 seconds

DIO1	STA	DTIMLO		;timeout

;	Set SIO command.

	LDX	#GETDAT		;assume GET DATA

	LDA	DCOMND		;command
	CMP	#PUTSEC
	BEQ	DIO2		;if PUT SECTOR command

	CMP	#WRITE
	BNE	DIO3		;if not WRITE command

DIO2	LDX	#PUTDAT		;select PUT DATA

;	Check command.

DIO3	CMP	#STATC
	BNE	DIO4		;if not STATUS command

;	Set up STATUS command.

	LDA	#low DVSTAT
	STA	DBUFLO		;buffer address
	LDA	#high DVSTAT
	STA	DBUFHI
	LDY	#low 4		;low byte count
	LDA	#high 4		;high byte count
	BEQ	DIO5		;perform SIO

;	Set up other commands.

DIO4	LDY	DSCTLN		;low byte count
	LDA	DSCTLN+1	;high byte count

;	Perform SIO.

DIO5	STX	DSTATS		;SIO command
	STY	DBYTLO		;low byte count
	STA	DBYTHI		;high byte count
	JSR	SIOV		;vector to SIO
	BPL	DIO6		;if no error

;	Process error.

	RTS			;return

;	Process successful operation.

DIO6	LDA	DCOMND		;command
	CMP	#STATC
	BNE	DIO7		;if not STATUS command

	JSR	SBA		;set buffer address
	LDY	#2
	LDA	(BUFADR),Y	;timeout status
	STA	DSKTIM		;disk timeout

;	Set byte count.

DIO7	LDA	DCOMND
	CMP	#FOMAT
	BNE	DIO10		;if not FORMAT command

	JSR	SBA		;set buffer address
	LDY	#$FE		;initial buffer pointer

DIO8	INY			;increment buffer pointer
	INY			;increment buffer pointer

DIO9	LDA	(BUFADR),Y	;low bad sector data
	CMP	#$FF
	BNE	DIO8		;if low not $FF

	INY
	LDA	(BUFADR),Y	;high bad sector data
	INY
	CMP	#$FF
	BNE	DIO9		;if high not $FF

	DEY
	DEY
	STY	DBYTLO		;low bad sector byte count
	LDA	#0
	STA	DBYTHI		;high bad sector byte count

;	Exit.

DIO10	LDY	DSTATS		;status
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SBA - Set Buffer Address
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SBA
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SBA	=	*		;entry
	LDA	DBUFLO
	STA	BUFADR		;buffer address
	LDA	DBUFHI
	STA	BUFADR+1
	RTS			;return
	SUBTTL	'Relocating Loader'
	SPACE	4,10
**	RLR - Relocate Routine
*
*	RLR relocates a relocatable routine which is assemb:
*	origin 0.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	RLR
*		GBYTEA - GBYTEA+1 = address of get-byte rou:
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


RLR	=	*		;entry

;	Clear parameter block.

	LDX	#5		;offset to last parameter

RLR1	LDA	#0
	STA	PARMBL,X	;clear byte of parameter bl:
	DEX
	BPL	RLR1		;if not done

;	Get a new record type and set the subroutine vector:

RLR2	LDA	#0
	STA	LCOUNT		;process 0th byte of a reco:
	JSR	GBY		;get type ID
	LDY	#DATAER
	BCS	RLR4		;if EOF before END record

	STA	HIBYTE		;save type ID
	JSR	GBY		;get record length
	LDY	#DATAER
	BCS	RLR4		;if EOF before END record

	STA	RECLEN
	LDA	HIBYTE		;get type ID
	CMP	#$0B		;END record
	BEQ	END		;if END record

	ROL	A		;set subroutine vectors
	TAX
	LDA	TRPR,X
	STA	RUNADR
	LDA	TRPR+1,X
	STA	RUNADR+1

RLR3	LDA	RECLEN
	CMP	LCOUNT
	BEQ	RLR2		;if LCOUNT=RECLEN, get new :

	JSR	GBY		;get next byte
	LDY	#DATAER
	BCS	RLR4		;if EOF before END record

	JSR	CAL		;call record subroutine
	INC	LCOUNT
	BNE	RLR3		;continue

RLR4	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	END - Handle END Record
*
*	END handles record type of
*	1.End Record
*
*	Record format:
*	Byte 0		Type ID
*	Byte 1		Self-start flag
*	Bytes 2 - 3	Run address
*
*	Process formula
*
*	RUNADR+LOADAD ==> Start Execution Address n Loader-:
*	parameter block.
*
*	End record calculates the start execution address b:
*	RUNADR with LOADAD, and returns to the Caller with :
*	block and a status byte in the Y register. Y=1 mean:
*	successful, else is a data structure error.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	END
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


END	=	*	;entry
	JSR	GBY	;get low byte of the RUNADR
	LDY	#DATAER
	BCS	END3	;if EOF before END record

	STA	RUNADR
	JSR	GBY	;get high byte of the RUNADR
	LDY	#DATAER
	BCS	END3	;if EOF before END record

	STA	RUNADR+1
	LDA	RECLEN	;RECLEN here is self-start flag
	CMP	#1
	BEQ	END2	;if 1, an absolute RUNADR, no fixup

	BCC	END4	;if 0, this is not a self-start pro:

;	Process relative start.

	CLC
	LDA	RUNADR		;execution address, needs f:
	ADC	LOADAD
	TAY
	LDA	RUNADR+1
	ADC	LOADAD+1	;A= high byte, Y=low byte

END1	STY	RUNADR		;set up Loader-Caller param:
	STA	RUNADR+1

END2	LDY	#SUCCES		;Y=1 successful operation

END3	RTS			;return

END4	LDY	#0		;fill self-start parameter :
	LDA	#0		;for non-self start program
	BEQ	END1		;continue
	SPACE	4,10
**	GBY - Get Byte
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	GBY
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


GBY	=	*		;entry
	JMP	(GBYTEA)	;get byte, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CAL - Execute at Run Address
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CAL
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CAL	=	*		;entry
	JMP	(RUNADR)	;process record, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	TEX - Handle Text Record
*
*	TEX handles record types of
*
*	1.Non-zero page relocatable text
*	2.Zero page relocatable text
*	3.Absolute text
*
*	Record format
*
*	|Type	|Length		|Relative addr.	|text	|
*	|ID	|(RECLEN)	|(RELADR)	|	|
*
*	Process formula
*	A register ===> (NEWADR+LCOUNT)
*
*	Relocate object text into fixed address of NEWADR+L:
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	TEX
*
*	NOTES
*
*	1.The relocating address (NEWADR) for absolute text:
*	relative address (RELADR), relocating address fixup:
*	needed.
*	2.There is no need to compare MEMTOP for processing:
*	text.
*	3.X register is used as an indexing to zero page va:
*	or non-zero page variables.	X=0 means pointing :
*	page fariable, whereas X=2 means pointing to zero p:
*	variables.
*	4.Each byte of the object text comes in A register.
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


TEX	=	*	;entry
	LDY	LCOUNT	;A register=data coming in
	CPY	#$01
	BEQ	TEX1	;if 1, process highest used address

	BCS	FTX	;if 2 or greater, relocate object t:

	STA	RELADR
	STA	NEWADR	;for absolute text NEWADR=RELADR
	BCC	TEX8

;	Set highest used address.

TEX1	STA	RELADR+1	;save high byte of RELADR
	STA	NEWADR+1	;for absolute text NEWADR=R:
	LDX	#0		;X=an index to non-zero or :
	LDA	HIBYTE		;HIBYTE=Type ID
	BEQ	TEX2		;if 0, process non-zero pag:
	CMP	#$0A
	BEQ	TEX3		;if $0A, needs no relative :

	LDX	#2		;X=2 for zero page text rec:

TEX2	CLC			;fix relocating addr. for n:
	LDA	RELADR		;text & zero page text
	ADC	LOADAD,X	;NEWADR=RELADR+LOADAD
	STA	NEWADR
	LDA	RELADR+1
	ADC	LOADAD+1,X
	STA	NEWADR+1	;Loader start relocating

TEX3	CLC
	LDA	NEWADR	;NEWADR+RECLEN is the last used mem:
	ADC	RECLEN	;for this particular record
	PHA
	LDA	#0	;A=high byte, S=low byte
	ADC	NEWADR+1
	TAY		;high byte
	PLA		;low byte
	SEC
	SBC	#2	;skip unwanted 2 bytes of relative :
	BCS	TEX4

	DEY

TEX4	PHA
	TYA
	CMP	HIUSED+1,X	;HIUSED stores the highest :
	PLA
	BCC	TEX6		;if HIUSED>(NEWADR+RECLEN),:

	BNE	TEX5		;if HIUSED<=(NEWADR+RECLEN)

	CMP	HIUSED,X
	BCC	TEX6

;	Update HIUSED.

TEX5	STA	HIUSED,X	;update HIUSED
	PHA
	TYA
	STA	HIUSED+1,X
	PLA

TEX6	LDX	HIBYTE
	CPX	#$01
	BEQ	TEX8	;if zero page text

;	Check MEMTOP.

	CPY	MEMTOP+1	;MEMTOP>HIUSED, OK
	BCC	TEX8

	BNE	TEX7

	CMP	MEMTOP
	BCC	TEX8

TEX7	PLA			;MEMTOP<=HIUSED then error
	PLA			;do a force return to calle:
	LDY	#MEMERR		;set memory insufficient fl:

TEX8	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	FTX - Relocate Text into Memory
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FTX
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: bytes wasted by JMP to RTS.
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


FTX	=	*	;entry
	SEC
	PHA		;A register has object text
	LDA	LCOUNT	;LCOUNT counts 2 bytes of relative :
	SBC	#2	;-2 is the total bytes of object te:
	CLC
	ADC	NEWADR
	STA	LTEMP	;A ===>(NEWADR+LCOUNT-2)
	LDA	#0
	ADC	NEWADR+1
	STA	LTEMP+1
	PLA
	LDY	#0
	STA	(LTEMP),Y
	JMP	TEX8	;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	WOR - Handle Word Reference Record Type
*
*	WOR handles record types of
*
*	1.Non-zero page word references to non-zero page.
*	2.Zero page word references to non-zero page.
*
*	Record format
*
*	|Type	|Length		|Offset1|Offset2|Offsetn|
*	|ID	|(RECLEN)	|A Reg.	|	|	|
*
*	Process formula
*
*	(A register +NEWADR)W +LOADAD ===> (NEWADR+ A regis:
*
*	Count, the offset from the start relocating address:
*	low byte
*	of a word needing to be fixed.  The fixup process i:
*	content of the word and add loading address, then r:
*	fixed word.
*
*	Offset information comes in A register.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	WOR
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


WOR	=	*		;entry
	CLC
	ADC	NEWADR		;offset in A register
	STA	LTEMP
	LDA	#0
	ADC	NEWADR+1
	STA	LTEMP+1		;offset +NEWADR= LTEMP
	LDY	#0
	LDA	(LTEMP),Y	;get low byte content of wh:
	CLC
	ADC	LOADAD		;fix low byte of a word
	STA	(LTEMP),Y
	INC	LTEMP		;increment LTEMP pointer by:
	BNE	WOR1		;if low not zero

	INC	LTEMP+1		;increment high

WOR1	LDA	(LTEMP),Y	;fix high byte of a word
	ADC	LOADAD+1
	STA	(LTEMP),Y	;restore processed content
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	LOO - Handle Low Byte and One Byte Record Types
*
*	LOO handles record types of
*
*	1.Non-zero page low byte references to non-zero ppa:
*	2.Zero page low byte references to non-zero page.
*	3.Non-zero page one byte references to zero page.
*	4.Zero page one byte references to zero page.
*
*	Record format
*
*	|Type	|Length		|Offset1|Offset2|Offsetn|
*	|ID	|(RECLEN)	|A Reg.	|A Reg.	|	|
*
*	The process formula for non-zero page low byte refe:
*	non-zero page record and zero page low byte referen:
*	non-zero page record is
*
*	(offset + NEWADR)+LOADAD ===> (offset +NEWADR)
*
*	The process formula for non-zero page one byte refe:
*	zero
*	page record and zero page one byte references to ze:
*	record
*	is
*
*	(offset + NEWADR)+LOADADZ ===> (offset + NEWADR)
*
*	Count from the offset from the start relocating add:
*	low byte or one byte need to be fixed. Get the cont:
*	low byte or one byteand add either LOADAD or LOADAD:
*	page loading address), then restore the value.
*
*	The offset comes in A register.
*
*	The X register for this routine points to either no:
*	variables or zero page variables. Record type 2 & 3:
*	non-zero page variable, type 4 & 5 needs zero page :
*
*	X=2 points to zero page variable.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	LOO
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


LOO	=	*	;entry
	LDX	#0	;X=0 points to non-zero page variab:
	LDY	HIBYTE	;HIBYTE has Type ID
	CPY	#4	;type 4 & 5 needs zero page variabl:
	BCC	LOO1	;if type 2 or 3, need non-zero page:

	LDX	#2	;point to zero page variable

LOO1	CLC		;offset is in A register
	ADC	NEWADR	;offset+NEWADR=the byte needs fixup
	STA	LTEMP
	LDA	#0
	ADC	NEWADR+1
	STA	LTEMP+1
	LDY	#0
	LDA	(LTEMP),Y	;get the content of offset+:
	CLC
	ADC	LOADAD,X	;do relocating fixup
	STA	(LTEMP),Y	;restore the being fixed va:
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	HIG - Handle High Byte Record Types
*
*	HIG handles record types of
*
*	1.Non-zero page high bytes references to non-zero p:
*	2.Zero page high bytes references to non-zero page.
*
*	Record format
*
*	|Type	|Length		|Offset1|Low byte|Offset2|L:
*	|ID	|(RECLEN)	|HIBYTE	|A Reg.  | (HIBYTE):
*
*	Process formula
*
*	(HIBYTE+NEWADR)+[[LOADAD+A]/256] ==> (HIBYTE+NEWADR:
*
*	Count the offset from the start relocating address :
*	byte needs to be fixed. Get the low byte informatio:
*	A register, then add the low byte with LOADAD and s:
*	flag depending on the calculation. Next do an addit:
*	high byte, NEWADR and the C flag. Restore the addit:
*	back to the high byte location in memory.
*
*	HIBYTE is not Type ID here. HIBYTE is used to store:
*	byte value.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	HIG
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: many instances of jumping to RTS i:
*		wastes bytes.
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


HIG	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	PHA			;save offset pointing to hi:

;	Check LCOUNT odd or even.

	LDA	LCOUNT
	ROR	A
	PLA
	BCS	HIG2		;if even number, process lo:

;	Process high byte.

	CLC
	ADC	NEWADR
	STA	LTEMP		;get high byte value
	LDA	#0
	ADC	NEWADR+1
	STA	LTEMP+1
	LDY	#0
	LDA	(LTEMP),Y
	STA	HIBYTE		;save high byte content

HIG1	RTS			;return

;	Process low byte

HIG2	CLC
	ADC	LOADAD		;add low byte with LOADAD
	LDA	#0
	ADC	LOADAD+1
	ADC	HIBYTE		;C flag+LOADAD(high byte)+H:
	LDY	#0
	STA	(LTEMP),Y	;store being fixed high byt:
	BEQ	HIG1
	SPACE	4,10
**	TRPR - Table of Record Processing Routines


TRPR	DW	TEX	;0 - non-zero page relocatable text
	DW	TEX	;1 - zero page relocatable text
	DW	LOO	;2 - non-zero page low byte to non-:
	DW	LOO	;3 - zero page low byte to non-zero:
	DW	LOO	;4 - non-zero page one byte to zero:
	DW	LOO	;5 - zero page one byte to zero pag:
	DW	WOR	;6 - non-zero page word to non-zero:
	DW	WOR	;7 - zero page word to non-zero pag:
	DW	HIG	;8 - non-zero page high byte to non:
	DW	HIG	;9 - zero page high byte to non-zer:
	DW	TEX	;10 - absolute text
	DW	END	;11 - end record
	SUBTTL	'Self-test, Part 1'
	SPACE	4,10
**	SES - Select and Execute Self-test
*
*	SES selects the self-test ROM and executes the self-test.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SES
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: this could be contiguous with other OS ROM
*		self-test code (near TSTO).
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SES	=	*	;entry

	LDA	#$FF
	STA	COLDST	;force coldstart on RESET

	LDA	PORTB
	AND	#$7F	;enable self-test ROM
	STA	PORTB	;update port B memory control

	JMP	SLFTSV	;vector to self-test
	SUBTTL	'Parallel Input/Output'
	SPACE	4,10
**	GIN - Initialize Generic Parallel Device
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	GIN
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	02/18/83
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


GIN	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDA	#$01	;initially select device 0
	STA	SHPDVS	;device select shadow

;	For each potential device, initialize if device pre:

GIN1	LDA	SHPDVS	;device select shadow
	STA	PDVS	;device select

	LDA	PDID1	;first ID
	CMP	#$80	;required value
	BNE	GIN2	;if first ID not verified

	LDA	PDID2	;second ID
	CMP	#$91	;required value
	BNE	GIN2	;if second ID not verified

	JSR	PDVV+12	;initialize parallel device handler

GIN2	ASL	SHPDVS	;advance to next device
	BNE	GIN1	;if devices remain

;	Exit

	LDA	#$00	;select FPP (deselect device)
;	STA	SHPDVS	;device select shadow
	STA	PDVS	;device select
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PIO - Parallel Input/Output
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PIO
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: in the CRASS65 section, CRITIC was:
*		zero-page.
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	02/18/83
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PIO	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDA	#1
;	STA	CRITIC	;indicate critical section
	VFD	8\$8D,8\low CRITIC,8\high CRITIC
	LDA	DUNIT	;device unit number
	PHA		;save device unit number
	LDA	PDVMSK	;device selection mask
	BEQ	PIO2	;if no device to select

;	For each device, pass request to device I/O routine:

	LDX	#TPDSL	;offset to first byte beyond table

PIO1	JSR	SNP	;select next parallel device
	BEQ	PIO2	;if no device selected

	TXA
	PHA		;save offset
	JSR	PDIOV	;perform parallel device I/O
	PLA		;saved offset
	TAX		;restore offset
	BCC	PIO1	;if device did not field request

;	Restore Floating Point Package.

	LDA	#$00	;select FPP (deselect device)
	STA	SHPDVS	;device select shadow
	STA	PDVS	;device select
	BEQ	PIO3	;exit

;	Perform SIO.

PIO2	JSR	SIO	;perform SIO

;	Exit.

PIO3	PLA		;saved device unit number
	STA	DUNIT	;restore device unit number
	LDA	#0
;	STA	CRITIC	;indicate non-critical section
	VFD	8\$8D,8\low CRITIC,8\high CRITIC
	STY	DSTATS
	LDY	DSTATS	;status (re-establish N)
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PIR - Handle Parallel Device IRQ
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PIR
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits via RTI
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	02/18/83
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PIR	=	*	;entry

;	Determine which device made IRQ, in order of priori:

	LDX	#TPDSL	;offset to first byte beyond table

PIR1	ROR	A
	BCS	PIR2	;if IRQ of that device

	DEX
	BNE	PIR1	;if devices remain

;	Select device and process IRQ.

PIR2	LDA	SHPDVS		;current device selection
	PHA			;save current device select:
	LDA	TPDS-1,X	;device selection desired
	STA	SHPDVS		;device select shadow
	STA	PDVS		;device select
	JSR	PDIRQV		;process IRQ

;	Exit.

	PLA			;saved device selection
	STA	SHPDVS		;restore device select shad:
	STA	PDVS		;device select
	PLA			;saved X
	TAX			;restore X
	PLA			;restore A
	RTI			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	GOP - Perform Generic Parallel Device OPEN
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	GOP
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	02/18/83
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


GOP	=	*	;entry
	LDY	#1	;offset for OPEN
	JMP	EPC	;execute parallel device handler co:
	SPACE	4,10
**	GCL - Perform Generic Parallel Device CLOSE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	GCL
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	02/18/83
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


GCL	=	*	;entry
	LDY	#3	;offset for CLOSE
	JMP	EPC	;execute parallel device handler co:
	SPACE	4,10
**	GGB - Perform Generic Parallel Device GET-BYTE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	GGB
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	02/18/83
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


GGB	=	*	;entry
	LDY	#5	;offset for GET-BYTE
	JMP	EPC	;execute parallel device handler co:
	SPACE	4,10
**	GPB - Perform Generic Parallel Device PUT-BYTE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	GPB
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	02/18/83
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


GPB	=	*	;entry
	LDY	#7	;offset for PUT-BYTE
	JMP	EPC	;execute parallel device handler co:
	SPACE	4,10
**	GST - Perform Generic Parallel Device STATUS
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	GST
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	02/18/83
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


GST	=	*	;entry
	LDY	#9	;offset for STATUS
	JMP	EPC	;execute parallel device handler co:
	SPACE	4,10
**	GSP - Perform Generic Parallel Device SPECIAL
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	GSP
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	02/18/83
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


GSP	=	*	;entry
	LDY	#11	;offset for SPECIAL
	JMP	EPC	;execute parallel device handler co:
	SPACE	4,10
**	SNP - Select Next Parallel Device
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SNP
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	02/18/83
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SNP	=	*	;entry

;	Decrement and check offset.

SNP1	DEX		;decrement offset
	BPL	SNP2	;if devices remain

;	Exit

	LDA	#$00	;select FPP (deselect device)
	STA	SHPDVS	;device select shadow
	STA	PDVS	;device select
	RTS		;return

;	Ensure device is indicated by selection mask.

SNP2	LDA	PDVMSK	;device selection mask
	AND	TPDS,X	;device select
	BEQ	SNP1	;if device not indicated for select:

;	Select device.

	STA	SHPDVS	;device select shadow
	STA	PDVS	;device select
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	IPH - Invoke Parallel Device Handler
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	IPH
*		Y = offset into parallel defice vector tabl:
*		PPTMPA	= original A value
*		PPTMPX	= original X value
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: wasted byte for DEY.
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	02/18/83
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


IPH	=	*	;entry
	LDA	PDVV,Y	;high routine address-1
	PHA		;place on stack
	DEY
	LDA	PDVV,Y	;low routine address-1
	PHA		;place on stack
	LDA	PPTMPA	;restore A for handler
	LDX	PPTMPX	;restore X for handler
	LDY	#FNCNOT	;preset status
	RTS		;invoke handler routine (address on:
	SPACE	4,10
**	EPC - Execute Parallel Device Handler Command
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	EPC
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: in the CRASS65 version, CRITIC was:
*		zero-page.
*
*	MODS
*		Y. M. Chen	02/18/83
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


EPC	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	STA	PPTMPA	;save data byte
	STX	PPTMPX	;save X
;	LDA	CRITIC
	VFD	8\$AD,8\low CRITIC,8\high CRITIC
	PHA		;save critical section status
	LDA	#1
;	STA	CRITIC	;indicate critical section
	VFD	8\$8D,8\low CRITIC,8\high CRITIC

;	For each device, pass request to device handler.

	LDX	#TPDSL	;offset to first byte beyond table

EPC1	JSR	SNP	;select next device
	BEQ	EPC2	;if no device selected, return erro:

	TXA
	PHA		;save offset
	TYA
	PHA		;save Y
	JSR	IPH	;invoke parallel device handler
	BCC	EPC4	;if device did not field, try next :

;	Clean up.

	STA	PPTMPA	;save possile data byte
	PLA		;clean stack
	PLA
	JMP	EPC3	;exit

;	Return Nonexistent Device error.

EPC2	LDY	#NONDEV

;	Restore Floating Point Package

EPC3	LDA	#$00	;select FPP (deselect device)
	STA	SHPDVS	;device select shadow
	STA	PDVS	;device select
	PLA		;saved critical section status
;	STA	CRITIC	;restore critical section status
	VFD	8\$8D,8\low CRITIC,8\high CRITIC
	LDA	PPTMPA	;restore possible data byte
	STY	PPTMPX
	LDY	PPTMPX	;status (re-establish N)
	RTS		;return

;	Prepare to try next device.

EPC4	PLA
	TAY		;restore Y
	PLA
	TAX		;restore X
	BCC	EPC1	;try next device
	SPACE	4,10
**	TPDS - Table of Parallel Device Selects
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: bytes wasted by replication of thi:
*		elsewhere.


TPDS	DB	$80	;0 - device 7 (lowest priority)
	DB	$40	;1 - device 6
	DB	$20	;2 - device 5
	DB	$10	;3 - device 4
	DB	$08	;4 - device 3
	DB	$04	;5 - device 2
	DB	$02	;6 - device 1
	DB	$01	;7 - device 0 (highest priority)

TPDSL	=	*-TPDS	;length
	SUBTTL	'Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 1'
	SPACE	4,10
**	PHL - Load and Initialize Peripheral Handler
*
*	Subroutine to load, relocate, initialize and open a
*	"provisionally" opened IOCB. This routine is called
*	upon first I/O attempt following provisional open.
*	It does the final opening by simulating the first
*	part of a normal CIO OPEN and then finishing with
*	code which is in CIO.
*
*	Input parameters:
*	ICIDNO	(specifies which IOCB);
*	various values in the provisionally-opened IOCB:
*		ICSPR (handler name)
*		ICSPR+1 (serial address for loading);
*	whatever the called subroutines require.
*
*	Output parameters:
*	None. (Error returns are all handled by called subr:
*		in fact, all returns are handled by called :
*
*	Modified:
*	ICHID in both calling IOCB and ZIOCB (part of compl:
*	ICCOMT (a CIO variable);
*	Registers not saved.
*
*	Subroutines called:
*	LPH (does the loading);
*	PHC (initializes the loaded handler);
*	FDH (a CIO entry--finds handler table entry of
*		newly loaded/initialized handler);
*	IIO (a CIO entry--finishes full proper opening of I:
*		including calling handler OPEN entry--IIO r:
*		to PHL's caller);
*	IND (a CIO entry--returns with error to PHL's calle:
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PHL
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: in the CRASS65 version, ICIDNO was:
*		zero-page.
*
*	MODS
*		R. S. Scheiman	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PHL	=	*		;entry

;	Load peripheral handler.

;	LDX	ICIDNO		;IOCB index
	VFD	8\$AE,8\low ICIDNO,8\high ICIDNO
	LDA	ICSPR+1,X
	JSR	LPH		;load peripheral handler
	BCS	PHL1		;if error

;	Initialize peripheral handler

	CLC			;indicate zero handler size
	JSR	PHC		;initialize peripheral hand:
	BCS	PHL1		;if error

;	Find device handler

;	LDX	ICIDNO		;IOCB index
	VFD	8\$AE,8\low ICIDNO,8\high ICIDNO
	LDA	ICSPR,X
	JSR	FDH		;find device handler
	BCS	PHL1		;if not found

;	Set handler ID.

;	LDX	ICIDNO		;IOCB index
	VFD	8\$AE,8\low ICIDNO,8\high ICIDNO
	STA	ICHID,X		;handler ID
	STA	ICHIDZ

;	Simulate initial CIO OPEN processing.

	LDA	#OPEN	;OPEN command
	STA	ICCOMT	;command
	JMP	IIO	;initialize IOCB for OPEN, return

;	Indicate nonexistent device error.

PHL1	JMP	IND	;indicate nonexistent device error,:
	SUBTTL	'Self-test, Part 2'
	SPACE	4,10
**	TSTO - Table of Self-test Text Offsets


TSTO	DB	TXT0-TTXT	;0 - offset to "MEMORY TEST   ROM" text
	DB	TXT1-TTXT	;1 - offset to "RAM" text
	DB	TXT2-TTXT	;2 - offset to "KEYBOARD TEST" text
	DB	TXT3-TTXT	;3 - offset to "S P A C E   B A R" text
	DB	TXT4-TTXT	;4 - offset to "SH" text
	DB	TXT5-TTXT	;5 - offset to "SH" text
	DB	TXT6-TTXT	;6 - offset to "B S" text
	DB	TXT7-TTXT	;7 - offset to keyboard text
	DB	TXT8-TTXT	;8 - offset to control key text
	DB	TXT9-TTXT	;9 - offset to "VOICE #" text
	SPACE	4,10
**	TTXT - Table of Text Sequences


TTXT	=	*
	SPACE	4,10
**	TXT0 - "MEMORY TEST   ROM" Text


TXT0	DB	$00,$00
	DB	$2D,$25,$2D,$2F,$32,$39	;"MEMORY"
	DB	$00
	DB	$34,$25,$33,$34		;"TEST"
	DB	$00,$00,$00
	DB	$32,$2F,$2D		;"ROM"

TXT0L	=	*-TXT0	;length
	SPACE	4,10
**	TXT1 - "RAM" Text


TXT1	DB	$32,$21,$2D		;"RAM"

TXT1L	=	*-TXT1	;length
	SPACE	4,10
**	TXT2 - "KEYBOARD TEST" Text


TXT2	DB	$00,$00
	DB	$2B,$25,$39,$22,$2F,$21,$32,$24	;"KEYBOARD"
	DB	$00
	DB	$34,$25,$33,$34			;"TEST"
	DB	$00,$00,$00
	DB	$B2

TXT2L	=	*-TXT2	;length
	SPACE	4,10
**	TXT7 - Keyboard


TXT7	=	*

;	First Row (Function Keys)

	DB	$91		;"1"
	DB	$00
	DB	$92		;"2"
	DB	$00
	DB	$93		;"3"
	DB	$00
	DB	$94		;"4"
	DB	$00
	DB	$A8		;"H"
	DB	$00
	DB	$A1		;"A"
	DB	$00
	DB	$A2		;"B"
	DB	$00,$00,$00

;	Second Row ("1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 < >")

	DB	$5B
	DB	$00
	DB	$11		;"1"
	DB	$00
	DB	$12		;"2"
	DB	$00
	DB	$13		;"3"
	DB	$00
	DB	$14		;"4"
	DB	$00
	DB	$15		;"5"
	DB	$00
	DB	$16		;"6"
	DB	$00
	DB	$17		;"7"
	DB	$00
	DB	$18		;"8"
	DB	$00
	DB	$19		;"9"
	DB	$00
	DB	$10		;"0"
	DB	$00
	DB	$1C		;"<"
	DB	$00
	DB	$1E		;">"
	DB	$00
	DB	$A2		;"B"
	DB	$80
	DB	$B3		;"S"
	DB	$00,$00,$00

;	Third Row ("Q W E R T Y U I O P - =")

	DB	$FF
	DB	$FF
	DB	$00
	DB	$31		;"Q"
	DB	$00
	DB	$37		;"W"
	DB	$00
	DB	$25		;"E"
	DB	$00
	DB	$32		;"R"
	DB	$00
	DB	$34		;"T"
	DB	$00
	DB	$39		;"Y"
	DB	$00
	DB	$35		;"U"
	DB	$00
	DB	$29		;"I"
	DB	$00
	DB	$2F		;"O"
	DB	$00
	DB	$30		;"P"
	DB	$00
	DB	$0D		;"-"
	DB	$00
	DB	$1D		;"="
	DB	$00
	DB	$B2		;"R"
	DB	$B4		;"T"
	DB	$00,$00,$00

;	Fourth Row ("A S D F G H J K L ; + *")

	DB	$80
	DB	$DC
	DB	$80
	DB	$00
	DB	$21		;"A"
	DB	$00
	DB	$33		;"S"
	DB	$00
	DB	$24		;"D"
	DB	$00
	DB	$26		;"F"
	DB	$00
	DB	$27		;"G"
	DB	$00
	DB	$28		;"H"
	DB	$00
	DB	$2A		;"J"
	DB	$00
	DB	$2B		;"K"
	DB	$00
	DB	$2C		;"L"
	DB	$00
	DB	$1B		;";"
	DB	$00
	DB	$0B		;"+"
	DB	$00
	DB	$0A		;"*"
	DB	$00
	DB	$A3		;"C"
	DB	$00,$00,$00

;	Fifth Row ("Z X C V B N M , . /")

	DB	$80
	DB	$B3		;"S"
	DB	$A8		;"H"
	DB	$80
	DB	$00
	DB	$3A		;"Z"
	DB	$00
	DB	$38		;"X"
	DB	$00
	DB	$23		;"C"
	DB	$00
	DB	$36		;"V"
	DB	$00
	DB	$22		;"B"
	DB	$00
	DB	$2E		;"N"
	DB	$00
	DB	$2D		;"M"
	DB	$00
	DB	$0C		;","
	DB	$00
	DB	$0E		;"."
	DB	$00
	DB	$0F		;"/"
	DB	$00
	DB	$80
	DB	$B3		;"S"
	DB	$A8		;"H"
	DB	$80
	DB	$00,$00,$00

;	Sixth Row (Space Bar)

	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$00
	DB	$80
	DB	$B3		;"S"
	DB	$80
	DB	$B0		;"P"
	DB	$80
	DB	$A1		;"A"
	DB	$80
	DB	$A3		;"C"
	DB	$80
	DB	$A5		;"E"
	DB	$80
	DB	$80
	DB	$80
	DB	$A2		;"B"
	DB	$80
	DB	$A1		;"A"
	DB	$80
	DB	$B2		;"R"
	DB	$80

TXT7L	=	*-TXT7	;length
	SPACE	4,10
**	TXT3 - "S P A C E   B A R" Text


TXT3	DB	$00
	DB	$33		;"S"
	DB	$00
	DB	$30		;"P"
	DB	$00
	DB	$21		;"A"
	DB	$00
	DB	$23		;"C"
	DB	$00
	DB	$25		;"E"
	DB	$00
	DB	$00
	DB	$00
	DB	$22		;"B"
	DB	$00
	DB	$21		;"A"
	DB	$00
	DB	$32		;"R"
	DB	$00

TXT3L	=	*-TXT3	;length
	SPACE	4,10
**	TXT4 - "SH" Text


TXT4	DB	$00
	DB	$33,$28		;"SH"
	DB	$00

TXT4L	=	*-TXT4	;length
	SPACE	4,10
**	TXT5 - "SH" Text


TXT5	=	TXT4

TXT5L	=	TXT4L	;length
	SPACE	4,10
**	TXT6 - "B S" Text


TXT6	DB	$22	;"B"
	DB	$00
	DB	$33	;"S"

TXT6L	=	*-TXT6	;length
	SPACE	4,10
**	TXT8 - Control Key


TXT8	DB	$00
	DB	$5C
	DB	$00

TXT8L	=	*-TXT8	;length
	SPACE	4,10
**	TXT9 - "VOICE #" Text


TXT9	DB	$36,$2F,$29,$23,$25	;"VOICE"
	DB	$00
	DB	$03			;"#"

TXT9L	=	*-TXT9	;length
	SUBTTL	'Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 2'
	SPACE	4,10
**	CLT - Checksum Linkage Table
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CLT
*		ZCHAIN = ZCHAIN+1 = address of linkage tabl:
*
*	EXIT
*		A = checksum of linkage table
*
*	CHANGES
*		Y
*
*	CALLS
*		-none-
*
*	MODS
*		R. S. Scheiman	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CLT	=	*		;entry

	LDY	#17		;offset to last byte to sum
	LDA	#0		;initial sum
	CLC

CLT1	ADC	(ZCHAIN),Y	;add byte
	DEY
	BPL	CLT1		;if not done

	ADC	#0		;add final carry
	EOR	#$FF		;complement
	RTS			;return
	SUBTTL	'International Character Set'
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	ICSORG
	SPACE	4,10
**	International Character Set


	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00	;$00 - space
	DB	$00,$18,$18,$18,$18,$00,$18,$00	;$01 - !
	DB	$00,$66,$66,$66,$00,$00,$00,$00	;$02 - "
	DB	$00,$66,$FF,$66,$66,$FF,$66,$00	;$03 - #
	DB	$18,$3E,$60,$3C,$06,$7C,$18,$00	;$04 - $
	DB	$00,$66,$6C,$18,$30,$66,$46,$00	;$05 - %
	DB	$1C,$36,$1C,$38,$6F,$66,$3B,$00	;$06 - &
	DB	$00,$18,$18,$18,$00,$00,$00,$00	;$07 - '
	DB	$00,$0E,$1C,$18,$18,$1C,$0E,$00	;$08 - (
	DB	$00,$70,$38,$18,$18,$38,$70,$00	;$09 - )
	DB	$00,$66,$3C,$FF,$3C,$66,$00,$00	;$0A - asterisk
	DB	$00,$18,$18,$7E,$18,$18,$00,$00	;$0B - plus
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$18,$18,$30	;$0C - comma
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$7E,$00,$00,$00,$00	;$0D - minus
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$18,$18,$00	;$0E - period
	DB	$00,$06,$0C,$18,$30,$60,$40,$00	;$0F - /

	DB	$00,$3C,$66,$6E,$76,$66,$3C,$00	;$10 - 0
	DB	$00,$18,$38,$18,$18,$18,$7E,$00	;$11 - 1
	DB	$00,$3C,$66,$0C,$18,$30,$7E,$00	;$12 - 2
	DB	$00,$7E,$0C,$18,$0C,$66,$3C,$00	;$13 - 3
	DB	$00,$0C,$1C,$3C,$6C,$7E,$0C,$00	;$14 - 4
	DB	$00,$7E,$60,$7C,$06,$66,$3C,$00	;$15 - 5
	DB	$00,$3C,$60,$7C,$66,$66,$3C,$00	;$16 - 6
	DB	$00,$7E,$06,$0C,$18,$30,$30,$00	;$17 - 7
	DB	$00,$3C,$66,$3C,$66,$66,$3C,$00	;$18 - 8
	DB	$00,$3C,$66,$3E,$06,$0C,$38,$00	;$19 - 9
	DB	$00,$00,$18,$18,$00,$18,$18,$00	;$1A - colon
	DB	$00,$00,$18,$18,$00,$18,$18,$30	;$1B - semicolon
	DB	$06,$0C,$18,$30,$18,$0C,$06,$00	;$1C - <
	DB	$00,$00,$7E,$00,$00,$7E,$00,$00	;$1D - =
	DB	$60,$30,$18,$0C,$18,$30,$60,$00	;$1E - >
	DB	$00,$3C,$66,$0C,$18,$00,$18,$00	;$1F - ?

	DB	$00,$3C,$66,$6E,$6E,$60,$3E,$00	;$20 - @
	DB	$00,$18,$3C,$66,$66,$7E,$66,$00	;$21 - A
	DB	$00,$7C,$66,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$00	;$22 - B
	DB	$00,$3C,$66,$60,$60,$66,$3C,$00	;$23 - C
	DB	$00,$78,$6C,$66,$66,$6C,$78,$00	;$24 - D
	DB	$00,$7E,$60,$7C,$60,$60,$7E,$00	;$25 - E
	DB	$00,$7E,$60,$7C,$60,$60,$60,$00	;$26 - F
	DB	$00,$3E,$60,$60,$6E,$66,$3E,$00	;$27 - G
	DB	$00,$66,$66,$7E,$66,$66,$66,$00	;$28 - H
	DB	$00,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$18,$7E,$00	;$29 - I
	DB	$00,$06,$06,$06,$06,$66,$3C,$00	;$2A - J
	DB	$00,$66,$6C,$78,$78,$6C,$66,$00	;$2B - K
	DB	$00,$60,$60,$60,$60,$60,$7E,$00	;$2C - L
	DB	$00,$63,$77,$7F,$6B,$63,$63,$00	;$2D - M
	DB	$00,$66,$76,$7E,$7E,$6E,$66,$00	;$2E - N
	DB	$00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$00	;$2F - O

	DB	$00,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$60,$60,$00	;$30 - P
	DB	$00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$6C,$36,$00	;$31 - Q
	DB	$00,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$6C,$66,$00	;$32 - R
	DB	$00,$3C,$60,$3C,$06,$06,$3C,$00	;$33 - S
	DB	$00,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$00	;$34 - T
	DB	$00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$66,$7E,$00	;$35 - U
	DB	$00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$18,$00	;$36 - V
	DB	$00,$63,$63,$6B,$7F,$77,$63,$00	;$37 - W
	DB	$00,$66,$66,$3C,$3C,$66,$66,$00	;$38 - X
	DB	$00,$66,$66,$3C,$18,$18,$18,$00	;$39 - Y
	DB	$00,$7E,$0C,$18,$30,$60,$7E,$00	;$3A - Z
	DB	$00,$1E,$18,$18,$18,$18,$1E,$00	;$3B - [
	DB	$00,$40,$60,$30,$18,$0C,$06,$00	;$3C - \
	DB	$00,$78,$18,$18,$18,$18,$78,$00	;$3D - ]
	DB	$00,$08,$1C,$36,$63,$00,$00,$00	;$3E - ^
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$FF,$00	;$3F - underline

	DB	$0C,$18,$3C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00	;$40 - acute accent a
	DB	$30,$18,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$00	;$41 - acute accent u
	DB	$36,$6C,$00,$76,$76,$7E,$6E,$00	;$42 - tilde N
	DB	$0C,$18,$7E,$60,$7C,$60,$7E,$00	;$43 - acute accent E
	DB	$00,$00,$3C,$60,$60,$3C,$18,$30	;$44 - cedilla c
	DB	$3C,$66,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$3C,$00	;$45 - circumflex o
	DB	$30,$18,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$3C,$00	;$46 - grave accent o
	DB	$30,$18,$00,$38,$18,$18,$3C,$00	;$47 - grave accent i
	DB	$1C,$30,$30,$78,$30,$30,$7E,$00	;$48 - U.K. currency
	DB	$00,$66,$00,$38,$18,$18,$3C,$00	;$49 - diaeresis i
	DB	$00,$66,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$00	;$4A - umlaut u
	DB	$36,$00,$3C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00	;$4B - umlaut a
	DB	$66,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$00	;$4C - umlaut O
	DB	$0C,$18,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$00	;$4D - grave accent u
	DB	$0C,$18,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$3C,$00	;$4E - acute accent o
	DB	$00,$66,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$3C,$00	;$4F - umlaut o

	DB	$66,$00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$7E,$00	;$50 - umlaut U
	DB	$3C,$66,$1C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00	;$51 - circumflex a
	DB	$3C,$66,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$00	;$52 - circumflex u
	DB	$3C,$66,$00,$38,$18,$18,$3C,$00	;$53 - circumflex i
	DB	$0C,$18,$3C,$66,$7E,$60,$3C,$00	;$54 - acute accent e
	DB	$30,$18,$3C,$66,$7E,$60,$3C,$00	;$55 - grave accent e
	DB	$36,$6C,$00,$7C,$66,$66,$66,$00	;$56 - tilde n
	DB	$3C,$C3,$3C,$66,$7E,$60,$3C,$00	;$57 - circumflex e
	DB	$18,$00,$3C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00	;$58 - ring a
	DB	$30,$18,$3C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00	;$59 - grave accent a
	DB	$18,$00,$18,$3C,$66,$7E,$66,$00	;$5A - ring A
	DB	$78,$60,$78,$60,$7E,$18,$1E,$00	;$5B - display escape
	DB	$00,$18,$3C,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$00	;$5C - up arrow
	DB	$00,$18,$18,$18,$7E,$3C,$18,$00	;$5D - down arrow
	DB	$00,$18,$30,$7E,$30,$18,$00,$00	;$5E - left arrow
	DB	$00,$18,$0C,$7E,$0C,$18,$00,$00	;$5F - right arrow

	DB	$18,$00,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$00	;$60 - Spanish !
	DB	$00,$00,$3C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00	;$61 - a
	DB	$00,$60,$60,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$00	;$62 - b
	DB	$00,$00,$3C,$60,$60,$60,$3C,$00	;$63 - c
	DB	$00,$06,$06,$3E,$66,$66,$3E,$00	;$64 - d
	DB	$00,$00,$3C,$66,$7E,$60,$3C,$00	;$65 - e
	DB	$00,$0E,$18,$3E,$18,$18,$18,$00	;$66 - f
	DB	$00,$00,$3E,$66,$66,$3E,$06,$7C	;$67 - g
	DB	$00,$60,$60,$7C,$66,$66,$66,$00	;$68 - h
	DB	$00,$18,$00,$38,$18,$18,$3C,$00	;$69 - i
	DB	$00,$06,$00,$06,$06,$06,$06,$3C	;$6A - j
	DB	$00,$60,$60,$6C,$78,$6C,$66,$00	;$6B - k
	DB	$00,$38,$18,$18,$18,$18,$3C,$00	;$6C - l
	DB	$00,$00,$66,$7F,$7F,$6B,$63,$00	;$6D - m
	DB	$00,$00,$7C,$66,$66,$66,$66,$00	;$6E - n
	DB	$00,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$00	;$6F - o

	DB	$00,$00,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$60,$60	;$70 - p
	DB	$00,$00,$3E,$66,$66,$3E,$06,$06	;$71 - q
	DB	$00,$00,$7C,$66,$60,$60,$60,$00	;$72 - r
	DB	$00,$00,$3E,$60,$3C,$06,$7C,$00	;$73 - s
	DB	$00,$18,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$0E,$00	;$74 - t
	DB	$00,$00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$00	;$75 - u
	DB	$00,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$18,$00	;$76 - v
	DB	$00,$00,$63,$6B,$7F,$3E,$36,$00	;$77 - w
	DB	$00,$00,$66,$3C,$18,$3C,$66,$00	;$78 - x
	DB	$00,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$0C,$78	;$79 - y
	DB	$00,$00,$7E,$0C,$18,$30,$7E,$00	;$7A - z
	DB	$66,$66,$18,$3C,$66,$7E,$66,$00	;$7B - umlaut A
	DB	$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18	;$7C - |
	DB	$00,$7E,$78,$7C,$6E,$66,$06,$00	;$7D - display clear
	DB	$08,$18,$38,$78,$38,$18,$08,$00	;$7E - display backspace
	DB	$10,$18,$1C,$1E,$1C,$18,$10,$00	;$7F - display tab
	SUBTTL	'Self-test, Part 3'
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	$D000
	LOC	$5000	;$D000 - $D7FF mapped to $5000 - $57FF
	SPACE	4,10
**	STH - Self-test Hardware
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	STH
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: this is superfluous; SLFTSV could vector to
*		EST.
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


STH	=	*	;entry
	JMP	EST	;execute self-test
	SPACE	4,10
**	EMS - Execute Memory Self-test
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	EMS
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


EMS	=	*	;entry
	JSR	IST	;initialize self-test
	JMP	STM	;self-test memory
	SPACE	4,10
**	EST - Execute Self-test
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	EST
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


EST	=	*	;entry
	JSR	IST	;initialize self-test
;	JMP	SEL	;self-test
	SPACE	4,10
**	SEL - Self-test
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SEL
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SEL	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDA	#0
	STA	STTIME		;clear main screen timeout timer
	STA	STTIME+1
	STA	STAUT		;clear auto-mode flag
	STA	AUDCTL		;initialize audio control register
	LDA	#$03		;initialize POKEY
	STA	SKCTL		;serial port control
	JSR	SAS		;silence all sounds
	LDA	#$40		;disable DLI
	STA	NMIEN		;NMI enable
	LDX	#0		;main screen colors
	JSR	SUC		;set up colors
	LDX	#low DISL1	;display list for main screen
	LDY	#high DISL1
	JSR	SDL		;set up display list
	LDA	#low PMD	;process main screen DLI routine
	STA	VDSLST		;display list NMI address
	LDA	#high PMD
	STA	VDSLST+1
	LDX	#3*4		;main screen bold lines
	LDA	#$AA		;color 1
	JSR	SVR		;set value in range

;	Wait for all screen DLI's to clear and for VBLANK.

	LDX	#0

SEL1	STX	WSYNC		;wait for HBLANK synchronization
	INX
	BNE	SEL1		;if not done waiting

;	Wait until beam close to top (main screen DLI near).

SEL2	LDA	VCOUNT
	CMP	#24
	BCS	SEL2		;if not done waiting

;	Preset for self-test type determination.

	LDA	#$10		;initially select memory test
	STA	STPASS		;pass indicator
	LDA	#$C0		;enable DLI
	STA	NMIEN

;	Determine type of self-test.

SEL3	LDA	CONSOL		;console switches
	AND	#$01		;START key indicator
	BNE	SEL3		;if START key not pressed

	LDA	#$FF		;clear character
	STA	CH

	LDA	STSEL		;selection
	AND	#$0F		;selection
	CMP	#$01		;memory test indicator
	BEQ	SEL5		;if memory test

	CMP	#$02
	BEQ	SEL6		;if audio-visual test

	CMP	#$04
	BEQ	SEL7		;if keyboard test

;	Self-test all.

SEL4	LDA	#$88		;indicate all tests
	STA	STSEL		;selection
	LDA	#$FF		;auto-mode indicator
	STA	STAUT		;auto-mode flag

;	Self-test memory.

SEL5	JMP	STM		;self-test memory

;	Self-test audio-visual.

SEL6	JMP	STV		;self-test audio-visual

;	Self-test keyboard.

SEL7	JMP	STK		;self-test keyboard
	SPACE	4,10
**	IST - Initialize Self-test
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	IST
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


IST	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#$11	;indicate memory test
	STA	STSEL	;selection
	LDA	#$21
	STA	SDMCTL	;select small size playfield
	LDA	#$C0
	STA	NMIEN	;enable DLI
	LDA	#$41
	STA	STJMP	;ANTIC jump instruction
	LDA	#$FF	;clear code indicator
	STA	CH	;key code
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SDL - Set Up Display List
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SDL
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SDL	=	*	;entry

	STA	STKST		;keyboard self-test flag
	TYA
	PHA			;save high address
	TXA
	PHA			;save low address
	LDA	#0
	STA	SDMCTL		;DMACTL (DMA control) shadow
	STA	HELPFG		;HELP key flag
	LDA	#low POD	;process DLI routine
	STA	VDSLST
	LDA	#high POD
	STA	VDSLST+1
	LDX	#0*4		;screen memory
	TXA			;value is 0
	JSR	SVR		;set value in range
	PLA			;saved low address
	TAX
	PLA			;saved high address
	TAY
	STX	SDLSTL		;low display list address
	STX	STJMP+1		;low display list address
	STY	SDLSTH		;high display list address
	STY	STJMP+2		;high display list address
	LDA	#$21
	STA	SDMCTL
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PMD - Process Main Screen DLI
*
*	1) IF MAIN SCREEN IS ON FOR MORE than FIVE MINUTES
*	THEN 'ALL TESTS' SELECTION IS SELECTED AND EXECUTED
*	2) COLORS FOR CURRENTLY SELECTED CHOICE AND THE
*	NON-SELECTED CHOICES ARE DISPLAYED ON FLY
*	3) SELECTION PROCESS IS HANDLED
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	PMD
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits via RTI
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PMD	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	PHA		;save A
	TXA
	PHA		;save X

;	Check for 4th time.

PMD1	LDX	#$7A	;assume non-selected color
	LDA	STPASS	;pass indicator
	CMP	#$01	;4th time indicator
	BEQ	PMD3	;if 4th time

;	Check for selection.

	AND	#$01	;selection indicatorn
	BEQ	PMD2	;if selected

;	Increment and check blink counter.

	INC	STBL	;increment blink counter
	LDA	STBL	;blink counter
	AND	#$20	;blink indicator
	BEQ	PMD2	;if not to blink

	LDX	#$2C	;use selected color

;	Set color.

PMD2	STX	WSYNC	;wait for HBLANK synchronization
	STX	COLPF0	;playfield 0 color
	CLC
	ROR	STPASS	;advance pass indicator
	LDA	#0
	STA	ATRACT

;	Exit.

	PLA
	TAX		;restore X
	PLA		;restore A
	RTI		;return

;	Check for SELECT previously pressed.

PMD3	LDA	STSPP	;SELECT previously pressed  flag
	BNE	PMD4	;if SELECT previously pressed

;	Check for SELECT pressed.

	LDA	CONSOL	;console switches
	AND	#$02	;SELECT key indicator
	BNE	PMD5	;if SELECT not pressed, exit

;	Process SELECT pressed.

	LDA	STSEL	;current selection
	ROL	A
	ROL	STSEL	;next selection
	LDA	#$20	;blink indicator
	STA	STBL	;blink counter
	LDA	#$FF	;SELECT previously pressed indicator
	STA	STSPP	;SELECT previously pressed flag
	BNE	PMD5

;	Process SELECT previously pressed.

PMD4	LDA	CONSOL	;console switches
	AND	#$02	;SELECT key indicator
	BEQ	PMD5	;if SELECT still pressed

	LDA	#0	;SELECT not previously pressed indicator
	STA	STSPP	;SELECT previously pressed flag

;	???every 4th time???

PMD5	LDA	STSEL	;selection
	AND	#$0F
	ORA	#$10	;reset indicate memory test
	STA	STPASS	;pass indicator

;	Advance main screen timer.

	INC	STTIME
	BNE	PMD6	;if low not zero

	INC	STTIME+1	

;	Check main screen timer.

PMD6	LDA	STTIME+1
	CMP	#250	;main screen timeout
	BNE	PMD7	;if main screen timed out

;	Process main screen timeout.

	CLI
	JMP	SEL4	;self-test all

;	Continue.

PMD7	JMP	PMD1	;continue
	SPACE	4,10
**	DISL1 - Display List for Main Screen


DISL1	DB	$70,$70,$70,$70,$70
	DB	$47
	DW	SMEM1
	DB	$70,$70,$70
	DB	$4E
	DW	ST3000
	DB	$70
	DB	$F0
	DB	$C6
	DW	SMEM2
	DB	$70,$86
	DB	$70,$86
	DB	$70,$06
	DB	$70,$70
	DB	$4E
	DW	ST3000
	DB	$70,$70,$70
	DB	$42
	DW	SMEM3
	DB	$41
	DW	DISL1
	SPACE	4,10
**	SMEM1 - "SELF TEST" Text


SMEM1	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00
	DB	$33,$25,$2C,$26		;"SELF"
	DB	$00
	DB	$34,$25,$33,$34		;"TEST"
	DB	$00,$00,$00
	SPACE	4,10
**	SMEM2 - "MEMORY AUDIO-VISUAL KEYBOARD ALL TESTS" Text


SMEM2	DB	$00,$00
	DB	$2D,$25,$2D,$2F,$32,$39			;"MEMORY"
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$00
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$00
	DB	$21,$35,$24,$29,$2F			;"AUDIO"
	DB	$0D					;"-"
	DB	$36,$29,$33,$35,$21,$2C			;"VISUAL"
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00
	DB	$2B,$25,$39,$22,$2F,$21,$32,$24		;"KEYBOARD"
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00
	DB	$21,$2C,$2C				;"ALL"
	DB	$00
	DB	$34,$25,$33,$34,$33			;"TESTS"
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$00
	SPACE	4,10
**	SMEM3 - "SELECT,START OR RESET" Text


SMEM3	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00
	DB	$42
	DB	$B3,$A5,$AC,$A5,$A3,$B4		;"SELECT"
	DB	$56
	DB	$0C				;","
	DB	$42
	DB	$B3,$B4,$A1,$B2,$B4		;"START"
	DB	$56
	DB	$2F,$32				;"OR"
	DB	$42
	DB	$B2,$A5,$B3,$A5,$B4		;"RESET"
	DB	$56
	DB	$00,$00,$00
	SPACE	4,10
**	DISL2 - Display List for Memory Test


DISL2	DB	$70,$70,$70
	DB	$46
	DW	ST3000
	DB	$70
	DB	$70,$06
	DB	$70,$08
	DB	$70
	DB	$70,$06
	DB	$70,$08
	DB	$70,$08
	DB	$70,$08
	DB	$70,$08
	DB	$70,$70,$70
	DB	$01
	DW	DISL3
	SPACE	4,10
**	DISL3 - Display List for Exit Text


DISL3	DB	$A0,$40
	DB	$42
	DW	SMEM4
	DB	$01
	DW	STJMP
	SPACE	4,10
**	SMEM4 - "RESET OR HELP TO EXIT" Text


SMEM4	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$00
	DB	$42
	DB	$B2,$A5,$B3,$A5,$B4	;"RESET"
	DB	$56
	DB	$2F,$32			;"OR"
	DB	$42
	DB	$A8,$A5,$AC,$B0		;"HELP"
	DB	$56
	DB	$34,$2F			;"TO"
	DB	$00
	DB	$25,$38,$29,$34		;"EXIT"
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$00
	SPACE	4,10
**	DISL4 - Display List for Keyboard Test


DISL4	DB	$70,$70,$70,$70
	DB	$46
	DW	ST3000
	DB	$70,$70,$70
	DB	$70,$02
	DB	$70
	DB	$70,$02
	DB	$70,$02
	DB	$70,$02
	DB	$70,$02
	DB	$70,$02
	DB	$70,$70
	DB	$01
	DW	DISL3
	SPACE	4,10
**	DISL5 - Display List for Audio-visual Test


DISL5	DB	$70,$70,$70,$70
	DB	$46
	DW	SMEM5
	DB	$70,$06
	DB	$70,$70
	DB	$4B
	DW	ST3100
	DB	$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B
	DB	$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B
	DB	$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B
	DB	$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B
	DB	$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B
	DB	$0B,$0B
	DB	$70
	DB	$46
	DW	ST3000
	DB	$70
	DB	$01
	DW	DISL3
	SPACE	4,10
**	SMEM5 - "AUDIO-VISUAL TEST" Text


SMEM5	DB	$00,$00
	DB	$21,$35,$24,$29,$2F		;"AUDIO"
	DB	$0D				;"-"
	DB	$36,$29,$33,$35,$21,$2C		;"VISUAL"
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00
	DB	$34,$25,$33,$34			;"TEST"
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00
	SPACE	4,10
**	STM - Self-test Memory
*
*	STM verifies ROM and RAM by verifying the ROM checksums and
*	writing and reading all possible values to each byte of RAM.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	STM
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: searches beyond end of TMNT.
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


STM	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDX	#low DISL2	;memory test display list
	LDY	#high DISL2
	LDA	#0		;indicate not keyboard self-test
	JSR	SDL		;set up display list
	LDX	#1		;memory test colors
	JSR	SUC		;set up colors
	LDX	#0		;offset to "MEMORY TEST   ROM" test
	JSR	SSM		;set screen memory
	LDX	#1		;offset to "RAM" text
	JSR	SSM		;set screen memory

;	Test first 8K ROM.

STM1	LDA	ST3020
	CMP	#$AA		;color 1 for failure
	BEQ	STM4		;if first 8K ROM already failed

	LDA	#$55		;color 0 for test
	JSR	DFS		;display first ROM status
	JSR	DMW		;delay a middling while
	JSR	VFR		;verify first 8K ROM
	BCS	STM2		;if ROM failed

	LDA	#$FF		;color 2 for success
	JMP	STM3

STM2	LDA	#$AA		;color 1 for failure

STM3	JSR	DFS		;display first ROM status

;	Test second 8K ROM.

STM4	LDA	ST3024
	CMP	#$AA		;color 1 for failure
	BEQ	STM7		;if second 8K ROM already failed

	LDA	#$55		;color 0 for test
	JSR	DSS		;display second ROM status
	JSR	DMW		;delay a middling while
	JSR	VSR		;verify second 8K ROM
	BCS	STM5		;if ROM failed

	LDA	#$FF		;color 2 for success
	JMP	STM6

STM5	LDA	#$AA		;color 1 for failure

STM6	JSR	DSS		;display second ROM status

;	Test RAM.

STM7	LDA	#$C0		;mask for left side of a screen byte
	STA	STSMM
	LDA	#$04		;initially select LED 1 off
	STA	STLM		;LED mask
	LDA	#0
	STA	STSMP		;initialize ???
	STA	STPAG		;initialize current page
	STA	STPAG+1
	STA	ST1K		;initialize current 1K to test

;	Test 1K of RAM.

STM8	LDX	STSMP		;screen memory pointer
	LDA	ST3038,X
	AND	STSMM
	CMP	#$80
	BEQ	STM17		;if already failed

	CMP	#$08
	BEQ	STM17		;if already failed

	LDA	#$44		;color 0 for test
	JSR	DRS		;display RAM block status
	LDA	STLM		;LED mask
	JSR	SLD		;set LED's
	LDA	STLM		;current LED mask
	EOR	#$0C		;complement LED's selected
	STA	STLM		;update LED mask

;	Check for memory not to test.

	LDX	#TMNTL-1+2	;2 bytes beyond last byte of table

STM9	LDA	TMNT,X		;range to test
	CMP	STPAG+1		;high current page
	BEQ	STM15		;if not to test, indicate success

	DEX
	BPL	STM9		;if not done

;	Test 1K of RAM.

	LDA	#4		;number of pages to test
	STA	STPC		;page count

;	Write initial list to page.

STM10	LDX	#0		;initial value to write

;	Write list to page.

STM11	LDY	#0		;offset to first byte of page

STM12	TXA
	STA	(STPAG),Y	;byte of page
	INX
	INY
	BNE	STM12		;if not done writing page

;	Verify list written to page.

	STX	STMVAL		;first correct value to test
	LDY	#0		;offset to first byte of page

STM13	LDA	(STPAG),Y	;byte of page
	CMP	STMVAL		;correct value
	BNE	STM14		;if not correct value

	INC	STMVAL		;increment value to test
	INY
	BNE	STM13		;if not done verifying page

;	Increment and test initial value to write.

	INX			;increment initial value to write
	BNE	STM11		;if not done, write another list

;	Decrement and test page counter.

	INC	STPAG+1		;increment high current page
	DEC	STPC		;decrement page count
	BNE	STM10		;if not done testing pages

	BEQ	STM16		;indicate success

;	Display failure.

STM14	JSR	DMW		;delay a middling while
	LDA	#$88		;color 1 for failure
	JSR	DRS		;display RAM block status
	JMP	STM17

;	Delay for simulating test of memory not to test.

STM15	JSR	DLW		;delay a long while

;	Display success.

STM16	LDA	#$CC		;color 2 for success
	JSR	DRS		;display RAM block status

STM17	LDA	STSMM
	BMI	STM20

	LDA	#$C0
	STA	STSMM
	INC	STSMP		;increment screen memory pointer

STM18	CLC
	LDA	ST1K		;current 1K to test
	ADC	#high $0400	;add 1K
	STA	STPAG+1		;high current page
	STA	ST1K		;update current 1K to test
	CMP	RAMSIZ		;RAM size
	BNE	STM8		;if not done testing RAM

;	Check for auto-mode.

	LDA	STAUT		;auto-mode flag
	BNE	STM19		;if auto-mode, perform audio-visual test

;	Test memory again.

	JMP	STM1		;test memory again

;	Process auto-mode.

STM19	LDA	#$0C	;indicate LED 1 and 2 off
	JSR	SLD	;set LED's
	JSR	DLW	;delay a long while
	JMP	STV	;self-test audio-visual

STM20	LDA	#$0C
	STA	STSMM
	BNE	STM18
	SPACE	4,10
**	DFS - Display First ROM Status
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DFS
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DFS	=	*		;entry
	LDX	#1*4		;first 8K ROM display
	JSR	SVR		;set value in range
	AND	#$FC
	STA	ST3020+3
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	DSS - Display Second ROM Status
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DSS
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DSS	=	*		;entry
	LDX	#2*4		;second 8K ROM display
	JSR	SVR		;set value in range
	AND	#$FC
	STA	ST3024+3
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SLD - Set LED's
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SLD
*		A = LED mask (bit 3 - LED 2, bit 2 - LED 1)
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SLD	=	*		;entry
	STA	STTMP5		;save LED mask
	LDA	PORTB
	AND	#$F3		;clear LED control
	ORA	STTMP5		;set LED control according to mask
	STA	PORTB		;update port B memory control
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	DMW - Delay a Middling While
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DMW
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DMW	=	*		;entry
	LDX	#60		;60-VBLANK delay
	BNE	DAW		;delay a while
	SPACE	4,10
**	DLW - Delay a Long While
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DLW
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DLW	=	*		;entry
	LDX	#150		;150-VBLANK delay
;	JMP	DAW		;delay a while, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	DAW - Delay a While
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DAW
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DAW	=	*		;entry

DAW1	LDY	#$FF		;initialize inner loop counter

DAW2	STY	WSYNC		;wait for HBLANK synchronization
	DEY
	BNE	DAW2		;if inner loop not done

	DEX
	BNE	DAW1		;if outer loop not done

	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	DRS - Display RAM Block Status
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DRS
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DRS	=	*		;entry
	PHA			;save color
	LDX	STSMP
	LDA	STSMM
	EOR	#$FF		;complement
	AND	ST3038,X
	STA	ST3038,X
	PLA			;saved color
	AND	STSMM
	ORA	ST3038,X
	STA	ST3038,X
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	POD - Process Other DLI's
*
*	POD turns the last line on the screen into white on black,
*	handles keyboard self-test display of console switches, handles
*	HELP key for exit, and ensures no attract-mode.
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	POD
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits via RTI
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


POD	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	PHA		;save A

;	Select colors.

	LDA	#$0C	;white color
	STA	COLPF1	;playfield 1 color
	LDA	COLOR4	;background color
	STA	COLPF2	;playfield 2 color

;	Ensure no attract-mode.

	LDA	#0	;no attract-mode
	STA	ATRACT	;attract-mode timer/flag

;	Check HELP key.

	LDA	HELPFG	;HELP key flag
	BEQ	POD1	;if HELP not pressed

;	Process HELP key.

	LDA	#0	;HELP key not pressed indicator
	STA	HELPFG	;HELP key flag
	LDA	#$0C	;LED's off
	JSR	SLD	;set LED's
	CLI
	JMP	SEL	;start over with main screen

;	Check for keyboard self-test.

POD1	LDA	STKST	;keyboard self-test flag
	BEQ	POD10	;if not keyboard self-test, exit

;	Set display of console switches pressed.

	LDA	CONSOL	;console switches
	AND	#$01	;START key indicator
	BEQ	POD2	;if START key pressed

	LDA	#$B3
	BNE	POD3	;set display

POD2	LDA	#$33

POD3	STA	ST301C	;set START key display

	LDA	CONSOL	;console switches
	AND	#$02	;SELECT key indicator
	BEQ	POD4	;if SELECT key pressed

	LDA	#$F3
	BNE	POD5	;set display

POD4	LDA	#$73

POD5	STA	ST301E	;set SELECT key display

	LDA	CONSOL	;console switches
	AND	#$04	;OPTION key indicator
	BEQ	POD6	;if OPTION key pressed

	LDA	#$AF
	BNE	POD7	;set display

POD6	LDA	#$2F

POD7	STA	ST3020	;set OPTION key display

;	Sound tone if console switches pressed.

	LDA	CONSOL	;console switches
	AND	#$07	;key indicators
	CMP	#$07	;no keys pressed
	BEQ	POD8	;if no keys pressed

	LDA	#100	;frequency
	STA	AUDF2	;set frequency of voice 2
	LDA	#$A8	;pure tone, half volume
	BNE	POD9	;set control of voice 2

POD8	LDA	#0	;zero volume

POD9	STA	AUDC2	;set control of voice 2

;	Exit.

POD10	PLA		;restore A
	RTI		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	TMNT - Table of Memory Not to Test
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: bytes wasted by redundant entries.


TMNT	DB	high $0000	;$0000 - $03FF, zero page and stack
	DB	high $5000	;$5000 - $53FF, self-test ROM
	DB	high $5400	;$5400 - $57FF, self-test ROM
	DB	high ST3000	;ST3000 - ST3000+$03FF, screen memory
	DB	high ST3000	;ST3000 - ST3000+$03FF, screen memory
	DB	high ST3000	;ST3000 - ST3000+$03FF, screen memory

TMNTL	=	*-TMNT	;length
	SPACE	4,10
**	STK - Self-test Keyboard
*
*	STK verifies the operation of the keyboard by displaying
*	keys as they are pressed.  In auto-mode, the verification
*	is simulated.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	STK
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: one too many bytes taken from TSKP table.
*		Problem: wasted bytes for extra LDA CH.
*		Problem: logic is convoluted (due to SBT and SAS
*		subroutines appearing in the middle of STK).
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


STK	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDX	#0
	STX	STSKP		;initialize simulated keypress index
	LDX	#3		;keyboard test colors
	JSR	SUC		;set up colors
	LDX	#low DISL4	;keyboard display list
	LDY	#high DISL4
	LDA	#$FF		;indicate keyboard self-test
	JSR	SDL		;set up display list

;	Test keyboard.

STK1	LDX	#2		;offset to "KEYBOARD TEST" text
	JSR	SSM		;set screen memory
	LDX	#7		;offset to keyboard text
	JSR	SSM		;set screen memory

;	Check auto-mode.

	LDA	STAUT		;auto-mode flag
	BEQ	STK3		;if not auto-mode

;	Simulate keypress.

STK2	LDX	STSKP		;offset to next simulated keypress
	LDA	TSKP,X		;simulated keypress
	INC	STSKP		;advance offset to simulated keypress
	LDX	STSKP		;offset to simulated keypress
	CPX	#TSKPL+1	;last offset+1+1
	BNE	STK4		;if last keypress not processed

;	Self-test memory.

	JSR	DLW		;delay a long while
	JMP	STM		;self-test memory

;	Get a keypress.

STK3	LDA	CH		;key code
	CMP	#$FF		;clear code indicator
	BEQ	STK3		;if no key pressed

	CMP	#$C0
	BCS	STK3		;if ???

	LDA	CH		;key code

;	Process keypress.

STK4	LDX	#$FF		;clear code indicator
	STX	CH		;key code
	PHA			;save key code
	AND	#$80
	BEQ	STK5		;if not CTRL

	LDX	#8		;offset to control key text
	JSR	SSM		;set screen memory

;	Check for shift key.

STK5	PLA			;saved key code
	PHA			;save key code
	AND	#$40
	BEQ	STK6		;if not shift key

;	Process keyboard shift key display.

	LDX	#5		;offset to "SH"
	JSR	SSM		;set screen memory
	LDX	#4		;offset to "SH"
	JSR	SSM		;set screen memory

;	Check for special keys.

STK6	PLA			;saved key code
	AND	#$3F
	CMP	#$21
	BEQ	KSB		;if space bar, process display

	CMP	#$2C
	BEQ	KTK		;if tab key, process display

	CMP	#$34
	BEQ	KBK		;if backspace key, process display

	CMP	#$0C
	BEQ	KRK		;if return key, process display

;	Process other key displays.

	TAX			;key code
	LDA	TSMC,X		;display character
	PHA			;save display character

	LDA	#low ST3021
	STA	STTMP1		;screen pointer
	LDA	#high ST3021
	STA	STTMP1+1

;	Find display character in screen memory.

	PLA			;saved display character
	LDY	#$FF		;preset offset

STK7	INY
	CMP	(STTMP1),Y
	BNE	STK7		;if not found

;	Display inverse video.

	LDA	(STTMP1),Y
	EOR	#$80		;invert video
	STA	(STTMP1),Y

;	Check auto-mode.

STK8	LDA	STAUT		;auto-mode flag
	BEQ	STK9		;if not auto-mode

;	Process auto-mode.

	JSR	SBT		;sound beep tone
	LDX	#20		;20-VBLANK delay
	JSR	DAW		;delay a while
	JSR	SAS		;silence all sounds
	LDX	#10		;10-VBLANK delay
	JSR	DAW		;delay a while
	JMP	STK1		;get next simulated keypress

;	Process manual mode.

STK9	JSR	SBT		;sound beep tone

STK10	LDA	SKSTAT
	AND	#$04
	BEQ	STK10

	JSR	SAS		;silence all sounds
	JMP	STK1		;get next keypress
	SPACE	4,10
**	SBT - Sound Beep Tone
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SBT
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SBT	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#$64	;frequency
	STA	AUDF1	;set frequency
	LDA	#$A8	;pure tone, half volume
	STA	AUDC1	;set control
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SAS - Silence All Sounds
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SAS
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SAS	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#0	;volume 0
	STA	AUDC1	;silence voice 1
	STA	AUDC2	;silence voice 2
	STA	AUDC3	;silence voice 3
	STA	AUDC4	;silence voice 4
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	KSB - Process Keyboard Space Bar Display
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	KSB
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


KSB	=	*	;entry
	LDX	#3	;offset to "S P A C E   B A R" text
	JSR	SSM	;set screen memory
	JMP	STK8	;continue
	SPACE	4,10
**	KBK - Process Keyboard Backspace Key Display
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	KBK
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


KBK	=	*	;entry
	LDX	#6	;offset to "B S" text
	JSR	SSM	;set screen memory
	JMP	STK8	;continue
	SPACE	4,10
**	KTK - Process Keyboard Tab Key Display
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	KTK
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


KTK	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#$7F
	STA	ST3052
	STA	ST3052+1
	BNE	STK8	;continue
	SPACE	4,10
**	KRK - Process Keyboard Return Key Display
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	KRK
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


KRK	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#$32
	STA	ST306D
	LDA	#$34
	STA	ST306D+1
	BNE	STK8	;continue
	SPACE	4,10
**	TSKP - Table of Simulated Keypresses


TSKP	DB	$65,$0D,$12,$39,$3F,$2A,$00,$21		;"Michael "
	DB	$52,$08,$00,$15,$0B,$28,$23		;"Colburn"

TSKPL	=	*-TSKP	;length
	SPACE	4,10
**	STV - Self-test Audio-visual
*
*	STV verifies the operation of the display and voices by
*	displaying and playing a tune.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	STV
*
*	MODS	M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


STV	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDX	#2		;audio-visual test colors
	JSR	SUC		;set up colors

;	Test audio-visual.

STV1	LDA	#0
	STA	STVOC		;initialize voice indicator

;	Test voice.

STV2	LDA	#0
	STA	STNOT		;initialize note counter
	LDX	#low DISL5	;audio-visual display list
	LDY	#high DISL5
	LDA	#0		;indicate not keyboard self-test
	JSR	SDL		;set up display list

;	Display voice number.

	LDX	#9		;offset to "VOICE #" text
	JSR	SSM		;set screen memory
	LDA	STVOC		;voice indicator
	LSR	A		;voice number
	CLC
	ADC	#$11		;adjust for screen memory
	STA	ST300B		;voice number display

;	Display staff.

	LDX	#$0F		;offset to last byte of staff lines

STV3	LDA	#$FF		;color 2
	STA	ST3150,X	;byte of first line of staff
	STA	ST31B0,X	;byte of second line of staff
	STA	ST3210,X	;byte of third line of staff
	STA	ST3270,X	;byte of fourth line of staff
	STA	ST32D0,X	;byte of fifth line of staff
	DEX
	BPL	STV3		;if not done

;	Display cleft.

	LDA	#0		;offset to first cleft display address
	STA	STCDI		;cleft display pointer
	LDA	#2*6
	STA	STCDA		;cleft data pointer

STV4	LDX	STCDI		;cleft display pointer
	LDA	TCDA+1,X	;high address of cleft display
	TAY
	LDA	TCDA,X		;low address of cleft display
	TAX
	LDA	STCDA		;cleft data pointer
	JSR	DVN		;display ???
	CLC
	LDA	STCDA		;cleft data pointer
	ADC	#6
	STA	STCDA		;update cleft data pointer
	INC	STCDI		;increment cleft display pointer
	INC	STCDI
	LDA	STCDI		;cleft display pointer
	CMP	#TCDAL		;length of cleft display table
	BNE	STV4		;if not done

;	Delay.

	JSR	DMW		;delay a middling while

;	Display and play first note.

	LDX	#low ST3154
	LDY	#high ST3154
	LDA	#0*6
	JSR	DVN

	LDA	#$51		;first note frequency
	JSR	SVN

;	Display and play second note.

	LDX	#low ST3186
	LDY	#high ST3186
	LDA	#0*6
	JSR	DVN

	LDA	#$5B		;second note frequency
	JSR	SVN

;	Display and play third note.

	LDX	#low ST30F8
	LDY	#high ST30F8
	LDA	#12*6
	JSR	DVN
	LDX	#low ST30C7
	LDY	#high ST30C7
	LDA	#14*6
	JSR	DVN
	LDX	#low ST3248
	LDY	#high ST3248
	LDA	#13*6
	JSR	DVN

	LDA	#$44		;third note frequency
	JSR	SVN

;	Display and play fourth note.

	LDX	#low ST30CA
	LDY	#high ST30CA
	LDA	#12*6
	JSR	DVN
	LDX	#low ST321A
	LDY	#high ST321A
	LDA	#13*6
	JSR	DVN
	LDX	#low ST31CA
	LDY	#high ST31CA
	LDA	#1*6
	JSR	DVN

	LDA	#$3C		;fourth note frequency
	JSR	SVN

;	Display and play fifth note.

	LDX	#low ST303C
	LDY	#high ST303C
	LDA	#12*6
	JSR	DVN
	LDX	#low ST318C
	LDY	#high ST318C
	LDA	#13*6
	JSR	DVN
	LDX	#low ST313C
	LDY	#high ST313C
	LDA	#1*6
	JSR	DVN

	LDA	#$2D		;fifth note frequency
	JSR	SVN

;	Display and play sixth note.

	LDX	#low ST309E
	LDY	#high ST309E
	LDA	#12*6
	JSR	DVN
	LDX	#low ST31EE
	LDY	#high ST31EE
	LDA	#13*6
	JSR	DVN

	LDA	#$35		;sixth note frequency
	JSR	SVN

;	Delay.

	JSR	DLW		;delay a long while

;	Advance to next voice.

	INC	STVOC		;increment voice indicator
	INC	STVOC
	LDA	STVOC		;voice indicator
	CMP	#8		;last voice indicator
	BNE	STV5		;if all voices not processed

;	Process test completion.

	LDA	STAUT		;auto-mode flag
	BNE	STV6		;if auto-mode, perform keyboard test

	JMP	STV1		;repeat audio-visual test

;	Test next voice.

STV5	JMP	STV2		;test next voice

;	Self-test keyboard.

STV6	JSR	DLW		;delay a long while
	JMP	STK		;self-test keyboard
	SPACE	4,10
**	SVN - Sound Tone
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SVN
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SVN	=	*		;entry

;	Sound note.

	LDY	STVOC		;current voice indicator
	STA	AUDF1,Y		;set frequency
	LDA	#$A8		;pure tone, half volume
	STA	AUDC1,Y		;set control

;	Delay a while.

	LDX	STNOT		;current note
	LDA	TNDD,X		;delay time
	TAX
	JSR	DAW		;delay a while

;	Increment note counter.

	INC	STNOT		;increment note counter

;	Exit.

	JSR	SAS		;silence all sounds
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	DVN - Display
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DVN
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DVN	=	*		;entry
	STX	STTMP2
	STY	STTMP2+1
	TAX
	LDY	#0
	LDA	#16
	STA	STTMP3
	LDA	#6
	STA	STTMP4

DVN1	LDA	TAVD,X
	ORA	(STTMP2),Y
	STA	(STTMP2),Y
	JSR	AST		;add 16
	DEC	STTMP3
	BNE	DVN1

	INC	STTMP3
	INX
	DEC	STTMP4
	BNE	DVN1

	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	AST - Add Sixteen
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	AST
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


AST	=	*		;entry
	CLC
	LDA	STTMP2		;current low value
	ADC	#16		;add 16
	STA	STTMP2		;new low value
	BCC	AST1		;if no carry

	INC	STTMP2+1	;adjust high value

AST1	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	TNDD - Table of Note Duration Delays


TNDD	DB	32	;0 - first note
	DB	32	;1 - second note
	DB	32	;2 - third note
	DB	16	;3 - fourth note
	DB	16	;4 - fifth note
	DB	32	;5 - sixth note
	SPACE	4,10
**	TAVD - Table of Audio-visual Test Display Data


TAVD	DB	$01,$1F,$3F,$7F,$3E,$1C		;0
	DB	$00,$41,$42,$4C,$70,$40		;1
	DB	$00,$01,$02,$04,$08,$10		;2
	DB	$00,$43,$44,$48,$48,$48		;3
	DB	$00,$44,$22,$10,$08,$07		;4
	DB	$00,$04,$08,$05,$02,$00		;5
	DB	$00,$30,$48,$88,$84,$84		;6
	DB	$00,$88,$88,$90,$A0,$C0		;7
	DB	$00,$F0,$88,$84,$82,$82		;8
	DB	$00,$82,$82,$84,$88,$F0		;9
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$80		;10
	DB	$80,$80,$80,$80,$80,$80		;11
	DB	$00,$1C,$3E,$7F,$7E,$7C		;12
	DB	$40,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00		;13
	DB	$00,$04,$04,$06,$05,$06		;14
	SPACE	4,10
**	TCDA - Table of Cleft Display Addresses


TCDA	DW	ST30C1	;0
	DW	ST3121	;1
	DW	ST3181	;2
	DW	ST31F1	;3
	DW	ST3002	;4
	DW	ST3062	;5
	DW	ST3122	;6
	DW	ST3182	;7
	DW	ST30C2	;8
	DW	ST31C2	;9

TCDAL	=	*-TCDA		;length
	SPACE	4,10
**	SVR - Set Value in Range
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SVR
*		A = value to set
*		X = offset to TARS range
*
*	EXIT
*		A = value set
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SVR	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	PHA			;save value

;	Set address range.

	LDA	TARS,X		;start of range
	STA	STADR1
	LDA	TARS+1,X
	STA	STADR1+1
	LDA	TARS+2,X	;end of range
	STA	STADR2
	LDA	TARS+3,X
	STA	STADR2+1

;	Set value in range.

	LDY	#0		;offset to first byte

SVR1	PLA			;saved value
	STA	(STADR1),Y	;byte of range
	INC	STADR1		;increment low address
	BNE	SVR2		;if no carry

	INC	STADR1+1	;adjust high address

SVR2	PHA			;save value
	LDA	STADR1		;low current address
	CMP	STADR2		;low end of range
	BNE	SVR1		;if definitely not done

	LDA	STADR1+1	;high current address
	CMP	STADR2+1	;high end of range
	BNE	SVR1		;if not done

;	Exit.

	PLA			;restore value
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SSM - Set Screen Memory
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SSM
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SSM	=	*		;entry
	LDA	TSTO,X		;offset to source
	TAY
	LDA	TSTL,X		;length of source
	STA	STADR1		;length
	LDA	TSTD,X		;offset to destination
	TAX

SSM1	LDA	TTXT,Y		;byte of source
	STA	ST3000,X	;byte of destination
	INY
	INX
	DEC	STADR1		;decrement length
	BNE	SSM1		;if not done

	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SUC - Set Up Colors
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SUC
*		X = 0, if main screen colors
*		  = 1, if memory test colors
*		  = 2, if keyboard test colors
*		  = 3, if audio-visual test colors
*
*	EXIT
*		COLOR0, COLOR1, COLOR2 and COLOR4 set.
*
*	CHANGES
*		A
*
*	CALLS
*		-none-
*
*	MODS
*		M. W. Colburn	10/26/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SUC	=	*		;entry

	LDA	SUCA,X
	STA	COLOR0	;playfield 0 color

	LDA	SUCB,X
	STA	COLOR1	;playfield 1 color

	LDA	SUCC,X
	STA	COLOR2	;playfield 2 color

	LDA	SUCD,X
	STA	COLOR4	;background color

	RTS		;return


SUCA	DB	$2C	;0 - main screen playfield 0 color
	DB	$0C	;1 - memory test playfield 0 color
	DB	$2A	;2 - keyboard test playfield 0 color
	DB	$18	;3 - audio-visual test playfield 0 color

SUCB	DB	$0F	;0 - main screen playfield 1 color
	DB	$32	;1 - memory test playfield 1 color
	DB	$0C	;2 - keyboard test playfield 1 color
	DB	$0E	;3 - audio-visual test playfield 1 color

SUCC	DB	$D2	;0 - main screen playfield 2 color
	DB	$D6	;1 - memory test playfield 2 color
	DB	$00	;2 - keyboard test playfield 2 color
	DB	$B4	;3 - audio-visual test playfield 2 color

SUCD	DB	$D2	;0 - main screen background color
	DB	$A0	;1 - memory test background color
	DB	$30	;2 - keyboard test background color
	DB	$B4	;3 - audio-visual test background color
	SPACE	4,10
**	TSMC - Table of Screen Memory Character Codes
*
*	Entry n is the screen memory character code for key code n.


TSMC	DB	$2C	;$00 - L key
	DB	$2A	;$01 - J key
	DB	$1B	;$02 - semicolon key
	DB	$91	;$03
	DB	$92	;$04
	DB	$2B	;$05 - K key
	DB	$0B	;$06 - plus key
	DB	$0A	;$07 - asterisk key
	DB	$2F	;$08 - O key
	DB	$00	;$09
	DB	$30	;$0A - P key
	DB	$35	;$0B - U key
	DB	$B2	;$0C - RETURN key
	DB	$29	;$0D - I key
	DB	$0D	;$0E - minus key
	DB	$1D	;$0F - = key

	DB	$36	;$10 - V key
	DB	$A8	;$11
	DB	$23	;$12 - C key
	DB	$93	;$13
	DB	$94	;$14
	DB	$22	;$15 - B key
	DB	$38	;$16 - X key
	DB	$3A	;$17 - Z key
	DB	$14	;$18 - 4 key
	DB	$00	;$19
	DB	$13	;$1A - 3 key
	DB	$16	;$1B - 6 key
	DB	$5B	;$1C - ESC key
	DB	$15	;$1D - 5 key
	DB	$12	;$1E - 2 key
	DB	$11	;$1F - 1 key

	DB	$0C	;$20 - comma key
	DB	$00	;$21 - space key
	DB	$0E	;$22 - period key
	DB	$2E	;$23 - N key
	DB	$00	;$24
	DB	$2D	;$25 - M key
	DB	$0F	;$26 - / key
	DB	$A1	;$27 - inverse video key
	DB	$32	;$28 - R key
	DB	$00	;$29
	DB	$25	;$2A - E key
	DB	$39	;$2B - Y key
	DB	$FF	;$2C - TAB key
	DB	$34	;$2D - T key
	DB	$37	;$2E - W key
	DB	$31	;$2F - Q key

	DB	$19	;$30 - 9 key
	DB	$00	;$31
	DB	$10	;$32 - 0 key
	DB	$17	;$33 - 7 key
	DB	$A2	;$34 - backspace key
	DB	$18	;$35 - 8 key
	DB	$1C	;$36 - < key
	DB	$1E	;$37 - > key
	DB	$26	;$38 - F key
	DB	$28	;$39 - H key
	DB	$24	;$3A - D key
	DB	$00	;$3B
	DB	$A3	;$3C - CAPS key
	DB	$27	;$3D - G key
	DB	$33	;$3E - S key
	DB	$21	;$3F - A key
	SPACE	4,10
**	TARS - Table of Address Ranges to Set


TARS	DW	ST3000,ST3000+$0EFF	;0 - screen memory
	DW	ST3020,ST3020+4		;1 - memory test first 8K ROM
	DW	ST3024,ST3024+4		;2 - memory test second 8K ROM
	DW	ST3000,ST3000+32	;3 - main screen bold lines
	SPACE	4,10
**	TSTL - Table of Self-test Text Lengths


TSTL	DB	TXT0L	;0 - length of "MEMORY TEST   ROM" text
	DB	TXT1L	;1 - length of "RAM" text
	DB	TXT2L	;2 - length of "KEYBOARD TEST" text
	DB	TXT3L	;3 - length of "S P A C E   B A R" text
	DB	TXT4L	;4 - length of "SH" text
	DB	TXT5L	;5 - length of "SH" text
	DB	TXT6L	;6 - length of "B S" text
	DB	TXT7L	;7 - length of keyboard text
	DB	TXT8L	;8 - length of control key text
	DB	TXT9L	;9 - length of "VOICE #" text
	SPACE	4,10
**	TSTD - Table of Self-test Text Destination Offsets


TSTD	DB	ST3000-ST3000	;0 - offset to "MEMORY TEST   ROM" text
	DB	ST3028-ST3000	;1 - offset to "RAM" text
	DB	ST3000-ST3000	;2 - offset to "KEYBOARD TEST" text
	DB	ST30B7-ST3000	;3 - offset to "S P A C E   B A R" text
	DB	ST3092-ST3000	;4 - offset to "SH" text
	DB	ST30AB-ST3000	;5 - offset to "SH" text
	DB	ST304C-ST3000	;6 - offset to "B S" text
	DB	ST3022-ST3000	;7 - offset to keyboard text
	DB	ST3072-ST3000	;8 - offset to control key text
	DB	ST3004-ST3000	;9 - offset to "VOICE #" text
	SUBTTL	'Floating Point Package'
	SPACE	4,10
***	(C) Copyright 1978 Shepardson Microsystems, Inc.
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	$D800
	SPACE	4,10
***	FPP - Floating Point Package
*
*	FPP is a collection of routines for floating point
*	computations.  A floating point number is represented
*	in 6 bytes:
*
*	Byte 0
*		Bit 7		Sign of mantissa
*		Bits 0 - 6	BCD exponent, biased by $40
*
*	Bytes 1 - 5		BCD mantissa
*
*	MODS
*		Shepardson Microsystems
*
*		Produce 2K version.
*		M. Lorenzen	09/06/81
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	AFP
	SPACE	4,10
**	AFP - Convert ASCII to Floating Point
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	AFP
*		INBUFF = line buffer pointer
*		CIX = offset to first byte of number
*
*	EXIT
*		C clear, if valid number
*		C set, if invalid number
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: bytes wasted by check for "-", near AFP7.
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;AFP	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	JSR	SLB	;skip leading blanks

;	Check for number.

	JSR	TVN	;test for valid number character
	BCS	AFP5	;if not number character

;	Set initial values.

	LDX	#EEXP	;exponent
	LDY	#4	;indicate 4 bytes to clear
	JSR	ZXLY
	LDX	#$FF
	STX	DIGRT	;number of digits after decimal point
	JSR	ZFR0	;zero FR0
	BEQ	AFP2	;get first character

;	Indicate not first character.

AFP1	LDA	#$FF	;indicate not first character
	STA	FCHFLG	;first character flag

;	Get next character.

AFP2	JSR	GNC	;get next character
	BCS	AFP6	;if character not numeric

;	Process numeric character.

	PHA			;save digit
	LDX	FR0M		;first byte
	BNE	AFP3		;if not zero

	JSR	S0L		;shift FR0 left 1 digit
	PLA			;saved digit
	ORA	FR0M+FMPREC-1	;insert into last byte
	STA	FR0M+FMPREC-1	;update last byte

;	Check for decimal point.

	LDX	DIGRT	;number of digits after decimal point
	BMI	AFP1	;if no decimal point, process next character

;	Increment number of digits after decimal point.

	INX		;increment number of digits
	STX	DIGRT	;number of digits after decimal point
	BNE	AFP1	;process next character

;	Increment exponent, if necessary.

AFP3	PLA		;clean stack
	LDX	DIGRT	;number of digits after decimal point
	BPL	AFP4	;if already have decimal point

	INC	EEXP	;increment number of digits more than 9

;	Process next character.

AFP4	JMP	AFP1	;process next character

;	Exit.

AFP5	RTS		;return

;	Process non-numeric character.

AFP6	CMP	#'.'
	BEQ	AFP8	;if ".", process decimal point

	CMP	#'E'
	BEQ	AFP9	;if "E", process exponent

	LDX	FCHFLG	;first character flag
	BNE	AFP16	;if not first character, process end of input

	CMP	#'+'
	BEQ	AFP1	;if "+", process next character

	CMP	#'-'
	BEQ	AFP7	;if "-", process negative sign

;	Process negative sign.

AFP7	STA	NSIGN	;sign of number
	BEQ	AFP1	;process next character

;	Process decimal point.

AFP8	LDX	DIGRT	;number of digits after decimal point
	BPL	AFP16	;if already have decimal point

	INX		;zero
	STX	DIGRT	;number of digits after decimal point
	BEQ	AFP1	;process next character

;	Process exponent.

AFP9	LDA	CIX	;offset to character
	STA	FRX	;save offset to character
	JSR	GNC	;get next character
	BCS	AFP13	;if not numeric

;	Process numeric character in exponent.

AFP10	TAX		;first character of exponent
	LDA	EEXP	;number of digits more than 9
	PHA		;save number of digits more than 9
	STX	EEXP	;first character of exponent

;	Process second character of exponent.

	JSR	GNC	;get next character
	BCS	AFP11	;if not numeric, no second digit

	PHA		;save second digit
	LDA	EEXP	;first digit
	ASL	A	;2 times first digit
	STA	EEXP	;2 times first digit
	ASL	A	;4 times first digit
	ASL	A	;8 times first digit
	ADC	EEXP	;add 2 times first digit
	STA	EEXP	;save 10 times first digit
	PLA		;saved second digit
	CLC
	ADC	EEXP	;insert in exponent
	STA	EEXP	;update exponent

;	Process third character of exponent???

	LDY	CIX	;offset to third character
	JSR	ICX	;increment offset

AFP11	LDA	ESIGN	;sign of exponent
	BEQ	AFP12	;if no sign on exponent

;	Process negative exponent.

	LDA	EEXP	;exponent
	EOR	#$FF	;complement exponent
	CLC
	ADC	#1	;add 1 for 2's complement
	STA	EEXP	;update exponent

;	Add in number of digits more than 9.

AFP12	PLA		;saved number of digits more than 9
	CLC
	ADC	EEXP	;add exponent
	STA	EEXP	;update exponent
	BNE	AFP16	;process end of input

;	Process non-numeric in exponent.

AFP13	CMP	#'+'
	BEQ	AFP14	;if "+", process next character

	CMP	#'-'
	BNE	AFP15	;if not "-", ???

	STA	ESIGN	;save sign of exponent

;	Process next character.

AFP14	JSR	GNC	;get next character
	BCC	AFP10	;if numeric, process numeric character

;	Process other non-numeric in exponent.

AFP15	LDA	FRX	;saved offset
	STA	CIX	;restore offset

;	Process end of input.

AFP16	DEC	CIX	;decrement offset
	LDA	EEXP	;exponent
	LDX	DIGRT	;number of digits after decimal point
	BMI	AFP17	;if no decimal point

	BEQ	AFP17	;if no digits after decimal point

	SEC
	SBC	DIGRT	;subtract number of digits after decimal point

AFP17	PHA		;save adjusted exponent
	ROL	A	;set C with sign of exponent
	PLA		;saved adjusted exponent
	ROR	A	;shift right
	STA	EEXP	;save power of 100
	BCC	AFP18	;if no carry, process even number

	JSR	S0L	;shift FR0 left 1 digit

AFP18	LDA	EEXP	;exponent
	CLC
	ADC	#$40+4	;add bias plus 4 for normalization
	STA	FR0	;save exponent

	JSR	NORM	;normalize number
	BCS	AFP20	;if error

;	Check sign of number.

	LDX	NSIGN	;sign of number
	BEQ	AFP19	;if sign of number not negative

;	Process negative number.

	LDA	FR0	;first byte of mantissa
	ORA	#$80	;indicate negative
	STA	FR0	;update first byte of mantissa

;	Exit.

AFP19	CLC		;indicate valid number

AFP20	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	FASC
	SPACE	4,10
**	FASC - Convert Floating Point Number to ASCII
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FASC
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = number to convert
*
*	EXIT
*		INBUFF = pointer to start of number
*		High order bit of last charecter set
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;FASC	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	JSR	ILP	;initialize line buffer pointer
	LDA	#'0'
	STA	LBPR2	;put "0" in front of line buffer

;	Check for E format required.

	LDA	FR0	;exponent
	BEQ	FASC2	;if exponent zero, number zero

	AND	#$7F	;clear sign
	CMP	#$40-1	;bias-1
	BCC	FASC3	;if exponent < bias-1, E format required

	CMP	#$40+5	;bias+5
	BCS	FASC3	;if >= bias+5, E format required

;	Process E format not required.

	SEC
	SBC	#$40-1	;subtract bias-1, yielding decimal position
	JSR	C0A	;convert FR0 to ASCII
	JSR	FNZ	;find last non-zero character
	ORA	#$80	;set high order bit
	STA	LBUFF,X	;update last character
	LDA	LBUFF	;first character
	CMP	#'.'
	BEQ	FASC1	;if decimal point

	JMP	FASC10

FASC1	JSR	DLP	;decrement line buffer pointer
	JMP	FASC11	;perform final adjustment

;	Process zero.

FASC2	LDA	#$80+'0'	;"0" with high order bit set
	STA	LBUFF		;put zero character in line buffer
	RTS			;return

;	Process E format required.

FASC3	LDA	#1	;GET DECIMAL POSITION???
	JSR	C0A	;convert FR0 to ASCII
	JSR	FNZ	;find last non-zero character
	INX		;increment offset to last character
	STX	CIX	;save offset to last character

;	Adjust exponent.

	LDA	FR0	;exponent
	ASL	A	;double exponent
	SEC
	SBC	#$40*2	;subtract 2 times bias

;	Check first character for "0".

	LDX	LBUFF	;first character
	CPX	#'0'
	BEQ	FASC5	;if "0"

;	Put decimal after first character.

	LDX	LBUFF+1	;second character
	LDY	LBUFF+2	;decimal point
	STX	LBUFF+2	;decimal point
	STY	LBUFF+1	;third character
	LDX	CIX	;offset
	CPX	#2	;former offset to decimal point
	BNE	FASC4	;if offset pointed to second character

	INC	CIX	;increment offset

FASC4	CLC
	ADC	#1	;adjust exponent for movement of decimal point

;	Convert exponent to ASCII.

FASC5	STA	EEXP	;exponent
	LDA	#'E'
	LDY	CIX	;offset
	JSR	SAL	;store ASCII character in line buffer
	STY	CIX	;save offset
	LDA	EEXP	;exponent
	BPL	FASC6	;if exponent positive

	LDA	#0
	SEC
	SBC	EEXP	;complement exponent
	STA	EEXP	;update exponent
	LDA	#'-'
	BNE	FASC7	;store "-"

FASC6	LDA	#'+'

FASC7	JSR	SAL	;store ASCII character in line buffer
	LDX	#0	;initial number of 10's
	LDA	EEXP	;exponent

FASC8	SEC
	SBC	#10	;subtract 10
	BCC	FASC9	;if < 0, done

	INX		;increment number of 10's
	BNE	FASC8	;continue

FASC9	CLC
	ADC	#10	;add back 10
	PHA		;save remainder
	TXA		;number of 10's
	JSR	SNL	;store number in line buffer
	PLA		;saved remainder
	ORA	#$80	;set high order bit
	JSR	SNL	;store number in line buffer

;	Perform final adjustment.

FASC10	LDA	LBUFF	;first character
	CMP	#'0'
	BNE	FASC11	;if not "0", ???

;	Increment pointer to point to non-zero character.

	CLC
	LDA	INBUFF		;line buffer pointer
	ADC	#1		;add 1
	STA	INBUFF		;update line buffer pointer
	LDA	INBUFF+1
	ADC	#0
	STA	INBUFF+1

;	Check for positive exponent.

FASC11	LDA	FR0		;exponent
	BPL	FASC12		;if exponent positive, exit

;	Process negative exponent.

	JSR	DLP		;decrement line buffer pointer
	LDY	#0		;offset to first character
	LDA	#'-'
	STA	(INBUFF),Y	;put "-" in line buffer

;	Exit.

FASC12	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	IFP
	SPACE	4,10
**	IFP - Convert Integer to Floating Point Number
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	IFP
*		FR0 - FR0+1 = integer to convert
*
*	EXIT
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = floating point number
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;IFP	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDA	FR0		;low integer
	STA	ZTEMP4+1	;save low integer
	LDA	FR0+1		;high integer
	STA	ZTEMP4		;save high integer
	JSR	ZFR0		;zero FR0

;	Convert to floating point.

	SED
	LDY	#16		;number of bits in integer

IFP1	ASL	ZTEMP4+1	;shift integer
	ROL	ZTEMP4		;shift integer, setting C if bit present

	LDX	#3		;offset to last possible byte of number

IFP2	LDA	FR0,X		;byte of number
	ADC	FR0,X		;double byte, adding in carry
	STA	FR0,X		;update byte of number
	DEX
	BNE	IFP2		;if not done

	DEY			;decrement count of integer bits
	BNE	IFP1		;if not done

	CLD

;	Set exponent.

	LDA	#$40+2		;indicate decimal after last digit
	STA	FR0		;exponent

;	Exit.

	JMP	NORM		;normalize, return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	FPI
	SPACE	4,10
**	FPI - Convert Floating Point Number to Integer
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FPI
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = floating point number
*
*	EXIT
*		C set, if error
*		C clear, if no error
*		FR0 - FR0+1 = integer
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;FPI	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDA	#0
	STA	ZTEMP4		;zero integer
	STA	ZTEMP4+1

;	Check exponent.

	LDA	FR0		;exponent
	BMI	FPI4		;if sign of exponent is negative, error

	CMP	#$40+3		;bias+3
	BCS	FPI4		;if number too big, error

	SEC
	SBC	#$40		;subtract bias
	BCC	FPI2		;if number less than 1, test for round

;	Compute number of digits to convert.

	ADC	#0		;add carry
	ASL	A		;2 times exponent-$40+1
	STA	ZTEMP1		;number of digits to convert

;	Convert.

FPI1	JSR	SIL		;shift integer left
	BCS	FPI4		;if number too big, error

	LDA	ZTEMP4		;2 times integer
	STA	ZTEMP3		;save 2 times integer
	LDA	ZTEMP4+1
	STA	ZTEMP3+1
	JSR	SIL		;shift integer left
	BCS	FPI4		;if number too big, error

	JSR	SIL		;shift integer left
	BCS	FPI4		;if number too big, error

	CLC
	LDA	ZTEMP4+1	;8 times integer
	ADC	ZTEMP3+1	;add 2 times integer
	STA	ZTEMP4+1	;10 times integer
	LDA	ZTEMP4
	ADC	ZTEMP3
	STA	ZTEMP4
	BCS	FPI4		;if overflow???, error

	JSR	GND		;get next digit
	CLC
	ADC	ZTEMP4+1	;insert digit in ???
	STA	ZTEMP4+1	;update ???
	LDA	ZTEMP4		;???
	ADC	#0		;add carry
	BCS	FPI4		;if overflow, error

	STA	ZTEMP4		;update ???
	DEC	ZTEMP1		;decrement count of digits to convert
	BNE	FPI1		;if not done

;	Check for round required.

FPI2	JSR	GND		;get next digit
	CMP	#5
	BCC	FPI3		;if digit less than 5, do not round

;	Round.

	CLC
	LDA	ZTEMP4+1
	ADC	#1		;add 1 to round
	STA	ZTEMP4+1
	LDA	ZTEMP4
	ADC	#0
	STA	ZTEMP4

;	Return integer.

FPI3	LDA	ZTEMP4+1	;low integer
	STA	FR0		;low integer result
	LDA	ZTEMP4		;high integer
	STA	FR0+1		;high integer result
	CLC			;indicate success
	RTS			;return

;	Return error.

FPI4	SEC			;indicate error
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	ZFR0
	SPACE	4,10
**	ZFR0 - Zero FR0
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ZFR0
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;ZFR0	=	*	;entry

	LDX	#FR0	;indicate zero FR0
;	JMP	ZF1	;zero floating point number, return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	ZF1
	SPACE	4,10
**	ZF1 - Zero Floating Point Number
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ZF1
*		X = offset to register
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;ZF1	=	*	;entry

	LDY	#6	;number of bytes to zero
;	JMP	ZXLY	;zero bytes, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	ZXLY - Zero Page Zero Location X for Length Y
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ZXLY
*		X = offset
*		Y = length
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ZXLY	=	*	;entry

	LDA	#0

ZXLY1	STA	$0000,X	;zero byte
	INX
	DEY
	BNE	ZXLY1	;if not done

	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	ILP - Initialize Line Buffer Pointer
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ILP
*
*	EXIT
*		INBUFF - INBUFF+1 = line buffer address
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ILP	=	*		;entry
	LDA	#high LBUFF	;high buffer address
	STA	INBUFF+1	;high line buffer pointer
	LDA	#low LBUFF	;low buffer address
	STA	INBUFF		;low line buffer pointer
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SIL - Shift Integer Left
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SIL
*		ZTEMP4 - ZTEMP4+1 = number (high, low) to shift
*
*	EXIT
*		ZTEMP4 - ZTEMP4+1 shifted left 1
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SIL	=	*		;entry
	CLC
	ROL	ZTEMP4+1	;shift low
	ROL	ZTEMP4		;shift high
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	FSUB
	SPACE	4,10
**	FSUB - Perform Floating Point Subtract
*
*	FSUB subtracts FR1 from FR0.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FSUB
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = minuend
*		FR1 - FR1+5 = subtrahend
*
*	EXIT
*		C set, if error
*		C clear, if no error
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = difference
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;FSUB	=	*	;entry

;	Complement sign of subtrahend and add.

	LDA	FR1	;subtrahend exponent
	EOR	#$80	;complement sign of subtrahend
	STA	FR1	;update subtrahend exponent
;	JMP	FADD	;perform add, return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	FADD
	SPACE	4,10
**	FADD - Perform Floating Point Add
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FADD
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = augend
*		FR1 - FR1+5 = addend
*
*	EXIT
*		C set, if error
*		C clear, if no error
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = sum
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;FADD	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

FADD1	LDA	FR1	;exponent of addend
	AND	#$7F	;clear sign of addend mantissa
	STA	ZTEMP4	;save addend exponent
	LDA	FR0	;exponent of augend
	AND	#$7F	;clear sign of augend mantissa
	SEC
	SBC	ZTEMP4	;subtract addend exponent
	BPL	FADD3	;if augend exponent >= addend exponent

;	Swap augend and addend.

	LDX	#FPREC-1	;offset to last byte

FADD2	LDA	FR0,X		;byte of augend
	LDY	FR1,X		;byte of addend
	STA	FR1,X		;move byte of augend to addend
	TYA
	STA	FR0,X		;move byte of addend to augend
	DEX
	BPL	FADD2		;if not done

	BMI	FADD1		;re-initialize

;	Check alignment.

FADD3	BEQ	FADD4	;if exponent difference zero, already aligned

	CMP	#FMPREC	;mantissa precision
	BCS	FADD6	;if exponent difference < mantissa precision

;	Align.

	JSR	S1R	;shift FR1 right

;	Check for like signs of mantissas.

FADD4	SED
	LDA	FR0	;augend exponent
	EOR	FR1	;EOR with addend exponent
	BMI	FADD8	;if signs differ, subtract

;	Add.

	LDX	#FMPREC-1	;offset to last byte of mantissa
	CLC

FADD5	LDA	FR0M,X		;byte of augend mantissa
	ADC	FR1M,X		;add byte of addend mantissa
	STA	FR0M,X		;update byte of result mantissa
	DEX
	BPL	FADD5		;if not done

	CLD
	BCS	FADD7		;if carry, process carry

;	Exit.

FADD6	JMP	NORM		;normalize, return

;	Process carry.

FADD7	LDA	#1		;indicate shift 1
	JSR	S0R		;shift FR0 right
	LDA	#1		;carry
	STA	FR0M		;set carry in result

;	Exit.

	JMP	NORM		;normalize, return

;	Subtract.

FADD8	LDX	#FMPREC-1	;offset to last byte of mantissa
	SEC

FADD9	LDA	FR0M,X		;byte of augend mantissa
	SBC	FR1M,X		;subtract byte of addend mantissa
	STA	FR0M,X		;update byte of result mantissa
	DEX
	BPL	FADD9		;if not done

	BCC	FADD10		;if borrow, process borrow

;	Exit.

	CLD
	JMP	NORM		;normalize ???, return

;	Process borrow.

FADD10	LDA	FR0		;result exponent
	EOR	#$80		;complement sign of result
	STA	FR0		;update result exponent

	SEC
	LDX	#FMPREC-1	;offset to last byte of mantissa

FADD11	LDA	#0
	SBC	FR0M,X		;complement byte of result mantissa
	STA	FR0M,X		;update byte of result mantissa
	DEX
	BPL	FADD11		;if not done

;	Exit.

	CLD
	JMP	NORM		;normalize ???, return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	FMUL
	SPACE	4,10
**	FMUL - Perform Floating Point Multiply
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FMUL
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = multiplicand
*		FR1 - FR1+5 = multiplier
*
*	EXIT
*		C set, if error
*		C clear, if no error
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = product
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;FMUL	=	*	;entry

;	Check for zero multiplicand.

	LDA	FR0	;multiplicand exponent
	BEQ	FMUL8	;if multiplicand exponent zero, result is zero

;	Check for zero multiplier.

	LDA	FR1	;multiplier exponent
	BEQ	FMUL7	;if multiplier exponent zero, result is zero

	JSR	SUE	;set up exponent
	SEC
	SBC	#$40	;subtract bias
	SEC		;add 1
	ADC	FR1	;add multiplier exponent
	BMI	FMUL9	;if overflow, error

;	Set up.

	JSR	SUP	;set up

;	Compute number of times to add multiplicand.

FMUL1	LDA	FRE+FPREC-1	;last byte of FRE
	AND	#$0F		;extract low order digit
	STA	ZTEMP1+1

;	Check for completion.

FMUL2	DEC	ZTEMP1+1	;decrement counter
	BMI	FMUL3		;if done

	JSR	FRA10		;add FR1 to FR0
	JMP	FMUL2		;continue

;	Compute number of times to add 10 times multiplicand.

FMUL3	LDA	FRE+FPREC-1	;last byte of FRE
	LSR	A
	LSR	A
	LSR	A
	LSR	A		;high order digit
	STA	ZTEMP1+1

;	Check for completion.

FMUL4	DEC	ZTEMP1+1	;decrement counter
	BMI	FMUL5		;if done

	JSR	FRA20		;add FR2 to FR0
	JMP	FMUL4		;continue

;	Set up for next set of adds.

FMUL5	JSR	S0ER		;shift FR0/FRE right

;	Decrement counter and test for completion.

	DEC	ZTEMP1		;decrement
	BNE	FMUL1		;if not done

;	Set exponent.

FMUL6	LDA	EEXP		;exponent
	STA	FR0		;result exponent
	JMP	N0E		;normalize, return

;	Return zero result.

FMUL7	JSR	ZFR0		;zero FR0

;	Return no error.

FMUL8	CLC			;indicate no error
	RTS			;return

;	Return error.

FMUL9	SEC			;indicate error
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	FDIV
	SPACE	4,10
**	FDIV - Perform Floating Point Divide
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FDIV
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = dividend
*		FR1 - FR1+5 = divisor
*
*	EXIT
*		C clear, if no error
*		C set, if error
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = quotient
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;FDIV	=	*	;entry

;	Check for zero divisor.

	LDA	FR1	;divisor exponent
	BEQ	FMUL9	;if divisor exponent zero, error

;	Check for zero dividend.

	LDA	FR0	;dividend exponent
	BEQ	FMUL8	;if dividend exponent zero, result is zero

	JSR	SUE	;set up exponent
	SEC
	SBC	FR1	;subtract divisor exponent
	CLC
	ADC	#$40	;add bias
	BMI	FMUL9	;if overflow, error

	JSR	SUP	;set up
	INC	ZTEMP1	;divide requires extra pass
	JMP	FDIV3	;skip shift

;	Shift FR0/FRE left one byte.

FDIV1	LDX	#0		;offset to first byte to shift

FDIV2	LDA	FR0+1,X		;byte to shift
	STA	FR0,X		;byte of destination
	INX
	CPX	#FMPREC*2+2	;number of bytes to shift
	BNE	FDIV2		;if not done

;	Subtract 2 times divisor from dividend.

FDIV3	LDY	#FPREC-1	;offset to last byte
	SEC
	SED

FDIV4	LDA	FRE,Y		;byte of dividend
	SBC	FR2,Y		;subtract byte of 2*divisor
	STA	FRE,Y		;update byte of dividend
	DEY
	BPL	FDIV4		;if not done

	CLD
	BCC	FDIV5		;if difference < 0

	INC	QTEMP		;increment
	BNE	FDIV3		;continue

;	Adjust.

FDIV5	JSR	FRA2E	;add FR2 to FR0

;	Shift last byte of quotient left one digit.

	ASL	QTEMP
	ASL	QTEMP
	ASL	QTEMP
	ASL	QTEMP

;	Subtract divisor from dividend.

FDIV6	LDY	#FPREC-1	;offset to last byte
	SEC
	SED

FDIV7	LDA	FRE,Y		;byte of dividend
	SBC	FR1,Y		;subtract byte of divisor
	STA	FRE,Y		;update byte of dividend
	DEY
	BPL	FDIV7		;if not done

	CLD
	BCC	FDIV8		;if difference < 0

	INC	QTEMP		;increment
	BNE	FDIV6		;continue

;	Adjust.

FDIV8	JSR	FRA1E	;add FR1 to FR0
	DEC	ZTEMP1	;decrement
	BNE	FDIV1	;if not done

;	Clear exponent.

	JSR	S0ER	;shift  FR0/FRE right

;	Exit.

	JMP	FMUL6
	SPACE	4,10
**	GNC - Get Next Character
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	GNC
*		INBUFF - INBUFF+1 = line buffer pointer
*		CIX = offset to character
*
*	EXIT
*		C set, if character not numeric
*		A = non-numeric character
*		C clear, if character numeric
*		CIX = offset to next character
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


GNC	=	*		;entry
	JSR	TNC		;test for numeric character
	LDY	CIX		;offset
	BCC	ICX		;if numeric, increment offset, return

	LDA	(INBUFF),Y	;character
;	JMP	ICX		;increment offset, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	ICX - Increment Character Offset
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ICX
*		Y = offset
*
*	EXIT
*		CIX = offset to next character
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ICX	=	*	;entry
	INY		;increment offset
	STY	CIX	;offset
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SLB - Skip Leading Blanks
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SLB
*		INBUFF - INBUFF+1 = line buffer pointer
*		CIX = offset
*
*	EXIT
*		CIX = offset to first non-blank character
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SLB	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDY	CIX		;offset to character
	LDA	#' '

;	Search for first non-blank character.

SLB1	CMP	(INBUFF),Y	;character
	BNE	SLB2		;if non-blank character

	INY
	BNE	SLB1		;if not done

;	Exit.

SLB2	STY	CIX		;offset to first non-blank character
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	TNC - Test for Numeric Character
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	TNC
*		INBUFF - INBUFF+1 = line buffer pointer
*		CIX = offset
*
*	EXIT
*		C set, if numeric
*		C clear if non-numeric
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


TNC	=	*		;entry
	LDY	CIX		;offset
	LDA	(INBUFF),Y	;character
	SEC
	SBC	#'0'	
	BCC	TVN2		;if < "0", return failure

	CMP	#'9'-'0'+1	;return success or failure
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	TVN - Test for Valid Number Character
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	TVN
*
*	EXIT
*		C set, if not number
*		C clear, if number
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: bytes wasted by BCC TVN5.
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


TVN	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDA	CIX	;offset
	PHA		;save offset

;	Check next character.

	JSR	GNC	;get next character
	BCC	TVN5	;if numeric, return success

	CMP	#'.'
	BEQ	TVN4	;if ".", check next character

	CMP	#'+'
	BEQ	TVN3	;if "+", check next character

	CMP	#'-'
	BEQ	TVN3	;if "-", check next character

;	Clean stack.

TVN1	PLA		;clean stack

;	Return failure.

TVN2	SEC		;indicate failure
	RTS		;return

;	Check character after "+" or "-".

TVN3	JSR	GNC	;get next character
	BCC	TVN5	;if numeric, return success

	CMP	#'.'
	BNE	TVN1	;if not ".", return failure

;	Check character after ".".

TVN4	JSR	GNC	;get next character
	BCC	TVN5	;if numeric, return success

	BCS	TVN1	;return failure

;	Return success.

TVN5	PLA		;saved offset
	STA	CIX	;restore offset
	CLC		;indicate success
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	S2L - Shift FR2 Left One Digit
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	S2L
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


S2L	=	*	;entry
	LDX	#FR2+1	;indicate shift of FR2 mantissa
	BNE	SML	;shift mantissa left 1 digit, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	S0L - Shift FR0 Left One Digit
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	S0L
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


S0L	=	*	;entry
	LDX	#FR0M	;indicate shift of FR0 mantissa
;	JMP	SML	;shift mantissa left 1 digit, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SML - Shift Mantissa Left One Digit
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SML
*
*	EXIT
*		FRX = excess digit
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SML	=	*	;entry
	LDY	#4	;number of bits to shift

SML2	CLC
	ROL	$0004,X	;shift 5th byte left 1 bit
	ROL	$0003,X	;shift 4th byte left 1 bit
	ROL	$0002,X	;shift 3rd byte left 1 bit
	ROL	$0001,X	;shift 2nd byte left 1 bit
	ROL	$0000,X	;shift 1st byte left 1 bit
	ROL	FRX	;shift excess digit left 1 bit
	DEY
	BNE	SML2	;if not done

	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	NORM - Normalize FR0
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	NORM
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


NORM	=	*		;entry
	LDX	#0
	STX	FRE		;byte to shift in
;	JMP	N0E		;normalize FR0/FRE, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	N0E - Normalize FR0/FRE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	N0E
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


N0E	=	*		;entry
	LDX	#FMPREC-1	;mantissa size
	LDA	FR0		;exponent
	BEQ	N0E5		;if exponent zero, number is zero

N0E1	LDA	FR0M		;first byte of mantissa
	BNE	N0E3		;if not zero, no shift

;	Shift mantissa left 1 byte.

	LDY	#0		;offset to first byte of mantissa

N0E2	LDA	FR0M+1,Y	;byte to shift
	STA	FR0M,Y		;byte of destination
	INY
	CPY	#FMPREC		;size of mantissa
	BCC	N0E2		;if not done

;	Decrement exponent and check for completion.

	DEC	FR0		;decrement exponent
	DEX
	BNE	N0E1		;if not done

;	Check first byte of mantissa.

	LDA	FR0M	;first byte of mantissa
	BNE	N0E3	;if mantissa not zero

;	Zero exponent.

	STA	FR0	;zero exponent
	CLC
	RTS		;return

;	Check for overflow.

N0E3	LDA	FR0	;exponent
	AND	#$7F	;clear sign
	CMP	#$40+49	;bias+49
	BCC	N0E4	;if exponent < 49, no overflow

;	Return error.

;	SEC		;indicate error
	RTS		;return

;	Check for underflow.

N0E4	CMP	#$40-49
	BCS	N0E5	;if exponent >= -49, no underflow

;	Zero result.

	JSR	ZFR0	;zero FR0

;	Exit.

N0E5	CLC		;indicate no error
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	S0R - Shift FR0 Right
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	S0R
*		A = shift count
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


S0R	=	*	;entry
	LDX	#FR0	;indicate shift of FR0
	BNE	SRR	;shift register right, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	S1R - Shift FR1 Right
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	S1R
*		A = shift count
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


S1R	=	*	;entry
	LDX	#FR1	;indicate shift of FR1
;	JMP	SRR	;shift register right, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SRR - Shift Register Right
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SRR
*		X = offset to register
*		A = shift count
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SRR	=	*		;entry
	STX	ZTEMP3		;register
	STA	ZTEMP4		;shift count
	STA	ZTEMP4+1	;save shift count

SRR1	LDY	#FMPREC-1	;mantissa size-1

SRR2	LDA	$0004,X		;byte to shift
	STA	$0005,X		;byte of destination
	DEX
	DEY
	BNE	SRR2		;if not done

	LDA	#0
	STA	$0005,X		;first byte of mantissa
	LDX	ZTEMP3		;register
	DEC	ZTEMP4		;decrement shift count
	BNE	SRR1		;if not done

;	Adjust exponent.

	LDA	$0000,X		;exponent
	CLC
	ADC	ZTEMP4+1	;subtract shift count
	STA	$0000,X		;update exponent
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	S0ER - Shift FR0/FRE Right
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	S0ER
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


S0ER	=	*		;entry
	LDX	#FMPREC*2	;number of bytes to shift

S0ER1	LDA	FR0,X		;byte to shift
	STA	FR0+1,X		;byte of destination
	DEX
	BPL	S0ER1		;if not done

	LDA	#0
	STA	FR0		;shift in 0
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	C0A - Convert FR0 to ASCII
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	C0A
*		A = decimal point position
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


C0A	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	STA	ZTEMP4	;decimal point position counter
	LDX	#0	;offset to first byte of FR0M
	LDY	#0	;offset to first byte of LBUF

;	Convert next byte.

C0A1	JSR	TDP	;test for decimal point
	SEC
	SBC	#1	;decrement deciaml point position
	STA	ZTEMP4	;update deciaml point position counter

;	Convert first digit of next byte.

	LDA	FR0M,X	;byte
	LSR	A
	LSR	A
	LSR	A
	LSR	A	;first digit
	JSR	SNL	;store number in line buffer

;	Convert second digit of next byte.

	LDA	FR0M,X	;byte
	AND	#$0F	;extract second digit
	JSR	SNL	;store number in line buffer
	INX
	CPX	#FMPREC	;nuber of bytes
	BCC	C0A1	;if not done

;	Exit.

;	JMP	TDP	;test for decimal point, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	TDP - Test for Decimal Point
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	TDP
*		ZTEMP4 = decimal point position counter
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


TDP	=	*	;entry

;	Check decimal point position counter.

	LDA	ZTEMP4	;decimal point position counter
	BNE	TDP1	;if not decimal point position, exit

;	Insert decimal point.

	LDA	#'.'
	JSR	SAL	;store ASCII character in line buffer

;	Exit.

TDP1	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SNL - Store Number in Line Buffer
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SNL
*		A = digit to store
*		Y = offset
*
*	EXIT
*		ASCII digit placed in line buffer
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SNL	=	*	;entry
	ORA	#$30	;convert digit to ASCII
;	JMP	SAL	;store ASCII character in line buffer, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SAL - Store ASCII Character in Line Buffer
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SAL
*		Y = offset
*		A = character
*
*	EXIT
*		Character placed in line buffer
*		Y = incremented offset
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SAL	=	*	;entry
	STA	LBUFF,Y	;store character in line buffer
	INY		;increment offset
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	FNZ - Find Last Non-zero Character in Line Buffer
*
*	FNZ returns the last non-zero character.  If the last
*	non-zero character is ".", FNZ returns the character
*	preceding the ".".  If no other non-zero character is
*	encountered, FNZ returns the first character.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FNZ
*
*	EXIT
*		A = character
*		X = offset to character
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


FNZ	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDX	#10	;offset to last possible character

;	Check next character.

FNZ1	LDA	LBUFF,X	;character
	CMP	#'.'
	BEQ	FNZ2	;if ".", return preceding character

	CMP	#'0'
	BNE	FNZ3	;if not "0", exit

;	Decrement offset and check for completion.

	DEX
	BNE	FNZ1	;if not done

;	Return character preceding "." or first character.

FNZ2	DEX		;offset to character
	LDA	LBUFF,X	;character

;	Exit.

FNZ3	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	GND - Get Next Digit
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	GND
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = number
*
*	EXIT
*		A = digit
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


GND	=	*	;entry
	JSR	S0L	;shift FR0 left 1 digit
	LDA	FRX	;excess digit
	AND	#$0F	;extract low order digit
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	DLP - Decrement Line Buffer Pointer
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DLP
*		INBUFF - INBUFF+1 = line buffer pointer
*
*	EXIT
*		INBUFF - INBUFF+1 = incremented line buffer pointer
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DLP	=	*		;entry
	SEC
	LDA	INBUFF		;line buffer pointer
	SBC	#1		;subtract 1
	STA	INBUFF		;update line buffer pointer
	LDA	INBUFF+1
	SBC	#0
	STA	INBUFF+1
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SUE - Set Up Exponent for Multiply or Divide
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SUE
*
*	EXIT
*		A = FR0 exponent (without sign)
*		FR1 = FR1 exponent (without sign)
*		FRSIGN = sign of result
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SUE	=	*	;entry
	LDA	FR0	;FR0 exponent
	EOR	FR1	;EOR with FR1 exponent
	AND	#$80	;extract sign
	STA	FRSIGN	;sign of result
	ASL	FR1	;shift out FR1 sign
	LSR	FR1	;FR1 exponent without sign
	LDA	FR0	;FR0 exponent
	AND	#$7F	;FR0 exponent without sign
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SUP - Set Up for Multiply or Divide
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SUP
*		A = exponent
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SUP	=	*	;entry
	ORA	FRSIGN	;place sign in exponent
	STA	EEXP	;exponent
	LDA	#0
	STA	FR0	;clear FR0 exponent
	STA	FR1	;clear FR0 exponent
	JSR	M12	;move FR1 to FR2
	JSR	S2L	;shift FR2 left 1 digit
	LDA	FRX	;excess digit
	AND	#$0F	;extract low order digit
	STA	FR2	;shift in low order digit
	LDA	#FMPREC	;mantissa size
	STA	ZTEMP1	;mantissa size
	JSR	M0E	;move FR0 to FRE
	JSR	ZFR0	;zero FR0
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	FRA10 - Add FR1 to FR0
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FRA10
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = augend
*		FR1 - FR1+5 = addend
*
*	EXIT
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = sum
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


FRA10	=	*		;entry
	LDX	#FR0+FPREC-1	;offset to last byte of FR0
	BNE	F1R
	SPACE	4,10
**	FRA20 - Add FR2 to FR0
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FRA20
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = augend
*		FR2 - FR2+5 = addend
*
*	EXIT
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = sum
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


FRA20	=	*		;entry
	LDX	#FR0+FPREC-1	;offset to last byte of FR0
	BNE	F2R
	SPACE	4,10
**	FRA1E - Add FR1 to FRE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FRA1E
*		FRE - FRE+5 = augend
*		FR1 - FR1+5 = addend
*
*	EXIT
*		FRE - FRE+5 = sum
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


FRA1E	=	*		;entry
	LDX	#FRE+FPREC-1	;offset to last byte of FRE
;	JMP	F1R		;add FR1 to register, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	F1R - Add FR1 to Register
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	F1R
*		X = offset to last byte of augend register
*		FR1 - FR1+5 = addend
*
*	EXIT
*		Sum in augend register
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


F1R	=	*		;entry
	LDY	#FR1+FPREC-1	;offset to last byte of FR1
	BNE	FARR
	SPACE	4,10
**	FRA2E - Add FR2 to FRE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FRA2E
*		FRE - FRE+5 = augend
*		FR2 - FR2+5 = addend
*
*	EXIT
*		FRE - FRE+5 = sum
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


FRA2E	=	*		;entry
	LDX	#FRE+FPREC-1	;offset to last byte of FRE
;	JMP	F2R
	SPACE	4,10
**	F2R - Add FR2 to Register
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	F2R
*		X = offset to last byte of augend register
*		FR2 - FR2+5 = addend
*
*	EXIT
*		Sum in augend register
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


F2R	=	*		;entry
	LDY	#FR2+FPREC-1	;offset to last byte of FR2
;	JMP	FARR
	SPACE	4,10
**	FARR - Add Register to Register
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FARR
*		X = offset to last byte of augend register
*		Y = offset to last byte of addend register
*
*	EXIT
*		Sum in augend register
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


FARR	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDA	#FPREC-1	;floating point number size-1
	STA	ZTEMP4		;byte count
	CLC
	SED

;	Add.

FARR1	LDA	$0000,X		;byte of augend
	ADC	$0000,Y		;add byte of addend
	STA	$0000,X		;update byte of augend
	DEX
	DEY
	DEC	ZTEMP4		;decrement byte count
	BPL	FARR1		;if not done

;	Exit.

	CLD
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	M12 - Move FR1 to FR2
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	M12
*		FR1 - FR1+5 = number to move
*
*	EXIT
*		FR2 - FR2+5 = moved number
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


M12	=	*		;entry
	LDY	#FPREC-1	;offset to last byte

M121	LDA	FR1,Y		;byte of source
	STA	FR2,Y		;byte of destination
	DEY
	BPL	M121		;if not done

	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	M0E - Move FR0 to FRE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	M0E
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = number to move
*
*	EXIT
*		FRE - FRE+5 = moved number
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


M0E	=	*		;entry
	LDY	#FPREC-1	;offset to last byte

M0E1	LDA	FR0,Y		;byte of source
	STA	FRE,Y		;byte of destination
	DEY
	BPL	M0E1		;if not done

	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	PLYEVL
	SPACE	4,10
**	PLYEVL - Evaluate Polynomial
*
*	Y = A(0)+A(1)*X+A(2)*X^2+...+A(N)*X^N
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PLYEVL
*		X = low address of coefficient table
*		Y = high address of coefficient table
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = X argument
*		A = N+1
*
*	EXIT
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = Y result
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;PLYEVL	=	*		;entry

	STX	FPTR2		;save pointer to coefficients
	STY	FPTR2+1
	STA	PLYCNT		;degree
	LDX	#low PLYARG
	LDY	#high PLYARG
	JSR	FST0R		;save argument
	JSR	FMOVE		;move argument to FR1
	LDX	FPTR2
	LDY	FPTR2+1
	JSR	FLD0R		;initialize sum in FR0
	DEC	PLYCNT		;decrement degree
	BEQ	PLY3		;if complete, exit

PLY1	JSR	FMUL		;argument times current sum
	BCS	PLY3		;if overflow

	CLC
	LDA	FPTR2		;current low coefficient address
	ADC	#FPREC		;add floating point number size
	STA	FPTR2		;update low coefficient address
	BCC	PLY2		;if no carry

	LDA	FPTR2+1		;current high coefficceint address
	ADC	#0		;adjust high coefficient address
	STA	FPTR2+1		;update high coefficient address

PLY2	LDX	FPTR2		;low coefficient address
	LDY	FPTR2+1		;high coefficient address
	JSR	FLD1R		;get next coefficient
	JSR	FADD		;add coefficient to argument times sum
	BCS	PLY3		;if overflow

	DEC	PLYCNT		;decrement degree
	BEQ	PLY3		;if complete, exit

	LDX	#low PLYARG	;low argument address
	LDY	#high PLYARG	;high argument address
	JSR	FLD1R		;get argument
	BMI	PLY1		;continue

PLY3	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	FLD0R
	SPACE	4,10
**	FLD0R - ???
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FLD0R
*		X = low pointer
*		Y = high pointer
*
*	EXIT
*		FR0 loaded
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;FLD0R	=	*		;entry
	STX	FLPTR		;low pointer
	STY	FLPTR+1		;high pointer
;	JMP	FLD0P		;load FR0, return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	FLD0P
	SPACE	4,10
**	FLD0P - Load FR0
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FLD0P
*		FLPTR - FLPTR+1 = pointer
*
*	EXIT
*		FR0 loaded
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;FLD0P	=	*		;entry

	LDY	#FPREC-1	;offset to last byte

FLD01	LDA	(FLPTR),Y	;byte of source
	STA	FR0,Y		;byte of destination
	DEY
	BPL	FLD01		;if not done

	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	FLD1R
	SPACE	4,10
**	FLD1R - Load FR1
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FLD1R
*		X = low pointer
*		Y = high pointer
*
*	EXIT
*		FR1 loaded
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;FLD1R	=	*		;entry
	STX	FLPTR		;low pointer
	STY	FLPTR+1		;high pointer
;	JMP	FLD1P		;load FR1, return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	FLD1P
	SPACE	4,10
**	FLD1P - Load FR1
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FLD1P
*		FLPTR - FLPTR+1 = pointer
*
*	EXIT
*		FR1 loaded
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;FLD1P	=	*		;entry

	LDY	#FPREC-1	;offset to last byte

FLD11	LDA	(FLPTR),Y	;byte of source
	STA	FR1,Y		;byte of destination
	DEY
	BPL	FLD11		;if not done

	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	FST0R
	SPACE	4,10
**	FST0R - Store FR0
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FST0R
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = number
*		X = low pointer
*		Y = high pointer
*
*	EXIT
*		FR0 stored
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;FST0R	=	*		;entry
	STX	FLPTR		;low pointer
	STY	FLPTR+1		;high pointer
;	JMP	FST0P		;???, return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	FST0P
	SPACE	4,10
**	FST0P - Store FR0
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FST0P
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = number
*		FLPTR - FLPTR+1 = pointer
*
*	EXIT
*		FR0 stored
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;FST0P	=	*		;entry

	LDY	#FPREC-1	;offset to last byte

FST01	LDA	FR0,Y		;byte of source
	STA	(FLPTR),Y	;byte of destination
	DEY
	BPL	FST01		;if not done

	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	FMOVE
	SPACE	4,10
**	FMOVE - Move FR0 to FR1
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FMOVE
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;FMOVE	=	*		;entry

	LDX	#FPREC-1	;offset to last byte

FMO1	LDA	FR0,X		;byte of source
	STA	FR1,X		;byte of destination
	DEX
	BPL	FMO1		;if not done

	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	EXP
	SPACE	4,10
**	EXP - Compute Power of e
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	EXP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;EXP	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDX	#low LOG10E	;base 10 logarithm of e
	LDY	#high LOG10E
	JSR	FLD1R		;load FR1

;	Compute X*LOG10(E).

	JSR	FMUL		;multiply
	BCS	EXP6		;if overflow, error

;	Compute result = 10^(X*LOG10(E)).

;	JMP	EXP10		;compute power of 10, return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	EXP10
	SPACE	4,10
**	EXP10 - Compute Power of 10
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	EXP10
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;EXP10	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDA	#0
	STA	XFMFLG		;zero integer part
	LDA	FR0
	STA	SGNFLG		;save argument sign
	AND	#$7F		;extract absolute value
	STA	FR0		;update argument

;	Check for argument less than 1.

	SEC
	SBC	#$40		;subtract bias
	BMI	EXP1		;if argument < 1

;	Extract integer and fractional parts of exponent.

	CMP	#FPREC-2
	BPL	EXP6		;if argument too big, error

	LDX	#low FPSCR
	LDY	#high FPSCR
	JSR	FST0R		;save argument
	JSR	FPI		;convert argument to integer
	LDA	FR0
	STA	XFMFLG		;save interger part
	LDA	FR0+1		;most significant byte of integer part
	BNE	EXP6		;if integer part too large, error

	JSR	IFP		;convert integer part to floating point
	JSR	FMOVE		;???
	LDX	#low FPSCR
	LDY	#high FPSCR
	JSR	FLD0R		;argument
	JSR	FSUB		;subtract to get fractional part

;	Compute 10 to fractional exponent.

EXP1	LDA	#NPCOEF
	LDX	#low P10COF
	LDY	#high P10COF
	JSR	PLYEVL		;P(X)
	JSR	FMOVE
	JSR	FMUL		;P(X)*P(X)

;	Check integer part.

	LDA	XFMFLG		;integer part
	BEQ	EXP4		;if integer part zero

;	Compute 10 to integer part.

	CLC
	ROR	A		;integer part divided by 2
	STA	FR1		;exponent
	LDA	#1		;assume mantissa 1
	BCC	EXP2		;if integer part even

	LDA	#$10		;substitute mantissa 10

EXP2	STA	FR1M		;mantissa
	LDX	#FMPREC-1	;offset to last byte of mantissa
	LDA	#0

EXP3	STA	FR1M+1,X	;zero byte of mantissa
	DEX
	BPL	EXP3		;if not done

	LDA	FR1		;exponent
	CLC
	ADC	#$40		;add bias
	BCS	EXP6		;if too big, error

	BMI	EXP6		;if underflow, error

	STA	FR1		;10 to integer part

;	Compute product of 10 to integer part and 10 to fractional part.

	JSR	FMUL		;multiply to get result

;	Invert result if argument < 0.

EXP4	LDA	SGNFLG		;argument sign
	BPL	EXP5		;if argument >= 0

	JSR	FMOVE
	LDX	#low FONE
	LDY	#high FONE
	JSR	FLD0R		;load FR0
	JSR	FDIV		;divide to get result

;	Exit.

EXP5	RTS			;return

;	Return error.

EXP6	SEC			;indicate error
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	P10COF - Power of 10 Coefficients


P10COF	DB	$3D,$17,$94,$19,$00,$00	;0.0000179419
	DB	$3D,$57,$33,$05,$00,$00	;0.0000573305
	DB	$3E,$05,$54,$76,$62,$00	;0.0005547662
	DB	$3E,$32,$19,$62,$27,$00	;0.0032176227
	DB	$3F,$01,$68,$60,$30,$36	;0.0168603036
	DB	$3F,$07,$32,$03,$27,$41	;0.0732032741
	DB	$3F,$25,$43,$34,$56,$75	;0.2543345675
	DB	$3F,$66,$27,$37,$30,$50	;0.6627373050
	DB	$40,$01,$15,$12,$92,$55	;1.15129255
	DB	$3F,$99,$99,$99,$99,$99	;0.9999999999

NPCOEF	=	[*-P10COF]/FPREC
	SPACE	4,10
**	LOG10E - Base 10 Logarithm of e


LOG10E	DB	$3F,$43,$42,$94,$48,$19	;base 10 logarithm of e
	SPACE	4,10
**	FONE - 1.0


FONE	DB	$40,$01,$00,$00,$00,$00	;1.0
	SPACE	4,10
**	XFORM - Transform
*
*	Z = (X-C)/(X+C)
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	XFORM
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


XFORM	=	*		;entry
	STX	FPTR2
	STY	FPTR2+1
	LDX	#low PLYARG
	LDY	#high PLYARG
	JSR	FST0R		;save argument
	LDX	FPTR2
	LDY	FPTR2+1
	JSR	FLD1R		;load FR1
	JSR	FADD		;X+C
	LDX	#low FPSCR
	LDY	#high FPSCR
	JSR	FST0R		;store FR0
	LDX	#low PLYARG
	LDY	#high PLYARG
	JSR	FLD0R		;load FR0
	LDX	FPTR2
	LDY	FPTR2+1
	JSR	FLD1R		;load FR1
	JSR	FSUB		;X-C
	LDX	#low FPSCR
	LDY	#high FPSCR
	JSR	FLD1R		;load FR1
	JSR	FDIV		;divide to get result
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	LOG
	SPACE	4,10
**	LOG - Compute Base e Logarithm
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	LOG
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = argument
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;LOG	=	*	;entry

	LDA	#1	;indicate base e logarithm
	BNE	LOGS	;compute logartihm, return
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	LOG10
	SPACE	4,10
**	LOG10 - Compute Base 10 Logarithm
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	LOG10
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = argument
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


;LOG10	=	*	;entry

	LDA	#0	;indicate base 10 logartihm
;	JMP	LOGS	;compute logarithm, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	LOGS - Compute Logarithm
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	LOGS
*		A = 0, if base 10 logarithm
*		  = 1, if base e logartihm
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = argument
*
*	EXIT
*		C set, if error
*		C clear, if no error
*		FR0 - FR0+5 = result
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


LOGS	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	STA	SGNFLG	;save logarithm base indicator

;	Check argument.

	LDA	FR0	;argument exponent
	BEQ	LOGS1	;if argument zero, error

	BMI	LOGS1	;if argument negative, error

;	X = F*(10^Y), 1<F<10
;	10^Y HAS SAME EXP BYTE AS X
;	& MANTISSA BYTE = 1 OR 10

	JMP	LOGQ

;	Return error.

LOGS1	SEC		;indicate error
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	LOGC - Complete Computation of Logarithm
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	LOGC
*		SGNFLG = 0, if base 10 logarithmr
*		       = 1, if base e logarithm
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: logic is convoluted because LOGQ code
*		was moved.
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


LOGC	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	SBC	#$40
	ASL	A
	STA	XFMFLG		;save Y
	LDA	FR0+1
	AND	#$F0
	BNE	LOGC2

	LDA	#1		;mantissa is 1
	BNE	LOGC3		;set mantissa

LOGC2	INC	XFMFLG		;increment Y
	LDA	#$10		;mantissa is 10

LOGC3	STA	FR1M		;mantissa
	LDX	#FMPREC-1	;offset to last byte of mantissa
	LDA	#0

LOGC4	STA	FR1M+1,X	;zero byte of mantissa
	DEX
	BPL	LOGC4		;if not done

	JSR	FDIV		;X = X/(10^Y), S.B. IN (1,10)

;	Compute LOG10(X), 1 <= X <= 10.

	LDX	#low SQR10
	LDY	#high SQR10
	JSR	XFORM		;Z = (X-C)/(X+C); C*C = 10
	LDX	#low FPSCR
	LDY	#high FPSCR
	JSR	FST0R		;SAVE Z
	JSR	FMOVE
	JSR	FMUL		;Z*Z
	LDA	#NLCOEF
	LDX	#low LGCOEF
	LDY	#high LGCOEF
	JSR	PLYEVL		;P(Z*Z)
	LDX	#low FPSCR
	LDY	#high FPSCR
	JSR	FLD1R		;load FR1
	JSR	FMUL		;Z*P(Z*Z)
	LDX	#low FHALF
	LDY	#high FHALF
	JSR	FLD1R
	JSR	FADD		;0.5 + Z*P(Z*Z)
	JSR	FMOVE
	LDA	#0
	STA	FR0+1
	LDA	XFMFLG
	STA	FR0
	BPL	LOGC5

	EOR	#-$01		;complement sign
	CLC
	ADC	#1
	STA	FR0

LOGC5	JSR	IFP		;convert integer to floating point
	BIT	XFMFLG
	BPL	LOGC6

	LDA	#$80
	ORA	FR0
	STA	FR0		;update exponent

LOGC6	JSR	FADD		;LOG(X) = LOG(X)+Y

;	Check base of logarithm.

	LDA	SGNFLG		;logarithm base indicator
	BEQ	LOGC7		;if LOG10 (not LOG)

;	Compute base e logarithm.

	LDX	#low LOG10E	;base 10 logarithm of e
	LDY	#high LOG10E
	JSR	FLD1R		;load FR1
	JSR	FDIV		;result is LOG(X) divided by LOG10(e)

;	Exit.

LOGC7	CLC			;indicate success
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SQR10 - Square Root of 10


SQR10	DB	$40,$03,$16,$22,$77,$66	;square root of 10
	SPACE	4,10
**	FHALF - 0.5


FHALF	DB	$3F,$50,$00,$00,$00,$00	;0.5
	SPACE	4,10
**	LGCOEF - Logartihm Coefficients


LGCOEF	DB	$3F,$49,$15,$57,$11,$08	;0.4915571108
	DB	$BF,$51,$70,$49,$47,$08	;-0.5170494708
	DB	$3F,$39,$20,$57,$61,$95	;0.3920576195
	DB	$BF,$04,$39,$63,$03,$55	;-0.0439630355
	DB	$3F,$10,$09,$30,$12,$64	;0.1009301264
	DB	$3F,$09,$39,$08,$04,$60	;0.0939080460
	DB	$3F,$12,$42,$58,$47,$42	;0.1242584742
	DB	$3F,$17,$37,$12,$06,$08	;0.1737120608
	DB	$3F,$28,$95,$29,$71,$17	;0.2895297117
	DB	$3F,$86,$85,$88,$96,$44	;0.8685889644

NLCOEF	=	[*-LGCOEF]/FPREC
	SPACE	4,10
**	ATCOEF - Arctangent Coefficients
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: not used.


	DB	$3E,$16,$05,$44,$49,$00	;0.001605444900
	DB	$BE,$95,$68,$38,$45,$00	;-0.009568384500
	DB	$3F,$02,$68,$79,$94,$16	;0.0268799416
	DB	$BF,$04,$92,$78,$90,$80	;-0.0492789080
	DB	$3F,$07,$03,$15,$20,$00	;0.0703152000
	DB	$BF,$08,$92,$29,$12,$44	;-0.0892291244
	DB	$3F,$11,$08,$40,$09,$11	;0.1108400911
	DB	$BF,$14,$28,$31,$56,$04	;-0.1428315604
	DB	$3F,$19,$99,$98,$77,$44	;0.1999987744
	DB	$BF,$33,$33,$33,$31,$13	;-0.3333333113
	DB	$3F,$99,$99,$99,$99,$99	;0.9999999999

	DB	$3F,$78,$53,$98,$16,$34	;pi/4 = arctan 1
	SPACE	4,10
**	LOGQ - Continue Computation of Loagarithm
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	LOGQ
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: logic is convoluted because this code was
*		moved.
*		Problem: for readability, this might be relocated
*		before tables.
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


LOGQ	=	*	;entry
	LDA	FR0
	STA	FR1
	SEC
	JMP	LOGC	;complete computation of logarithm, return
	SUBTTL	'Domestic Character Set'
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	DCSORG
	SPACE	4,10
**	Domestic Character Set


	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00	;$00 - space
	DB	$00,$18,$18,$18,$18,$00,$18,$00	;$01 - !
	DB	$00,$66,$66,$66,$00,$00,$00,$00	;$02 - "
	DB	$00,$66,$FF,$66,$66,$FF,$66,$00	;$03 - #
	DB	$18,$3E,$60,$3C,$06,$7C,$18,$00	;$04 - $
	DB	$00,$66,$6C,$18,$30,$66,$46,$00	;$05 - %
	DB	$1C,$36,$1C,$38,$6F,$66,$3B,$00	;$06 - &
	DB	$00,$18,$18,$18,$00,$00,$00,$00	;$07 - '
	DB	$00,$0E,$1C,$18,$18,$1C,$0E,$00	;$08 - (
	DB	$00,$70,$38,$18,$18,$38,$70,$00	;$09 - )
	DB	$00,$66,$3C,$FF,$3C,$66,$00,$00	;$0A - asterisk
	DB	$00,$18,$18,$7E,$18,$18,$00,$00	;$0B - plus
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$18,$18,$30	;$0C - comma
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$7E,$00,$00,$00,$00	;$0D - minus
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$18,$18,$00	;$0E - period
	DB	$00,$06,$0C,$18,$30,$60,$40,$00	;$0F - /

	DB	$00,$3C,$66,$6E,$76,$66,$3C,$00	;$10 - 0
	DB	$00,$18,$38,$18,$18,$18,$7E,$00	;$11 - 1
	DB	$00,$3C,$66,$0C,$18,$30,$7E,$00	;$12 - 2
	DB	$00,$7E,$0C,$18,$0C,$66,$3C,$00	;$13 - 3
	DB	$00,$0C,$1C,$3C,$6C,$7E,$0C,$00	;$14 - 4
	DB	$00,$7E,$60,$7C,$06,$66,$3C,$00	;$15 - 5
	DB	$00,$3C,$60,$7C,$66,$66,$3C,$00	;$16 - 6
	DB	$00,$7E,$06,$0C,$18,$30,$30,$00	;$17 - 7
	DB	$00,$3C,$66,$3C,$66,$66,$3C,$00	;$18 - 8
	DB	$00,$3C,$66,$3E,$06,$0C,$38,$00	;$19 - 9
	DB	$00,$00,$18,$18,$00,$18,$18,$00	;$1A - colon
	DB	$00,$00,$18,$18,$00,$18,$18,$30	;$1B - semicolon
	DB	$06,$0C,$18,$30,$18,$0C,$06,$00	;$1C - <
	DB	$00,$00,$7E,$00,$00,$7E,$00,$00	;$1D - =
	DB	$60,$30,$18,$0C,$18,$30,$60,$00	;$1E - >
	DB	$00,$3C,$66,$0C,$18,$00,$18,$00	;$1F - ?

	DB	$00,$3C,$66,$6E,$6E,$60,$3E,$00	;$20 - @
	DB	$00,$18,$3C,$66,$66,$7E,$66,$00	;$21 - A
	DB	$00,$7C,$66,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$00	;$22 - B
	DB	$00,$3C,$66,$60,$60,$66,$3C,$00	;$23 - C
	DB	$00,$78,$6C,$66,$66,$6C,$78,$00	;$24 - D
	DB	$00,$7E,$60,$7C,$60,$60,$7E,$00	;$25 - E
	DB	$00,$7E,$60,$7C,$60,$60,$60,$00	;$26 - F
	DB	$00,$3E,$60,$60,$6E,$66,$3E,$00	;$27 - G
	DB	$00,$66,$66,$7E,$66,$66,$66,$00	;$28 - H
	DB	$00,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$18,$7E,$00	;$29 - I
	DB	$00,$06,$06,$06,$06,$66,$3C,$00	;$2A - J
	DB	$00,$66,$6C,$78,$78,$6C,$66,$00	;$2B - K
	DB	$00,$60,$60,$60,$60,$60,$7E,$00	;$2C - L
	DB	$00,$63,$77,$7F,$6B,$63,$63,$00	;$2D - M
	DB	$00,$66,$76,$7E,$7E,$6E,$66,$00	;$2E - N
	DB	$00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$00	;$2F - O

	DB	$00,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$60,$60,$00	;$30 - P
	DB	$00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$6C,$36,$00	;$31 - Q
	DB	$00,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$6C,$66,$00	;$32 - R
	DB	$00,$3C,$60,$3C,$06,$06,$3C,$00	;$33 - S
	DB	$00,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$00	;$34 - T
	DB	$00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$66,$7E,$00	;$35 - U
	DB	$00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$18,$00	;$36 - V
	DB	$00,$63,$63,$6B,$7F,$77,$63,$00	;$37 - W
	DB	$00,$66,$66,$3C,$3C,$66,$66,$00	;$38 - X
	DB	$00,$66,$66,$3C,$18,$18,$18,$00	;$39 - Y
	DB	$00,$7E,$0C,$18,$30,$60,$7E,$00	;$3A - Z
	DB	$00,$1E,$18,$18,$18,$18,$1E,$00	;$3B - [
	DB	$00,$40,$60,$30,$18,$0C,$06,$00	;$3C - \
	DB	$00,$78,$18,$18,$18,$18,$78,$00	;$3D - ]
	DB	$00,$08,$1C,$36,$63,$00,$00,$00	;$3E - ^
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$FF,$00	;$3F - underline

	DB	$00,$36,$7F,$7F,$3E,$1C,$08,$00	;$40 - heart card
	DB	$18,$18,$18,$1F,$1F,$18,$18,$18	;$41 - mid left window
	DB	$03,$03,$03,$03,$03,$03,$03,$03	;$42 - right box
	DB	$18,$18,$18,$F8,$F8,$00,$00,$00	;$43 - low right window
	DB	$18,$18,$18,$F8,$F8,$18,$18,$18	;$44 - mid right window
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$F8,$F8,$18,$18,$18	;$45 - up right window
	DB	$03,$07,$0E,$1C,$38,$70,$E0,$C0	;$46 - right slant box
	DB	$C0,$E0,$70,$38,$1C,$0E,$07,$03	;$47 - left slant box
	DB	$01,$03,$07,$0F,$1F,$3F,$7F,$FF	;$48 - right slant solid
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$0F,$0F,$0F,$0F	;$49 - low right solid
	DB	$80,$C0,$E0,$F0,$F8,$FC,$FE,$FF	;$4A - left slant solid
	DB	$0F,$0F,$0F,$0F,$00,$00,$00,$00	;$4B - up right solid
	DB	$F0,$F0,$F0,$F0,$00,$00,$00,$00	;$4C - up left solid
	DB	$FF,$FF,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00	;$4D - top box
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$FF,$FF	;$4E - bottom box
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$F0,$F0,$F0,$F0	;$4F - low left solid

	DB	$00,$1C,$1C,$77,$77,$08,$1C,$00	;$50 - club card
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$1F,$1F,$18,$18,$18	;$51 - up left window
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$FF,$FF,$00,$00,$00	;$52 - mid box
	DB	$18,$18,$18,$FF,$FF,$18,$18,$18	;$53 - mid window
	DB	$00,$00,$3C,$7E,$7E,$7E,$3C,$00	;$54 - solid circle
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$00,$FF,$FF,$FF,$FF	;$55 - bottom solid
	DB	$C0,$C0,$C0,$C0,$C0,$C0,$C0,$C0	;$56 - left box
	DB	$00,$00,$00,$FF,$FF,$18,$18,$18	;$57 - up mid window
	DB	$18,$18,$18,$FF,$FF,$00,$00,$00	;$58 - low mid window
	DB	$F0,$F0,$F0,$F0,$F0,$F0,$F0,$F0	;$59 - left solid
	DB	$18,$18,$18,$1F,$1F,$00,$00,$00	;$5A - low left window
	DB	$78,$60,$78,$60,$7E,$18,$1E,$00	;$5B - display escape
	DB	$00,$18,$3C,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$00	;$5C - up arrow
	DB	$00,$18,$18,$18,$7E,$3C,$18,$00	;$5D - down arrow
	DB	$00,$18,$30,$7E,$30,$18,$00,$00	;$5E - left arrow
	DB	$00,$18,$0C,$7E,$0C,$18,$00,$00	;$5F - right arrow

	DB	$00,$18,$3C,$7E,$7E,$3C,$18,$00	;$60 - diamond card
	DB	$00,$00,$3C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00	;$61 - a
	DB	$00,$60,$60,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$00	;$62 - b
	DB	$00,$00,$3C,$60,$60,$60,$3C,$00	;$63 - c
	DB	$00,$06,$06,$3E,$66,$66,$3E,$00	;$64 - d
	DB	$00,$00,$3C,$66,$7E,$60,$3C,$00	;$65 - e
	DB	$00,$0E,$18,$3E,$18,$18,$18,$00	;$66 - f
	DB	$00,$00,$3E,$66,$66,$3E,$06,$7C	;$67 - g
	DB	$00,$60,$60,$7C,$66,$66,$66,$00	;$68 - h
	DB	$00,$18,$00,$38,$18,$18,$3C,$00	;$69 - i
	DB	$00,$06,$00,$06,$06,$06,$06,$3C	;$6A - j
	DB	$00,$60,$60,$6C,$78,$6C,$66,$00	;$6B - k
	DB	$00,$38,$18,$18,$18,$18,$3C,$00	;$6C - l
	DB	$00,$00,$66,$7F,$7F,$6B,$63,$00	;$6D - m
	DB	$00,$00,$7C,$66,$66,$66,$66,$00	;$6E - n
	DB	$00,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$00	;$6F - o

	DB	$00,$00,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$60,$60	;$70 - p
	DB	$00,$00,$3E,$66,$66,$3E,$06,$06	;$71 - q
	DB	$00,$00,$7C,$66,$60,$60,$60,$00	;$72 - r
	DB	$00,$00,$3E,$60,$3C,$06,$7C,$00	;$73 - s
	DB	$00,$18,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$0E,$00	;$74 - t
	DB	$00,$00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$00	;$75 - u
	DB	$00,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$18,$00	;$76 - v
	DB	$00,$00,$63,$6B,$7F,$3E,$36,$00	;$77 - w
	DB	$00,$00,$66,$3C,$18,$3C,$66,$00	;$78 - x
	DB	$00,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$0C,$78	;$79 - y
	DB	$00,$00,$7E,$0C,$18,$30,$7E,$00	;$7A - z
	DB	$00,$18,$3C,$7E,$7E,$18,$3C,$00	;$7B - spade card
	DB	$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18	;$7C - |
	DB	$00,$7E,$78,$7C,$6E,$66,$06,$00	;$7D - display clear
	DB	$08,$18,$38,$78,$38,$18,$08,$00	;$7E - display backspace
	DB	$10,$18,$1C,$1E,$1C,$18,$10,$00	;$7F - display tab
	SUBTTL	'Device Handler Vector Tables'
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	EDITRV
	SPACE	4,10
**	EDITRV - Editor Handler Vector Table


	DW	EOP-1	;perform editor OPEN
	DW	ECL-1	;perform editor CLOSE
	DW	EGB-1	;perform editor GET-BYTE
	DW	EPB-1	;perform editor PUT-BYTE
	DW	SST-1	;perform editor STATUS (screen STAT:
	DW	ESP-1	;perform editor SPECIAL
	JMP	SIN	;initialize editor (initialize scre:
	DB	0	;reserved
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	SCRENV
	SPACE	4,10
**	SCRENV - Screen Handler Vector Table


	DW	SOP-1	;perform screen OPEN
	DW	ECL-1	;perform screen CLOSE (editor CLOSE:
	DW	SGB-1	;perform screen GET-BYTE
	DW	SPB-1	;perform screen PUT-BYTE
	DW	SST-1	;perform screen STATUS
	DW	SSP-1	;perform screen SPECIAL
	JMP	SIN	;initialize screen
	DB	0	;reserved
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	KEYBDV
	SPACE	4,10
**	KEYBDV - Keyboard Handler Vector Table


	DW	SST-1	;perform keyboard OPEN (screen STAT:
	DW	SST-1	;perform keyboard CLOSE (screen STA:
	DW	KGB-1	;perform keyboard GET-BYTE
	DW	ESP-1	;perform keyboard SPECIAL (editor S:
	DW	SST-1	;perform keyboard STATUS (screen ST:
	DW	ESP-1	;perform keyboard SPECIAL (editor S:
	JMP	SIN	;initialize keyboard (initialize sc:
	DB	0	;reserved
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	PRINTV
	SPACE	4,10
**	PRINTV - Printer Handler Vector Table


	DW	POP-1	;perform printer OPEN
	DW	PCL-1	;perform printer CLOSE
	DW	PSP-1	;perform printer SPECIAL
	DW	PPB-1	;perform printer PUT-BYTE
	DW	PST-1	;perform printer STATUS
	DW	PSP-1	;perform printer SPECIAL
	JMP	PIN	;initialize printer
	DB	0	;reserved
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	CASETV
	SPACE	4,10
**	CASETV - Cassette Handler Vector Table


	DW	COP-1	;perform cassette OPEN
	DW	CCL-1	;perform cassette CLOSE
	DW	CGB-1	;perform cassette GET-BYTE
	DW	CPB-1	;perform cassette PUT-BYTE
	DW	CST-1	;perform cassette STATUS
	DW	CSP-1	;perform cassette SPECIAL
	JMP	CIN	;initialize cassette
	DB	0	;reserved
	SUBTTL	'Jump Vectors'
	SPACE	4,10
**	Jump Vectors


	FIX	DINITV
	JMP	IDIO	;initialize DIO

	FIX	DSKINV
	JMP	DIO	;perform DIO

	FIX	CIOV
	JMP	CIO	;perform CIO

	FIX	SIOV
	JMP	PIO	;perform PIO

	FIX	SETVBV
	JMP	SVP	;set VBLANK parameters

	FIX	SYSVBV
	JMP	IVNM	;process immediate VBLANK NMI

	FIX	XITVBV
	JMP	DVNM	;process deferred VBLANK NMI

	FIX	SIOINV
	JMP	ISIO	;initialize SIO

	FIX	SENDEV
	JMP	ESS	;enable SIO SEND

	FIX	INTINV
	JMP	IIH	;initialize interrupt handler

	FIX	CIOINV
	JMP	ICIO	;initialize CIO

	FIX	BLKBDV
	JMP	PPD	;perform power-up display

	FIX	WARMSV
	JMP	PWS	;perform warmstart

	FIX	COLDSV
	JMP	PCS	;perform coldstart

	FIX	RBLOKV
        JMP     RCB	;read cassette block

	FIX	CSOPIV
        JMP     OCI	;open cassette for input

	FIX	PUPDIV
	JMP	PPD	;perform power-up display

	FIX	SLFTSV
	JMP	STH	;self-test hardware

	FIX	PHENTV
	JMP	PHE	;perform peripheral handler entry

	FIX	PHUNLV
	JMP	PHU	;perform peripheral handler unlinking

	FIX	PHINIV
	JMP	PHI	;perform peripheral handler initialization
	SUBTTL	'Generic Parallel Device Handler Vector Table'
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	GPDVV
	SPACE	4,10
**	GPDVV - Generic Parallel Device Handler Vector Table


	DW	GOP-1	;perform generic parallel device OPEN
	DW	GCL-1	;perform generic parallel device CLOSE
	DW	GGB-1	;perform generic parallel device GET-BYTE
	DW	GPB-1	;perform generic parallel device PUT-BYTE
	DW	GST-1	;perform generic parallel device STATUS
	DW	GSP-1	;perform generic parallel device SPECIAL
	JMP	GIN	;initialize generic parallel device
	SUBTTL	'$E4C0 Patch'
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	$E4C0
	SPACE	4,10
**	E4C0 - $E4C0 Patch
*
*	For compatibility with OS Revision B, return.


	RTS		;return
	SUBTTL	'Central Input/Output'
	SPACE	4,10
**	ICIO - Initialize CIO
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ICIO
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ICIO	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize IOCB's.

	LDX	#0		;index of first IOCB

ICIO1	LDA	#IOCFRE		;IOCB free indicator
	STA	ICHID,X		;set IOCB free
	LDA	#low [IIN-1]
	STA	ICPTL,X		;initialize PUT-BYTE routine address
	LDA	#high [IIN-1]
	STA	ICPTH,X
	TXA			;index of current IOCB
	CLC
	ADC	#IOCBSZ		;add IOCB size
	TAX			;index of next IOCB
	CMP	#MAXIOC		;index of first invalid IOCB
	BCC	ICIO1		;if not done

	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	IIN - Indicate IOCB Not Open Error
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	IIN
*
*	EXIT
*		Y = IOCB Not Open error code
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


IIN	=	*	;entry
	LDY	#NOTOPN	;IOCB not open error
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CIO - Central Input/Output
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CIO
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CIO	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	STA	CIOCHR	;save possible output byte value
	STX	ICIDNO	;save IOCB index

;	Check IOCB index validity.

	TXA		;IOCB index
	AND	#$0F	;index modulo 16
	BNE	CIO1	;if IOCB not multiple of 16, error

	CPX	#MAXIOC	;index of first invalid IOCB
	BCC	CIO2	;if index within range

;	Indicate Invalid IOCB Index error.

CIO1	LDY	#BADIOC	;invalid IOCB index error
	JMP	SSC	;set status and complete operation, return

;	Move part of IOCB to zero page IOCB.

CIO2	LDY	#0		;offset to first byte of page zero IOCB

CIO3	LDA	IOCB,X		;byte of IOCB
	STA	IOCBAS,Y	;byte of zero page IOCB
	INX
	INY
	CPY	#ICSPRZ-IOCBAS	;offset to first undesired byte
	BCC	CIO3		;if not done

;	Check for provisionally open IOCB.

	LDA	ICHIDZ	;handler ID
	CMP	#$7F	;provisionally open indicator
	BNE	PCC	;if not provisionally open, perform:

;	Check for CLOSE command.

	LDA	ICCOMZ	;command
	CMP	#CLOSE
	BEQ	XCL	;if CLOSE command

;	Check handler load flag.

	LDA	HNDLOD
	BNE	LHO	;if handler load desired

;	Indicate nonexistent device error.

;	JMP	IND	;indicate nonexistent device error,:
	SPACE	4,10
**	IND - Indicate Nonexistent Device Error
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	IND
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


IND	=	*	;entry
	LDY	#NONDEV	;nonexistent device error

IND1	JMP	SSC	;set status and complete operation,:
	SPACE	4,10
**	LHO - Load Peripheral Handler for OPEN
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	LHO
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


LHO	=	*	;entry
	JSR	PHL	;load and initialize peripheral han:
	BMI	IND1	;if error

;	JMP	PCC	;perform CIO command, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PCC - Perform CIO Command
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PCC
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PCC	=	*	;entry

;	Check command validity.

	LDY	#NVALID		;assume invalid code
	LDA	ICCOMZ		;command
	CMP	#OPEN		;first valid command
	BCC	XOP1		;if command invalid

	TAY			;command

	CPY	#SPECIL		;last valid command
	BCC	PCC1		;if valid

	LDY	#SPECIL		;substitute SPECIAL command

;	Obtain vector offset.

PCC1	STY	ICCOMT		;save command
	LDA	TCVO-3,Y	;vector offset for command
	BEQ	XOP		;if OPEN command, process

;	Perform command.

	CMP	#2
	BEQ	XCL		;if CLOSE command, process

	CMP	#8
	BCS	XSS		;if STATUS or SPECIAL command, process

	CMP	#4
	BEQ	XGT		;if GET command, process

	JMP	XPT		;process PUT command, process
	SPACE	4,10
**	XOP - Execute OPEN Command
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	XOP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


XOP	=	*	;entry

;	Check IOCB free.

	LDA	ICHIDZ	;handler ID
	CMP	#IOCFRE	;IOCB free indicator
	BEQ	XOP2	;if IOCB free

;	Process error.

	LDY	#PRVOPN	;IOCB previously open error

XOP1	JMP	SSC	;set status and complete operation, return

;	Check handler load.

XOP2	LDA	HNDLOD
	BNE	PPO	;if user wants unconditional poll

;	Search handler table.

	JSR	SHT	;search handler table
	BCS	PPO	;if not found, poll

;	Initialize status.

	LDA	#0
	STA	DVSTAT	;clear status
	STA	DVSTAT+1

;	Initialize IOCB.

;	JMP	IIO	;initialize IOCB for OPEN, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	IIO - Initialize IOCB for OPEN
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	IIO
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


IIO	=	*	;entry

;	Compute handler entry point.

	JSR	CEP	;compute handler entry point
	BCS	XOP1	;if error

;	Execute command.

	JSR	EHC	;execute handler command

;	Set PUT-BYTE routine address in IOCB.

	LDA	#PUTCHR
	STA	ICCOMT	;command
	JSR	CEP	;compute handler entry point
	LDA	ICSPRZ	;PUT-BYTE routine address
	STA	ICPTLZ	;IOCB PUT-BYTE routine address
	LDA	ICSPRZ+1
	STA	ICPTHZ
	JMP	CCO	;complete CIO operation, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PPO - Peripheral for OPEN
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PPO
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PPO	=	*	;entry
	JSR	PHO	;poll
	JMP	SSC	;set status and complete operation,:
	SPACE	4,10
**	XCL - Execute CLOSE Command
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	XCL
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


XCL	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDY	#SUCCES		;assume success
	STY	ICSTAZ		;status
	JSR	CEP		;compute handler entry point
	BCS	XCL1		;if error

;	Execute command.

	JSR	EHC		;execute handler command

;	Close IOCB.

XCL1	LDA	#IOCFRE		;IOCB free indicator
	STA	ICHIDZ		;indicate IOCB free
	LDA	#high [IIN-1]
	STA	ICPTHZ		;reset initial PUT-BYTE routine address
	LDA	#low [IIN-1]
	STA	ICPTLZ
	JMP	CCO		;complete CIO operation, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	XSS - Execute STATUS and SPECIAL Commands
*
*	???word about implicit OPEN and CLOSE.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	XSS
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


XSS	=	*	;entry

;	Check IOCB free.

	LDA	ICHIDZ	;handler ID
	CMP	#IOCFRE
	BNE	XSS1	;if IOCB not free

;	Open IOCB.

	JSR	SHT	;search handler table
	BCS	XOP1	;if error

;	Execute command.

XSS1	JSR	CEP	;compute handler entry point
	JSR	EHC	;execute handler command

;	Restore handler ID, in case IOCB implicitly opened.

	LDX	ICIDNO	;IOCB index
	LDA	ICHID,X	;original handler ID
	STA	ICHIDZ	;restore zero page handler ID
	JMP	CCO	;complete CIO operation, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	XGT - Execute GET Command
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	XGT
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


XGT	=	*	;entry

;	Check GET validity.

	LDA	ICCOMZ	;command
	AND	ICAX1Z	;???
	BNE	XGT2	;if GET command valid

;	Process error.

	LDY	#WRONLY	;IOCB opened for write only error

XGT1	JMP	SSC	;set status and complete operation, return

;	Compute and check handler entry point.

XGT2	JSR	CEP	;compute handler entry point
	BCS	XGT1	;if error

;	Check buffer length.

	LDA	ICBLLZ		;buffer length
	ORA	ICBLLZ+1
	BNE	XGT3		;if buffer length non-zero

;	Get byte.

	JSR	EHC	;execute handler command
	STA	CIOCHR	;data
	JMP	CCO	;complete CIO operation, return

;	Fill buffer.    	

XGT3	JSR	EHC		;execute handler command
	STA	CIOCHR		;data
	BMI	XGT7		;if error, end transfer

	LDY	#0
	STA	(ICBALZ),Y	;byte of buffer
	JSR	IBP		;increment buffer pointer
	LDA	ICCOMZ		;command
	AND	#$02
	BNE	XGT4		;if GET RECORD command

;	Check for EOL.

	LDA	CIOCHR	;data
	CMP	#EOL
	BNE	XGT4	;if not EOL

;	Process EOL.

	JSR	DBL	;decrement buffer length
	JMP	XGT7	;clean up

;	Check buffer full.

XGT4	JSR	DBL	;decrement buffer length
	BNE	XGT3	;if buffer not full, continue

;	Check command.

	LDA	ICCOMZ	;command
	AND	#$02
	BNE	XGT7	;if GET CHARACTER command, clean up

;	Process GET RECORD.

XGT5	JSR	EHC	;execute handler command
	STA	CIOCHR	;data
	BMI	XGT6	;if error

;	Check for EOL.

	LDA	CIOCHR	;data
	CMP	#EOL
	BNE	XGT5	;if not EOL, continue

;	Process end of record.

	LDA	#TRNRCD	;truncated record error
	STA	ICSTAZ	;status

;	Process error.

XGT6	JSR	DBP		;decrement buffer pointer
	LDY	#0
	LDA	#EOL
	STA	(ICBALZ),Y	;set EOL in buffer
	JSR	IBP		;increment buffer pointer

;	Clean up.

XGT7	JSR	SFL	;set final buffer length
	JMP	CCO	;complete CIO operation, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	XPT - Execute PUT Command
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	XPT
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


XPT	=	*	;entry

;	Check PUT validity.

	LDA	ICCOMZ	;command
	AND	ICAX1Z
	BNE	XPT2	;if PUT command valid

;	Process error.

	LDY	#RDONLY	;IOCB opened for read only error

XPT1	JMP	SSC	;set status and complete operation, return

;	Compute and check handler entry point.

XPT2	JSR	CEP	;compute handler entry point
	BCS	XPT1	;if error

;	Check buffer length.

	LDA	ICBLLZ	;buffer length
	ORA	ICBLLZ+1
	BNE	XPT3	;if buffer length non-zero

;	Put byte.

	LDA	CIOCHR	;data
	INC	ICBLLZ	;set buffer length to 1
	BNE	XPT4	;transfer one byte

;	Transfer data from buffer to handler.

XPT3	LDY	#0
	LDA	(ICBALZ),Y	;byte from buffer
	STA	CIOCHR		;data

XPT4	JSR	EHC		;execute handler command
	PHP			;save status
	JSR	IBP		;increment buffer pointer
	JSR	DBL		;decrement buffer length
	PLP			;status
	BMI	XPT6		;if error

;	Check command.

	LDA	ICCOMZ	;command
	AND	#$02
	BNE	XPT5	;if PUT RECORD command

;	Check for EOL.

	LDA	CIOCHR	;data
	CMP	#EOL
	BEQ	XPT6	;if EOL, clean up

;	Check for buffer empty.

XPT5	LDA	ICBLLZ		;buffer length
	ORA	ICBLLZ+1
	BNE	XPT3		;if buffer not empty, continue

;	Check command.

	LDA	ICCOMZ	;command
	AND	#$02
	BNE	XPT6	;if PUT CHARACTER command

;	Write EOL.

	LDA	#EOL
	JSR	EHC	;execute handler command

;	Clean up.

XPT6	JSR	SFL	;set final buffer length
	JMP	CCO	;complete CIO operation, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SSC - Set Status and Complete Operation
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SSC
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SSC	=	*	;entry
	STY	ICSTAZ	;status
;	JMP	CCO	;complete CIO operation, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CCO - Complete CIO Operation
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CCO
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CCO	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDY	ICIDNO		;IOCB index

;	Restore buffer pointer.

	LDA	ICBAL,Y
	STA	ICBALZ		;restore buffer pointer
	LDA	ICBAH,Y
	STA	ICBAHZ

;	Move part of zero page IOCB to IOCB.

	LDX	#0		;first byte of zero page IOCB
	STX	HNDLOD

CCO1	LDA	IOCBAS,X	;byte of zero page IOCB
	STA	IOCB,Y		;byte of IOCB
	INX
	INY
	CPX	#ICSPRZ-IOCBAS	;offset to first undesired byte
	BCC	CCO1		;if not done

;	Restore A, X and Y.

	LDA	CIOCHR		;data
	LDX	ICIDNO		;IOCB index
	LDY	ICSTAZ		;status
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CEP - Compute Handler Entry Point
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CEP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CEP	=	*		;entry

;	Check handler ID validity.

	LDY	ICHIDZ		;handler ID
	CPY	#MAXDEV+1	;first invalid ID
	BCC	CEP1		;if handler ID within range

;	Process error.

	LDY	#NOTOPN		;IOCB not open error
	BCS	CEP2		;return

;	Compute entry point.

CEP1	LDA	HATABS+1,Y	;low address
	STA	ICSPRZ
	LDA	HATABS+2,Y	;high address
	STA	ICSPRZ+1
	LDY	ICCOMT		;command
	LDA	TCVO-3,Y	;vector offset for command
	TAY
	LDA	(ICSPRZ),Y	;low vector address
	TAX			;low vector address
	INY
	LDA	(ICSPRZ),Y	;high vector address
	STA	ICSPRZ+1	;set high address
	STX	ICSPRZ		;set low address
	CLC			;indicate success

;	Exit.

CEP2	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	DBL - Decrement Buffer Length
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DBL
*
*	EXIT
*		Z set if buffer length = 0
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DBL	=	*		;entry
	LDA	ICBLLZ		;low buffer length
	BNE	DBL1		;if low buffer length non-zero

	DEC	ICBLLZ+1	;decrement high buffer length

DBL1	DEC	ICBLLZ		;decrement low buffer length
	LDA	ICBLLZ
	ORA	ICBLLZ+1	;indicate buffer length status
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	DBP - Decrement Buffer Pointer
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DBP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DBP	=	*		;entry
	LDA	ICBALZ		;low buffer address
	BNE	DBP1		;if low buffer address non-zero

	DEC	ICBALZ+1	;decrement high buffer address

DBP1	DEC	ICBALZ		;decrement low buffer address
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	IBP - Increment Buffer Pointer
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	IBP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


IBP	=	*		;entry
	INC	ICBALZ		;increment low buffer address
	BNE	IBP1		;if low buffer address non-zero

	INC	ICBALZ+1	;increment high buffer address

IBP1	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SFL - Set Final Buffer Length
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SFL
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SFL	=	*		;entry
	LDX	ICIDNO		;IOCB index
	SEC
	LDA	ICBLL,X		;initial length
	SBC	ICBLLZ		;subtract byte count
	STA	ICBLLZ		;update length
	LDA	ICBLH,X
	SBC	ICBLLZ+1
	STA	ICBLHZ
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	EHC - Execute Handler Command
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	EHC
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


EHC	=	*		;entry
	LDY	#FNCNOT		;assume function not defined error
	JSR	IDH		;invoke device handler
	STY	ICSTAZ		;status
	CPY	#0		;set N accordingly
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	IDH - Invoke Device Handler
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	IDH
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


IDH	=	*		;entry
	TAX			;save A
	LDA	ICSPRZ+1	;high vector
	PHA			;put high vector on stack
	LDA	ICSPRZ		;low vector
	PHA			;put low vector on stack
	TXA			;restore A
	LDX	ICIDNO		;IOCB index
	RTS			;invoke handler (address on stack)
	SPACE	4,10
**	SHT - Search Handler Table
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SHT
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SHT	=	*	;entry

;	Set device number.

	SEC
	LDY	#1
	LDA	(ICBALZ),Y	;device number
	SBC	#'1'
	BMI	SHT1		;if number less than  "1"

	CMP	#'9'-'1'+1
	BCC	SHT2		;if number in range "1" to "9"

SHT1	LDA	#0		;substitute device number "1"

SHT2	STA	ICDNOZ		;device number (0 through 8)
	INC	ICDNOZ		;adjust number to range 1 t:

;	Find device handler.

	LDY	#0		;offset to device code
	LDA	(ICBALZ),Y	;device code
;	JMP	FDH		;find device handler, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	FDH - Find Device Handler
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FDH
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


FDH	=	*		;entry

;	Check device code.

	BEQ	FDH2		;if device code null

;	Search handler table for device.

	LDY	#MAXDEV		;offset to last possible entry

FDH1	CMP	HATABS,Y	;device code from table
	BEQ	FDH3		;if device found

	DEY
	DEY
	DEY
	BPL	FDH1		;if not done

;	Process device not found.

FDH2	LDY	#NONDEV		;nonexistent device error
	SEC			;indicate error
	RTS			;return

;	Set handler ID.

FDH3	TYA			;offset to device code in table
	STA	ICHIDZ		;set handler ID
	CLC			;indicate no error
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	TCVO - Table of Command Vector Offsets
*
*	Entry n is the vector offset for command n+3.


TCVO	DB	0	;3 - open
	DB	4	;4
	DB	4	;5 - get record
	DB	4	;6
	DB	4	;7 - get byte(s)
	DB	6	;8
	DB	6	;9 - put record
	DB	6	;10
	DB	6	;11 - put byte(s)
	DB	2	;12 - close
	DB	8	;13 - status
	DB	10	;14 - special
	SUBTTL	'Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 3'
	SPACE	4,10
**	PHR - Perform Peripheral Handler Loading Initializa:
*
*	* Performs Power-up Polling, with Handler loading a:
*	and Initialization;
*	* Performs System Reset Re-initialization of all ha:
*
*	Input Parameters:
*	WARMST (used to distinguish Cold and Warm Start).
*
*	Output Parameters:
*	None.
*
*	Modified:
*	Registers are not saved;
*	All kinds of side effects when any handler is loade:
*	(potentially MEMLO, DVSTAT thru DVSTAT+3, the DCB,
*	CHLINK, ZCHAIN, TEMP1, TEMP2, TEMP3.    This list m:
*	not be complete.).
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PHR
*
*	MODS
*		R. S. Scheiman	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PHR	=	*	;entry

;	Check for coldstart.

	LDA	WARMST		;warmstart flag
	BEQ	PHR2		;if coldstart

;	Process warmstart.

	LDA	#low [CHLINK-18]
	STA	ZCHAIN
	LDA	#high [CHLINK-18]
	STA	ZCHAIN+1

;	Check next link.

PHR1	LDY	#18		;offset to link
	CLC
	LDA	(ZCHAIN),y	;low link
	TAX
	INY
	ADC	(ZCHAIN),Y	;high link
	BEQ	PHR4		;if forward link null

;	Re-initialize peripheral handler.

	LDA	(ZCHAIN),Y	;high link
	STA	ZCHAIN+1
	STX	ZCHAIN
	JSR	CLT		;checksum linkage table
	BNE	PHR4		;if checksum bad

	JSR	PHW		;re-initialize peripheral h:
	BCS	PHR4		;if error

;	Continue with next handler.

	BCC	PHR1		;continue with next handler

;	Process coldstart.

PHR2	LDA	#0
	STA	CHLINK		;clear chain link
	STA	CHLINK+1
	LDA	#$4F		;send POLL RESET poll
	BNE	PHR7

;	Perform type 3 poll.

PHR3	LDA	#0
	TAY
	JSR	PHP
	BPL	PHR5		;if poll answered

;	Exit.

PHR4	RTS			;return

;	Process answered poll.

PHR5	CLC
	LDA	MEMLO
	ADC	DVSTAT
	STA	TEMP1
	LDA	MEMLO+1
	ADC	DVSTAT+1
	STA	TEMP1+1		;(TEMP2 := MEMLO + handler :
	SEC
	LDA	MEMTOP
	SBC	TEMP1
	LDA	MEMTOP+1
	SBC	TEMP1+1		;(subtract MEMTOP)
	BCS	PHR8		;if room to load

;	Prepare for another poll.

PHR6	LDA	#$4E		;following any load or init:
				;prepare for another Type 3:
				;sending a "special" load c:
				;serial port.

;	Poll.

PHR7	TAY			;Send either "special" load:
	JSR	PHP
	JMP	PHR3		;go poll again

;	Load peripheral handler.

PHR8	LDA	DVSTAT+2	;call the loader
	LDX	MEMLO
	STX	DVSTAT+2	;(Parameter = load address)
	LDX	MEMLO+1
	STX	DVSTAT+3
	JSR	LPH		;load peripheral handler
	BMI	PHR6		;if load error, poll again

	SEC			;Call for initialize new ha:
	JSR	PHC		;(Parameter = add size to M:
	BCS	PHR6		;if init error, poll again

	BCC	PHR3		;poll again normally
	SPACE	4,10
**	PHP - Perform Poll
*
*	Polling subroutine calls SIO for Type 3 or 4 Poll.
*
*	Input Parameters:
*	A	Value for AUX1
*	Y	Value for AUX2
*
*	Output Parameters:
*	Y	SIO status from poll
*	DVSTAT: Device minimum size (low), if poll answered
*	DVSTAT+1: Device minimum size (high), if poll answe:
*	DVSTAT+2: Device address for loading, if poll answe:
*	DVSTAT+3: Device version number, if poll answered
*
*	Modified:
*	The registers are not saved;
*
*	Subroutines called:
*	SIO (performs poll and returns to PHP's caller).
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PHP
*
*	MODS
*		R. S. Scheiman	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PHP	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	PHA			;save parameter

;	Set up DCB.

	LDX	#PHPAL-1	;offset to last byte of DCB:
PHP1	LDA	PHPA,X		;byte of DCB data
	STA	DCB,X		;byte of DCB
	DEX
	BPL	PHP1		;if not done

;	Set parameters in DBC auxiliary bytes.

	STY	DAUX2
	PLA
	STA	DAUX1

;	Perform SIO.

	JMP	SIOV		;vector to SIO, return


;	DCB Poll Request Data

PHPA	DB	$4F	;device bus ID
	DB	1	;unit number
	DB	'@'	;type 3 or 4 poll command
	DB	$40	;I/O direction
	DW	DVSTAT	;buffer
	DB	30	;timeout
	DB	0
	DW	4	;buffer length

PHPAL	=	*-PHPA	;length
	SPACE	4,10
**	LPH - Load Peripheral Handler
*
*	This subroutine calls the relocating loader to load
*	a handler from a peripheral.
*
*	Input Parameters:
*	A	Peripheral serial address for load;
*	DVSTAT+2: Load address (low)
*	DVSTAT+3: Load address (high)
*
*	Output Parameters:
*	From the relocating loader.
*
*	Modified:
*	TEMP1, TEMP2, TEMP3,
*	DVSTAT+3, DVSTAT+3 (forced even),
*	Relocating loader variables and parameters,
*	Registers not saved;
*
*	Subroutines called:
*	RLR (relocating loader).
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	LPH
*
*	MODS
*		R. S. Scheiman	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


LPH	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	STA	TEMP2	;save peripheral address
	LDX	#0
	STX	TEMP1	;set starting block number
	DEX
	STX	TEMP3	;set starting byte number

; Ensure load address even.

	LDA	DVSTAT+2	;low load address
	ROR	A
	BCC	LPH1		;if even

	INC	DVSTAT+2	;increment low load address
	BNE	LPH1		;if no carry

	INC	DVSTAT+3	;increment high load address

;	Set up relocating loader parameters.

LPH1	LDA	DVSTAT+2	;load address
	STA	LOADAD
	LDA	DVSTAT+3
	STA	LOADAD+1
	LDA	#low PHG	;get-byte routine address
	STA	GBYTEA
	LDA	#high PHG
	STA	GBYTEA+1
	LDA	#$80		;loader page zero load addr:
	STA	ZLOADA

;	Relocate routine.

	JMP	RLR		;relocate routine, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PHG - Perform Peripheral Handler GET-BYTE
*
*	Get a byte subroutine for relocating loader passes
*	bytes from peripheral to relocating loader via
*	cassette buffer. Calls GNL each time new
*	buffer is needed.
*
*	Input Parameters:
*	TEMP1: Next block number;
*	TEMP2: Peripheral address (for GNL);
*	TEMP3: Next byte number (index to CASBUF).
*
*	Output Parameters (for relocating loader):
*	Carry bit indicates error;
*	A	Next byte, if no error.
*
*	Modified:
*	Cassette buffer CASBUF;
*	TEMP3;
*	X, Y not saved.
*
*	Subroutines called:
*	GNL, which calls SIO to get load records.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PHG
*
*	MODS
*		R. S. Scheiman	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83

PHG	=	*		;entry

;	Check for another byte in buffer.

	LDX	TEMP3
	INX
	STX	TEMP3
	BEQ	PHG2		;if empty, load next block

;	Retrieve next byte.

PHG1	LDX	TEMP3
	LDA	CASBUF-$80,X	;byte
	CLC			;indicate no error
	RTS			;return

;	Load next block and retrieve next byte.

PHG2	LDA	#-128	;offset to first byte
	STA	TEMP3
	JSR	GNL	;get next load block
	BPL	PHG1	;if no error, retrieve next byte

;	Process error.

	SEC		;indicate error
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	GNL - Get Next Load Block
*
*	Subroutine to get a load block from the peripheral.
*
*	Input Parameters:
*	TEMP1: Block number.
*
*	Output Parameters (for relocating loader):
*	Negative bit is set by SIO if I/O error occurs.
*
*	Modified:
*	TEMP1;
*	the DCB (SIO);
*	Registers not saved.
*
*	Subroutines called:
*	SIO.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	GNL
*
*	MODS
*		R. S. Scheiman	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83

GNL	=	*		;entry

;	Set up DCB.
	LDX	#GNLAL-1	;offset to last DCB data by:

GNL1	LDA	GNLA,X		;byte of DCB data
	STA	DCB,X		;byte of DCB
	DEX
	BPL	GNL1		;if not done

;	Set DCB parameters

	LDX	TEMP1		;block number
	STX	DAUX1		;auxiliary 1
	INX
	STX	TEMP1		;next block number
	LDA	TEMP2		;device address
	STA	DDEVIC		;device bus ID

;	Perform SIO.

	JMP	SIOV		;vector to SIO, return.


;	DCB Data

GNLA	DB	$00	;dummy device bus ID
	DB	1	;dummy unit number
	DB	'&'	;load command
	DB	$40	;I/O direction
	DW	CASBUF	;buffer
	DB	30	;timeout
	DB	0
	DW	128	;buffer length
	DB	0	;auxiliary 1
	DB	0	;auxiliary 2

GNLAL	=	*-GNLA	;length
	SPACE	4,10
**	SHC - Search Handler Chain
*
*	Forward chain search searches for pointer to handle:
*	table whose address matches caller's parameter. If :
*	parameter is zero, this routine looks for the point:
*	the final linkage table since this table's forward :
*	is zero (null.
*
*	Input Parameters:
*	A	Linkage table address to match (High)
*	Y	Linkage table address to match (Low)
*
*	Output Parameters:
*	ZCHAIN points to linkage whose forward pointe:
*		contains the match (if match is found);
*		if the match is found just following the li:
*		chain base CHLINK, then ZCHAIN points to CH:
*		minus 18;
*	If match successful, A (High) and X (Low) contain
*		matched address (equiv. to A and Y parms.);
*	Carry bit is set to indicate no match or checksum v:
*		along the chain. [Note: the linkage table p:
*		to by ZCHAIN upon return is not checksum ch:
*
*	Modified:
*	TEMP1, TEMP2, ZCHAIN;
*	The registers are not saved.
*
*	Subroutines called:
*	CLT.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SHC
*
*	MODS
*		R. S. Scheiman	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SHC	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	STY	TEMP1
	STA	TEMP1+1
	LDA	#low [CHLINK-18]
	STA	ZCHAIN		;start ZCHAIN at proper off:
	LDA	#high [CHLINK-18]
	STA	ZCHAIN+1

;	Check for match.

SHC1	LDY	#18
	LDA	(ZCHAIN),Y
	TAX			;low chain pointer
	INY
	LDA	(ZCHAIN),Y	;high chain pointer
	CMP	TEMP2		;check for match with param:
	BNE	SHC2		;if no match

	CPX	TEMP1
	BNE	SHC2		;if no match

;	Exit.

	CLC		;indicate match
	RTS		;return

;	Check for end of chain.

SHC2	CMP	#0	;end of chain indicator
	BNE	SHC4	;if not end of chain

	CPX	#0
	BNE	SHC4	;if not end of chain

;	Process end of chain or checksum error.

SHC3	SEC		;return error (checksum or end)
	RTS		;return

;	Set link to new linkage table.

SHC4	STX	ZCHAIN	;link to new linkage table
	STA	ZCHAIN+1

	JSR	CLT	;checksum linkage table
	BNE	SHC3	;if error

;	Continue searching chain.

	BEQ	SHC1	;continue searching chain
	SPACE	4,10
**	PHW - Perform Peripheral Handler Warmstart Initiali:
*
*	PHC is the main entry. This performs full initializ:
*		including adding the new linkage table into:
*		table chain;
*	PHW does all initialization except adding to the li:
*		table chain (intended for warm start reinit:
*	PHI is the full initialization entry for calling
*		init from outside the OS.
*
*	The code does the following:
*	1)	Links new handler to end of chain;
*	2)	Calls handler init subroutine in handler;
*	3)	If 2 failed, unlinks handler from chain,
*		and returns with carry;
*	4)	Else, conditionally zeroes handler size ent:
*		handler linkage table (per parameter);
*	5)	Adds handler size entry (possibly zeroed) t:
*	6)	If handler size entry is nonzero, MEMLO is :
*		forced even;
*	7)	Calculates and enters linkage table checksu:
*	8)	Returns with carry clear.
*
*	PHC is called by PHR when loading handlers at cold
*		initialization;and by PHL when loading a ha:
*		application request under CIO;
*	PHW is called by PHR to reinitialize a handler duri:
*		warm-start;
*	PHI is vectored by OS vector at $E49E and is intend:
*		for use by system-level applications which :
*		handlers (ie., AUTORUN.SYS handler loader, :
*
*	Input Parameters:
*	PHC:
*		DVSTAT, DVSTAT+1 contain handler size (for
*		handler init, not used by this routine);
*		DVSTAT+2, DVSTAT+3 contain handler linkage :
*		address.
*	PHW:
*		DVSTAT+2, DVSTAT+3 same;
*		DVSTAT, DVSTAT+1 undefined.
*	PHI:
*		A and Y contain handler linkage table addre:
*		they are copied into DVSTAT+3 and DVSTAT+2;
*		DVSTAT, DVSTAT+1 may or may not be signific:
*		any concern about these are up to the progr:
*		of the peripheral handler init routine and :
*		is making use of the non-OS-caller entry PH:
*
*	For PHI and PHC, the Carry bit specifies whether
*		the handler size entry of the linkage table:
*		be zeroed prior to adding to MEMLO: Carry s:
*		do NOT zero this entry.
*
*	Output Parameters:
*	Carry indicates error (initialization failed);
*	The registers are not saved.
*
*	Modified:
*	DVSTAT+2, DVSTAT+3 are modified by PHI;
*	ZCHAIN, TEMP1, TEMP2;
*	MEMLO, MEMLO+1 conditionally incremented by handler:
*
*	Subroutines called:
*	SHC (to find end of linkage table chain);
*	PHU (to unlink handler if init. error);
*	CLT (to insert linkage table checksum);
*	loaded handler's INIT entry.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PHW
*
*	MODS
*		R. S. Scheiman	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PHW	=	*	;entry
	SEC		;indicate not zeroing handler size
	PHP
	BCS	PHQ	;initialize handler and update MEML:
	SPACE	4,10
**	PHI - Perform Peripheral Handler Initialization wit:
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PHI
*
*	MODS
*		R. S. Scheiman	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PHI	=	*		;entry
	STA	DVSTAT+3
	STY	DVSTAT+2
;	JMP	PHC		;perform coldstart initiali:
	SPACE	4,10
**	PHC - Perform Peripheral Handler Coldstart Initiali:
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PHC
*
*	MODS
*		R. S. Scheiman	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83

PHC	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	PHP

;	Search for end of chain.

	LDA	#0	;indicate searching for end of chai:
	TAY
	JSR	SHC	;search handler chain
	BCS	PHQ1	;if error, exit

;	Enter at end of chain.

	LDY	#18		;offset
	LDA	DVSTAT+2
	STA	(ZCHAIN),Y	;low link
	TAX
	INY
	LDA	DVSTAT+3
	STA	(ZCHAIN),Y	;high link
	STX	ZCHAIN		;link to new table
	STA	ZCHAIN+1
	LDA	#0		;indicate end of chain
	STA	(ZCHAIN),Y	;low link
	DEY
	STA	(ZCHAIN),Y	;high link

;	Initialize handler.

;	JMP	PHQ		;initialize handler, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PHQ - Initialize Handler and Update MEMLO
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PHQ
*
*	MODS
*		R. S. Scheiman	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PHQ	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize handler.

	JSR	PHX		;initialize handler
	BCC	PHQ2		;if no error

;	Process error.

	LDA	DVSTAT+3
	LDY	DVSTAT+2
	JSR	PHU		;unlink handler

;	Exit, indicating error.

PHQ1	PLP			;fix stack
	SEC			;indicate error
	RTS			;return

;	Check for zeroing handler size.

PHQ2	PLP
	BCS	PHQ3		;if not zero

;	Zero handler size.

	LDA	#0
	LDY	#16		;offset
	STA	(ZCHAIN),Y	;zero size
	INY
	STA	(ZCHAIN),Y

; Increase MEMLO by size.

PHQ3	CLC
	LDY	#16		;offset to size
	LDA	MEMLO
	ADC	(ZCHAIN),Y	;add low size
	STA	MEMLO		;new low MEMLO
	INY
	LDA	MEMLO+1
	ADC	(ZCHAIN),Y	;add high size
	STA	MEMLO+1		;new high MEMLO

;	Pu checksum in linkage table.

	LDY	#15		;offset to checksum
	LDA	#0
	STA	(ZCHAIN),Y	;clear checksum
	JSR	CLT		;checksum linkage table
	LDY	#15		;offset to checksum
	STA	(ZCHAIN),Y	;checksum

;	Exit.

	CLC			;indicate success
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PHX - Initialize Handler
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PHX
*
*	MODS
*		R. S. Scheiman	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PHX	=	*		;entry
	CLC
	LDA	ZCHAIN
	ADC	#12
	STA	TEMP1		;low handler initialization:
	LDA	ZCHAIN+1
	ADC	#0
	STA	TEMP1+1		;high handler initializatio:
	JMP	(TEMP1)		;initialize handler, return
	SUBTTL	'$E912 Patch'
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	$E912
	SPACE	4,10
**	E912 - $E912 Patch
*
*	For compatibilty with OS Revision B, set VBLANK parameters.


	JMP	SVP	;set VBLANK parameters, return
	SUBTTL	'Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 4'
	SPACE	4,10
**	PHU - Perform Peripheral Handler Unlinking
*
*	Handler entry unlinking routine. This routine is ca:
*	by the OS handler initialization to unlink a handle:
*	initialization fails, or by the handler itself if i:
*	the handler unload feature.     This routine is ent:
*	OS vector at $E49B.
*
*	Input Parameters:
*	A	Address of linkage table to unlink (High);
*	Y	Address of linkage table to unlink (Low).
*	COLDST: Tested to see if PHU is called during cold :
*		if so, chain entry is unlinked even if at M:
*
*	Output Parameters:
*	Carry is set to indicate error;in this case,
*		no unlinking has occurred.
*
*	Modified:
*	TEMP1, TEMP2;
*	ZCHAIN,ZCHAIN+1;
*	The forward chain pointer in the precedessor of the:
*	table being removed is modified to point to the suc:
*	of the removed table if the removal is successful--
*	this forward chain pointer may be CHLINK, CHLINK+1.
*
*	The registers are not saved.
*
*	Subroutines called:
*	SHC, CLT.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PHU
*
*	MODS
*		R. S. Scheiman	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PHU	=	*		;entry

;	Search handler chain.

	JSR	SHC		;search handler chain
	BCS	PHU3		;if error

;	Perform unlinking.

	TAY			;(save return parameter)
	LDA	ZCHAIN		;save ZCHAIN (points to pre:
	PHA
	LDA	ZCHAIN+1
	PHA
	STX	ZCHAIN		;make ZCHAIN point to linka:
	STY	ZCHAIN+1	;to be removed
	LDA	COLDST		;coldstart flag
	BNE	PHU1		;if coldstart, unconditional:

	LDY	#16		;check if loaded at MEMLO..:
	CLC			;by checking if size is non:
	LDA	(ZCHAIN),Y
	INY
	ADC	(ZCHAIN),Y
	BNE	PHU2		;if handler size non-zero

	JSR	CLT		;checksum linkage table
	BNE	PHU2		;if checksum nonzero, bad c:

PHU1	LDY	#18		;take link from table being:
	LDA	(ZCHAIN),Y
	TAX
	INY
	LDA	(ZCHAIN),Y
	TAY
	PLA		;Make ZCHAIN point to the predecess:
	STA	ZCHAIN+1
	PLA
	STA	ZCHAIN
	TYA		;And put forward link from table be:
	LDY	#19	;removed into its predecessors link:
	STA	(ZCHAIN),Y
	DEY
	TXA
	STA	(ZCHAIN),Y
	CLC		;indicate success
	RTS		;return

;	Clean stack and process error.

PHU2	PLA		;Error return--restore stack
	PLA

;	Process error.

PHU3	SEC		;indicate error
	RTS		;return
	SUBTTL	'$E959 Patch'
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	$E959
	SPACE	4,10
**	E959 - $E959 Patch
*
*	For compatibilty with OS Revision B, perform PIO.


	JMP	PIO	;perform PIO, return
	SUBTTL	'Serial Input/Output'
	SPACE	4,10
**	ISIO - Initialize SIO
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ISIO
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ISIO	=	*	;entry

	LDA	#MOTRST
	STA	PACTL	;turn off motor

	LDA	#NCOMHI
	STA	PBCTL	;raise NOT COMMAND line

	LDA	#$03	;POKEY out of initialize mode
	STA	SSKCTL	;SKCTL shadow
	STA	SOUNDR	;select noisy I/O
	STA	SKCTL

	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SIO - Serial Input/Output
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SIO
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SIO	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	TSX
	STX	STACKP	;save stack pointer
	LDA	#1	;critical section indicator
	STA	CRITIC	;indicate critical section

;	Check device ID.

	LDA	DDEVIC	;device ID
	CMP	#CASET
	BNE	SIO1	;if not cassette

;	Process cassette.

	JMP	PCI	;process cassette I/O, return

;	Process intelligent device.

SIO1	LDA	#0
	STA	CASFLG	;indicate not cassette

	LDA	#DRETRI
	STA	DRETRY	;set device retry count

SIO2	LDA	#CRETRI
	STA	CRETRY	;set command frame retry count

;	Send command frame.

SIO3	LDA	#low B19200
	STA	AUDF3		;set baud rate to 19200
	LDA	#high B19200
	STA	AUDF4

;	Set up command buffer.

	CLC
	LDA	DDEVIC		;device ID
	ADC	DUNIT		;add unit number
	ADC	#$FF		;subtract 1
	STA	CDEVIC		;device bus ID
	LDA	DCOMND		;command
	STA	CCOMND
	LDA	DAUX1		;auxiliary information 1
	STA	CAUX1
	LDA	DAUX2		;auxiliary information 2
	STA	CAUX2

;	Set buffer pointer to command frame buffer.

	CLC
	LDA	#low CDEVIC	;low buffer address
	STA	BUFRLO		;low buffer address
	ADC	#4
	STA	BFENLO		;low buffer end address
	LDA	#high CDEVIC	;high buffer address
	STA	BUFRHI		;high buffer address
	STA	BFENHI		;high buffer end address

;	Send command frame to device.

	LDA	#NCOMLO
	STA	PBCTL		;lower NOT COMMAND line
	JSR	SID		;send command frame
	LDA	ERRFLG		;error flag
	BNE	SIO4		;if error received

	TYA			;status
	BNE	SIO5		;if ACK received

;	Process NAK or timeout.

SIO4	DEC	CRETRY	;decrement command frame retry count
	BPL	SIO3	;if retries not exhausted

;	Process command frame retries exhausted.

	JMP	SIO10	;process error

;	Process ACK.

SIO5	LDA	DSTATS
	BPL	SIO6	;if no data to send

;	Send data frame to device.

	LDA	#CRETRI
	STA	CRETRY	;set command frame retry count
	JSR	SBP	;set buffer pointers
	JSR	SID	;send data frame
	BEQ	SIO10	;if error

;	Wait for complete.

SIO6	JSR	GTO	;set device timeout
	LDA	#0
	STA	ERRFLG	;clear error flag
	JSR	STW	;set timer and wait
	BEQ	SIO8	;if timeout

;	Process no timeout.

	BIT	DSTATS
	BVS	SIO7	;if more data follows

	LDA	ERRFLG	;error flag
	BNE	SIO10	;if error

;	Process no error.

	BEQ	CSO	;complete SIO operation

;	Receive data frame from device.

SIO7	JSR	SBP	;set buffer pointers
	JSR	REC	;receive

;	Check error flag.

SIO8	LDA	ERRFLG	;error flag
	BEQ	SIO9	;if no error preceded data

;	Process error.

	LDA	TSTAT	;temporary status
	STA	STATUS	;status

;	Check status.

SIO9	LDA	STATUS	;status
	CMP	#SUCCES
	BEQ	CSO	;if successful, complete operation, return

;	Process error.

SIO10	DEC	DRETRY	;decrement device retry count
	BMI	CSO	;if retries exhausted, complete, return

;	Retry.

	JMP	SIO2	;retry
	SPACE	4,10
**	CSO - Complete SIO Operation
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CSO
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CSO	=	*	;entry
	JSR	DSR	;disable SEND and RECEIVE
	LDA	#0	;not critical section indicator
	STA	CRITIC	;critical section flag
	LDY	STATUS	;status
	STY	DSTATS	;status
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	WCA - Wait for Completion or ACK
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	WCA
*
*	EXIT
*		Y = 0, if failure
*		  = $FF, if success
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: WCA does not handle NAK correctly;:
*		just before WCA3 should be removed.
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


WCA	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDA	#0
	STA	ERRFLG		;clear error flag

;	Set buffer pointer.

	CLC
	LDA	#low TEMP	;low temporary address
	STA	BUFRLO		;low buffer address
	ADC	#1
	STA	BFENLO		;low buffer end address
	LDA	#high TEMP	;high temporary address
	STA	BUFRHI		;high buffer address
	STA	BFENHI		;high buffer end address
	LDA	#$FF
	STA	NOCKSM		;indicate no checksum follows
	JSR	REC		;receive
	LDY	#$FF		;assume success
	LDA	STATUS		;status
	CMP	#SUCCES
	BNE	WCA2		;if failure

	LDA	TEMP		;byte received
	CMP	#ACK
	BEQ	WCA4		;if ACK, exit

	CMP	#COMPLT
	BEQ	WCA4		;if complete, exit

	CMP	#ERROR
	BNE	WCA1		;if device did not send back

;	Process unrecognized response.

	LDA	#DERROR
	STA	STATUS		;indicate device error
	BNE	WCA2		;check for timeout

;	Process nothing sent back.

WCA1	LDA	#DNACK
	STA	STATUS		;indicate NAK

;	Check for timeout.

WCA2	LDA	STATUS		;status
	CMP	#TIMOUT
	BEQ	WCA3		;if timeout

;	Process other error.

	LDA	#$FF		;error indicator
	STA	ERRFLG		;indicate error
	BNE	WCA4		;exit

;	Indicate failure.

WCA3	LDY	#0		;failure indicator

;	Exit.

WCA4	LDA	STATUS		;status
	STA	TSTAT		;temporary status
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SEN - Send
*
*	SEN sends a buffer over the serial bus.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SEN
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: an interrupt may occur before CHKS:
*		initialized, causing an incorrect checksum :
*		STA CHKSUM should precede STA SEROUT.
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SEN	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDA	#SUCCES		;assume success
	STA	STATUS		;status
	JSR	ESS		;enable SIO SEND
	LDY	#0
	STY	CHKSUM		;clear checksum
	STY	CHKSNT		;clear checksum sent flag
	STY	XMTDON		;clear transmit-frame done flag

;	Initiate TRANSMIT.

	LDA	(BUFRLO),Y	;first byte from buffer
	STA	SEROUT		;serial output register
	STA	CHKSUM		;checksum

;	Check BREAK key.

SEN1	LDA	BRKKEY
	BNE	SEN2		;if BREAK key not pressed

;	Process BREAK key.

	JMP	PBK		;process BREAK key, return

;	Process BREAK key not pressed.

SEN2	LDA	XMTDON		;transmit-frame done flag
	BEQ	SEN1		;if transmit-frame not done

;	Exit.

	JSR	DSR		;disable SEND and RECEIVE
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	ORIR - Process Serial Output Ready IRQ
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	ORIR
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits via RTI
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ORIR	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	TYA
	PHA		;save Y
	INC	BUFRLO	;increment low buffer pointer
	BNE	ORI1	;if low buffer pointer non-zero

	INC	BUFRHI	;increment high buffer pointer

;	Check end of buffer.

ORI1	LDA	BUFRLO	;buffer address
	CMP	BFENLO	;buffer end address
	LDA	BUFRHI
	SBC	BFENHI
	BCC	ORI4	;if not past end of buffer

;	Process end of buffer.

	LDA	CHKSNT	;checksum sent flag
	BNE	ORI2	;if checksum already sent

;	Send checksum.

	LDA	CHKSUM	;checksum
	STA	SEROUT	;serial output register
	LDA	#$FF
	STA	CHKSNT	;indicate checksum sent
	BNE	ORI3

;	Enable TRANSMIT done interrupt.

ORI2	LDA	POKMSK
	ORA	#$08
	STA	POKMSK
	STA	IRQEN

;	Exit.

ORI3	PLA
	TAY		;restore Y
	PLA		;restore A
	RTI		;return

;	Transmit next byte from buffer.

ORI4	LDY	#0
	LDA	(BUFRLO),Y	;byte from buffer
	STA	SEROUT		;serial output register
	CLC
	ADC	CHKSUM		;add byte to checksum
	ADC	#0
	STA	CHKSUM		;update checksum
	JMP	ORI3		;exit
	SPACE	4,10
**	OCIR - Process Serial Output Complete IRQ
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	OCIR
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits via RTI
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


OCIR	=	*	;entry

;	Check checksum sent.

	LDA	CHKSNT	;checksum sent flag
	BEQ	OCI1	;if checksum not yet sent

;	Process checksum sent.

	STA	XMTDON	;indicate transmit-frame done

;	Disable TRANSMIT done interrupt.

	LDA	POKMSK
	AND	#$F7
	STA	POKMSK
	STA	IRQEN

;	Exit.

OCI1	PLA		;restore A
	RTI		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	REC - Receive
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	REC
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


REC	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDA	#0
	LDY	CASFLG
	BNE	REC1	;if cassette

	STA	CHKSUM	;initialize checksum

REC1	STA	BUFRFL	;clear buffer full flag
	STA	RECVDN	;clear receive-frame done flag
	LDA	#SUCCES	;assume success
	STA	STATUS	;status
	JSR	ESR	;enable SIO RECEIVE
	LDA	#NCOMHI
	STA	PBCTL

;	Check BREAK key.

REC2	LDA	BRKKEY
	BNE	REC3	;if BREAK key not pressed

;	Process BREAK key.

	JMP	PBK	;process BREAK key, return

;	Process BREAK key not pressed.

REC3	LDA	TIMFLG	;timeout flag
	BEQ	ITO	;if timeout, indicate timeout

;	Process no timeout.

	LDA	RECVDN	;receive-frame done flag
	BEQ	REC2	;if receive-frame done, continue

;	Exit.

	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	ITO - Indicate Timeout
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ITO
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ITO	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#TIMOUT	;timeout indicator
	STA	STATUS	;indicate timeout
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	IRIR - Process Serial Input Ready IRQ
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	IRIR
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits via RTI
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


IRIR	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	TYA
	PHA		;save Y
	LDA	SKSTAT
	STA	SKRES	;reset status register

;	Check for frame error.

	BMI	IRI1	;if no frame error

;	Process frame error.

	LDY	#FRMERR	;frame error
	STY	STATUS	;indicate frame error

;	Check for overrun error.

IRI1	AND	#$20
	BNE	IRI2	;if no overrun error

;	Process overrun error.

	LDY	#OVRRUN	;overrun error
	STY	STATUS	;indicate overrun error

;	Check for buffer full.

IRI2	LDA	BUFRFL
	BEQ	IRI5	;if buffer not yet full

;	Process buffer full.

	LDA	SERIN	;checksum from device
	CMP	CHKSUM	;computed checksum
	BEQ	IRI3	;if checksums match

;	Process checksum error.

	LDY	#CHKERR	;checksum error
	STY	STATUS	;indicate checksum error

;	Indicate receive-frame done.

IRI3	LDA	#$FF	;receive-frame done indicator
	STA	RECVDN	;indicate receive-frame done

;	Exit.

IRI4	PLA
	TAY		;restore Y
	PLA		;restore A
	RTI		;return

;	Process buffer not full.

IRI5	LDA	SERIN		;serial input register
	LDY	#0
	STA	(BUFRLO),Y	;byte of buffer
	CLC
	ADC	CHKSUM		;add byte to checksum
	ADC	#0
	STA	CHKSUM		;update checksum
	INC	BUFRLO		;increment low buffer pointer
	BNE	IRI6		;if low buffer pointer non-zero

	INC	BUFRHI		;increment high buffer pointer

;	Check end of buffer.

IRI6	LDA	BUFRLO		;buffer address
	CMP	BFENLO		;buffer end address
	LDA	BUFRHI
	SBC	BFENHI
	BCC	IRI4		;if not past end of buffer

;	Process end of buffer.

	LDA	NOCKSM		;no checksum follows flag
	BEQ	IRI7		;if checksum will follow

;	Process no checksum will follow.

	LDA	#0
	STA	NOCKSM		;clear no checksum follows flag
	BEQ	IRI3		;indicate receive-frame done

;	Process checksum will follow.

IRI7	LDA	#$FF
	STA	BUFRFL		;indicate buffer full
	BNE	IRI4		;exit
	SPACE	4,10
**	SBP - Set Buffer Pointers
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SBP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SBP	=	*	;entry
	CLC
	LDA	DBUFLO
	STA	BUFRLO	;low buffer address
	ADC	DBYTLO
	STA	BFENLO	;low buffer end address
	LDA	DBUFHI
	STA	BUFRHI	;high buffer address
	ADC	DBYTHI
	STA	BFENHI	;high buffer end address
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PCI - Process Cassette I/O
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PCI
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PCI	=	*	;entry

;	Check command type.

	LDA	DSTATS		;command type
	BPL	PCI3		;if READ

;	Write a record.

	LDA	#low B00600
	STA	AUDF3		;set 600 baud
	LDA	#high B00600
	STA	AUDF4
	JSR	ESS		;enable SIO SEND
	LDX	PALNTS		;PAL/NTSC offset
	LDY	WSIRGX,X	;low short WRITE IRG time
	LDA	DAUX2		;IRG type
	BMI	PCI1		;if short IRG is desired

	LDY	WIRGLX,X	;low long WRITE IRG time

PCI1	LDX	#WIRGHI		;high IRG time
	JSR	SSV		;set SIO VBLANK parameters
	LDA	#MOTRGO
	STA	PACTL		;turn on motor

PCI2	LDA	TIMFLG		;timeout flag
	BNE	PCI2		;if no timeout

	JSR	SBP		;set buffer pointers
	JSR	SEN		;send
	JMP	PCI6		;exit

;	Read a record.

PCI3	LDA	#$FF		;cassette I/O indicator
	STA	CASFLG		;cassette I/O flag

	LDX	PALNTS		;PAL/NTSC offset
	LDY	RSIRGX,X	;low short READ IRG time
	LDA	DAUX2		;IRG type
	BMI	PCI4		;if short IRG desired

	LDY	RIRGLX,X	;low long READ IRG time

PCI4	LDX	#RIRGHI		;high READ IRG time
	JSR	SSV		;set SIO VBLANK parameters
	LDA	#MOTRGO
	STA	PACTL		;turn on motor

PCI5	LDA	TIMFLG		;timeout flag
	BNE	PCI5		;if no timeout

	JSR	SBP		;set buffer pointers
	JSR	GTO		;get device timeout
	JSR	SSV		;set SIO VBLANK parameters
	JSR	SBR		;set initial baud rate
	JSR	REC		;receive

;	Exit.

PCI6	LDA	DAUX2		;IRG type
	BMI	PCI7		;if doing short IRG

	LDA	#MOTRST
	STA	PACTL		;turn off motor

PCI7	JMP	CSO		;complete SIO operation, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PTE - Process Timer Expiration
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PTE
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PTE	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#0	;timeout indicator
	STA	TIMFLG	;timeout flag
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	ESS - Enable SIO SEND
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ESS
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ESS	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDA	#$07	;mask off previous serail bus control bits
	AND	SSKCTL
	ORA	#$20	;set SEND mode

;	Check device type.

	LDY	DDEVIC
	CPY	#CASET
	BNE	ESS1	;if not cassette

;	Process cassette.

	ORA	#$08	;set FSK output
	LDY	#LOTONE	;set FSK tone frequencies
	STY	AUDF2
	LDY	#HITONE
	STY	AUDF1

;	Set serial bus control.

ESS1	STA	SSKCTL	;SKCTL shadow
	STA	SKCTL
	LDA	#$C7	;mask off previous serial bus interrupt bits
	AND	POKMSK	;and with POKEY IRQ enable
	ORA	#$10	;enable output data needed interrupt
	JMP	SSR	;set for SEND, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	ESR - Enable SIO RECEIVE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ESR
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ESR	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#$07	;mask off previous serial bus control bits
	AND	SSKCTL
	ORA	#$10	;set receive mode asynchronous
	STA	SSKCTL	;SKCTL shadow
	STA	SKCTL
	STA	SKRES
	LDA	#$C7	;mask off previous serial bus interrupt bits
	AND	POKMSK	;and with POKEY IRQ enable
	ORA	#$20	;enable RECEIVE interrupt
;	JMP	SSR	;set for RECEIVE, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SSR - Set for SEND or RECEIVE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SSR
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SSR	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	STA	POKMSK	;update POKEY IRQ enable
	STA	IRQEN	;IRQ enable
	LDA	#$28	;clock ch. 3 with 1.79 MHz, ch. 4 with ch. 3
	STA	AUDCTL	;set audio control

;	Set voice controls.

	LDX	#6	;offset to last voice control
	LDA	#$A8	;pure tone, half volume
	LDY	SOUNDR	;noisy I/O flag
	BNE	SSR1	;if noisy I/O desired

	LDA	#$A0	;pure tone, no volume

SSR1	STA	AUDC1,X	;set tone and volume
	DEX
	DEX
	BPL	SSR1	;if not done

;	Turn off certain voices.

	LDA	#$A0	;pure tone, no volume
	STA	AUDC3	;turn off sound on voice 3
	LDY	DDEVIC	;device bus ID
	CPY	#CASET	;cassette device ID
	BEQ	SSR2	;if cassette device

	STA	AUDC1	;turn off sound on voice 1
	STA	AUDC2	;turn off sound on voice 2

SSR2	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	DSR - Disable SEND and RECEIVE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DSR
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: NOP may not be necessary.
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DSR	=	*	;entry

;	Disable serial bus interrupts.

	NOP
	LDA	#$C7	;mask to clear serial bus interrupts
	AND	POKMSK	;and with POKEY IRQ enable
	STA	POKMSK	;update POKEY IRQ enable
	STA	IRQEN	;IRQ enable

;	Turn off audio volume.

	LDX	#6	;offset to last voice control
	LDA	#$00	;no volume

DSR1	STA	AUDC1,X	;turn off voice
	DEX
	DEX
	BPL	DSR1	;if not done

	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	GTO - Get Device Timeout
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	GTO
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


GTO	=	*	;entry
	LDA	DTIMLO	;device timeout
	ROR	A
	ROR	A
	TAY		;rotated timeout
	AND	#$3F	;lower 6 bits
	TAX		;high timeout
	TYA		;rotated timeout
	ROR	A
	AND	#$C0	;upper 2 bits
	TAY		;low timeout
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	TSIH - Table of SIO Interrupt Handlers
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: not used.


TSIH	DW	IRIR	;serial input ready IRQ
	DW	ORIR	;serial output ready IRQ
	DW	OCIR	;serial output complete IRQ
	SPACE	4,10
**	SID - Send to Intelligent Device
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SID
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: bytes wasted by outer delay loop.
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SID	=	*	;entry

;	Delay.

	LDX	#1

SID1	LDY	#255

SID2	DEY
	BNE	SID2		;if inner loop not done

	DEX
	BNE	SID1		;if outer loop not done

;	Send data frame.

	JSR	SEN		;send

;	Set timer and wait.

	LDY	#low CTIM	;frame acknowledge timeout
	LDX	#high CTIM
;	JMP	STW		;set timer and wait, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	STW - Set Timer and Wait
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	STW
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


STW	=	*	;entry
	JSR	SSV	;set SIO VBLANK parameters
	JSR	WCA	;wait for completion or ACK
	TYA		;wait termination status
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CBR - Compute Baud Rate
*
*	CBR computes value for POKEY frequency for the baud rate as
*	measured by an interval of the VCOUNT timer.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CBR
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CBR	=	*		;entry
	STA	TIMER2		;save final timer value
	STY	TIMER2+1
	JSR	AVV		;adjust VCOUNT value
	STA	TIMER2		;save adjusted timer 2 value
	LDA	TIMER1
	JSR	AVV		;adjust VCOUNT value
	STA	TIMER1		;save adjusted timer 1 value
	LDA	TIMER2
	SEC
	SBC	TIMER1
	STA	TEMP1		;save difference
	LDA	TIMER2+1
	SEC
	SBC	TIMER1+1
	TAY			;difference
	LDX	PALNTS
	LDA	#0
	SEC
	SBC	CONS1X,X

CBR1	CLC
	ADC	CONS1X,X	;accumulate product
	DEY
	BPL	CBR1		;if not done

	CLC
	ADC	TEMP1		;add to get total VCOUNT difference
	TAY			;total VCOUNT difference
	LSR	A
	LSR	A
	LSR	A
	ASL	A		;interval divided by 4
	SEC
	SBC	#22		;adjust offset
	TAX			;offset
	TYA			;total VCOUNT difference
	AND	#7		;extract lower 3 bits of interval
	TAY			;lower 3 bits of interval
	LDA	#-11

CBR2	CLC
	ADC	#11		;accumulate interpolation constant
	DEY
	BPL	CBR2		;if done

	LDY	#0		;assume no addition correction
	SEC
	SBC	#7		;adjust interpolation constant
	BPL	CBR3

	DEY			;indicate addition correction

CBR3	CLC
	ADC	TPFV,X		;add constant to table value
	STA	CBAUDL		;low POKEY frequency value
	TYA
	ADC	TPFV+1,X
	STA	CBAUDH		;high POKEY frequency value
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	AVV - Adjust VCOUNT Value
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	AVV
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


AVV	=	*	;entry
	CMP	#$7C
	BMI	AVV1	;if >= $7C

	SEC
	SBC	#$7C
	RTS		;return

AVV1	CLC
	LDX	PALNTS
	ADC	CONS2X,X
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SBR - Set Initial Baud Rate
*
*	INITIAL BAUD RATE MEASUREMENT -- USED TO SET THE
*	BAUD RATE AT THE START OF A RECORD.
*
*	IT IS ASSUMED THAT THE FIRST TWO BYTES OF EVERY
*	RECORD ARE $AA.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SBR
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: bytes wasted by branch around branch (SBR3).
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SBR	=	*		;entry

SBR1	LDA	BRKKEY
	BNE	SBR2		;if BREAK key not pressed

	JMP	PBK		;process BREAK key, return

SBR2	SEI
	LDA	TIMFLG		;timeout flag
	BNE	SBR3		;if no timeout

	BEQ	SBR5		;process timeout

SBR3	LDA	SKSTAT
	AND	#$10		;extract start bit
	BNE	SBR1		;if start bit

	STA	SAVIO		;save serial data in
	LDX	VCOUNT		;vertical line counter
	LDY	RTCLOK+2	;low byte of VBLANK clock
	STX	TIMER1
	STY	TIMER1+1	;save initial timer value
	LDX	#1
	STX	TEMP3		;set mode flag
	LDY	#10		;10 bits

SBR4	LDA	BRKKEY
	BEQ	PBK		;if BREAK key pressed, process, return

	LDA	TIMFLG		;timeout flag
	BNE	SBR6		;if no timeout

SBR5	CLI
	JMP	ITO		;indicate timeout, return

SBR6	LDA	SKSTAT
	AND	#$10		;extract
	CMP	SAVIO		;previous serial data in
	BEQ	SBR4		;if data in not changed

	STA	SAVIO		;save serial data in
	DEY			;decrement bit counter
	BNE	SBR4		;if not done

	DEC	TEMP3		;decrement mode
	BMI	SBR7		;if done with both modes

	LDA	VCOUNT
	LDY	RTCLOK+2
	JSR	CBR		;compute baud rate
	LDY	#9		;9 bits
	BNE	SBR4		;set bit counter

SBR7	LDA	CBAUDL
	STA	AUDF3
	LDA	CBAUDH
	STA	AUDF4		;set POKEY baud rate
	LDA	#0
	STA	SKSTAT
	LDA	SSKCTL
	STA	SKSTAT		;initialize POKEY serial port
	LDA	#$55
	STA	(BUFRLO),Y	;first byte of buffer
	INY
	STA	(BUFRLO),Y	;second byte of buffer
	LDA	#$AA		;checksum
	STA	CHKSUM		;checksum
	CLC
	LDA	BUFRLO
	ADC	#2		;add 2
	STA	BUFRLO		;update low buffer pointer
	LDA	BUFRHI
	ADC	#0
	STA	BUFRHI		;update high buffer pointer
	CLI
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PBK - Process BREAK Key
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PBK
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PBK	=	*	;entry
	JSR	DSR	;disable SEND and RECEIVE
	LDA	#MOTRST
	STA	PACTL	;turn off motor
	LDA	#NCOMHI
	STA	PBCTL	;raise NOT COMMAND line
	LDA	#BRKABT	;BREAK abort error
	STA	STATUS	;status
	LDX	STACKP	;saved stack pointer
	TXS		;restore stack pointer
	DEC	BRKKEY	;indicate BREAK
	CLI
	JMP	CSO	;complete SIO operation, return to caller of SIO
	SPACE	4,10
**	SSV - Set SIO VBLANK Parameters
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SSV
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown	??/??/??
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SSV	=	*		;entry
	LDA	#low PTE	;timer expiration routine address
	STA	CDTMA1
	LDA	#high PTE
	STA	CDTMA1+1
	LDA	#1		;timer 1
	SEI
	JSR	SETVBV		;set VBLANK parameters
	LDA	#1		;no timeout indicator
	STA	TIMFLG		;timeout flag
	CLI
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	TPFV - Table of POKEY Frequency Values
*
*	TPFV translates VCOUNT interval timer measurements to POKEY
*	frequency register values.
*
*	Table entries are AUDF+7.
*
*	Frequency-out is Frequency-in divided by 2*(AUDF+M), where
*	Frequency-in = 1.78979 Mhz and M = 7.
*
*	AUDF+7=(11.365167)*T-out, where T-out is the number of counts
*	(127 used cd soulution???) of VCOUNT for one character
*	time (10 bit times).


;	DW	636	;baud rate 1407, VCOUNT interval 56
;	DW	727	;baud rate 1231, VCOUNT interval 64
;	DW	818	;baud rate 1094, VCOUNT interval 72
;	DW	909	;baud rate 985, VCOUNT interval 80

TPFV	DW	1000	;baud rate 895, VCOUNT interval 88
	DW	1091	;baud rate 820, VCOUNT interval 96
	DW	1182	;baud rate 757, VCOUNT interval 104
	DW	1273	;baud rate 703, VCOUNT interval 112
	DW	1364	;baud rate 656, VCOUNT interval 120
	DW	1455	;baud rate 615, VCOUNT interval 128
	DW	1546	;baud rate 579, VCOUNT interval 136
	DW	1637	;baud rate 547, VCOUNT interval 144
	DW	1728	;baud rate 518, VCOUNT interval 152
	DW	1818	;baud rate 492, VCOUNT interval 160
	DW	1909	;baud rate 469, VCOUNT interval 168
	DW	2000	;baud rate 447, VCOUNT interval 176

;	DW	2091	;baud rate 428, VCOUNT interval 184
;	DW	2182	;baud rate 410, VCOUNT interval 192
;	DW	2273	;baud rate 394, VCOUNT interval 200
;	DW	2364	;baud rate 379, VCOUNT interval 208
;	DW	2455	;baud rate 365, VCOUNT interval 216
;	DW	2546	;baud rate 352, VCOUNT interval 224
;	DW	2637	;baud rate 339, VCOUNT interval 232
;	DW	2728	;baud rate 328, VCOUNT interval 240
;	DW	2819	;baud rate 318, VCOUNT interval 248
	SPACE	4,10
**	NTSC/PAL Constant Tables


WIRGLX	DB	low WIRGLN	;NTSC low long write IRG
	DB	low WIRGLP	;PAL low long write IRG

RIRGLX	DB	low RIRGLN	;NTSC low long read IRG
	DB	low RIRGLP	;PAL low long read IRG

WSIRGX	DB	low WSIRGN	;NTSC low short write IRG
	DB	low WSIRGP	;PAL low short write IRG

RSIRGX	DB	low RSIRGN	;NTSC low short read IRG
	DB	low RSIRGP	;PAL low short read IRG

CONS1X	DB	131		;NTSC
	DB	156		;PAL

CONS2X	DB	7		;NTSC
	DB	32		;PAL
	SUBTTL	'Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler, Part 1'
	SPACE	4,10
**	TSMA - Table of Screen Memory Allocation
*
*	Entry n is the number of $40-byte blocks to allocate for
*	graphics mode n.
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: For readability, this, and other t:
*		this area, could be moved closer to the oth:
*		the Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler (ju:
*		the EF6B patch).


TSMA	DB	24	;0
	DB	16	;1
	DB	10	;2
	DB	10	;3
	DB	16	;4
	DB	28	;5
	DB	52	;6
	DB	100	;7
	DB	196	;8
	DB	196	;9
	DB	196	;10
	DB	196	;11
	DB	28	;12
	DB	16	;13
	DB	100	;14
	DB	196	;15
	SPACE	4,10
**	TDLE - Table of Display List Entry Counts
*
*	Each entry is 2 bytes.


TDLE	DB	23,23	;0
	DB	11,23	;1
	DB	47,47	;2
	DB	95,95	;3
	DB	97,97	;4
	DB	97,97	;5
	DB	23,11	;6
	DB	191,97	;7
	DB	19,19	;8
	DB	9,19	;9
	DB	39,39	;10
	DB	79,79	;11
	DB	65,65	;12
	DB	65,65	;13
	DB	19,9	;14
	DB	159,65	;15
	SPACE	4,10
**	TAGM - Table of ANTIC Graphics Modes
*
*	Entry n is the ANTIC graphics mode corresponding to internal
*	graphics mode n.


TAGM	DB	$02	;internal 0 - 40x2x8 characters
	DB	$06	;internal 1 - 20x5x8 characters
	DB	$07	;internal 2 - 20x5x16 characters
	DB	$08	;internal 3 - 40x4x8 graphics
	DB	$09	;internal 4 - 80x2x4 graphics
	DB	$0A	;internal 5 - 80x4x4 graphics
	DB	$0B	;internal 6 - 160x2x2 graphics
	DB	$0D	;internal 7 - 160x4x2 graphics
	DB	$0F	;internal 8 - 320x2x1 graphics
	DB	$0F	;internal 9 - 320x2x1 GTIA "lum" mode
	DB	$0F	;internal 10 - 320x2x1 GTIA "color/lum" mode
	DB	$0F	;internal 11 - 320x2x1 GTIA "color" mode
	DB	$04	;internal 12 - 40x5x8 characters
	DB	$05	;internal 13 - 40x5x16 characters
	DB	$0C	;internal 14 - 160x2x1 graphics
	DB	$0E	;internal 15 - 160x4x1 graphics
	SPACE	4,10
**	TDLV - Table of Display List Vulnerability
*
*	Entry n is non-zero if the display list for mode n cannot
*	cross a page boundary.


TDLV	DB	0	;0
	DB	0	;1
	DB	0	;2
	DB	0	;3
	DB	0	;4
	DB	0	;5
	DB	0	;6
	DB	1	;7
	DB	1	;8
	DB	1	;9
	DB	1	;10
	DB	1	;11
	DB	0	;12
	DB	0	;13
	DB	1	;14
	DB	1	;15
	SPACE	4,10
**	TLSC - Table of Left Shift Counts
*
*	Entry n is the NUMBER OF LEFT SHIFTS NEEDED TO MULTIPLY
*	COLCRS BY # BYTES/ROW ((ROWCRS*5)/(2**TLSC)) for mode n.


TLSC	DB	3	;0
	DB	2	;1
	DB	2	;2
	DB	1	;3
	DB	1	;4
	DB	2	;5
	DB	2	;6
	DB	3	;7
	DB	3	;8
	DB	3	;9
	DB	3	;10
	DB	3	;11
	DB	3	;12
	DB	3	;13
	DB	2	;14
	DB	3	;15
	SPACE	4,10
**	TMCC - Table of Mode Column Counts
*
*	Entry n is the low column count for mode n.


TMCC	DB	low 40		;0
	DB	low 20		;1
	DB	low 20		;2
	DB	low 40		;3
	DB	low 80		;4
	DB	low 80		;5
	DB	low 160		;6
	DB	low 160		;7
	DB	low 320		;8
	DB	low 80		;9
	DB	low 80		;10
	DB	low 80		;11
	DB	low 40		;12
	DB	low 40		;13
	DB	low 160		;14
	DB	low 160		;15
	SPACE	4,10
**	TMRC - Table of Mode Row Counts
*
*	Entry n is the row count for mode n.


TMRC	DB	24	;0
	DB	24	;1
	DB	12	;2
	DB	24	;3
	DB	48	;4
	DB	48	;5
	DB	96	;6
	DB	96	;7
	DB	192	;8
	DB	192	;9
	DB	192	;10
	DB	192	;11
	DB	24	;12
	DB	12	;13
	DB	192	;14
	DB	192	;15
	SPACE	4,10
**	TRSC - Table of Right Shift Counts
*
*	Entry n is HOW MANY RIGHT SHIFTS FOR HCRSR FOR PARTIAL
*	BYTE MODES for mode n.


TRSC	DB	0	;0
	DB	0	;1
	DB	0	;2
	DB	2	;3
	DB	3	;4
	DB	2	;5
	DB	3	;6
	DB	2	;7
	DB	3	;8
	DB	1	;9
	DB	1	;10
	DB	1	;11
	DB	0	;12
	DB	0	;13
	DB	3	;14
	DB	2	;15
	SPACE	4,10
**	TDSM - Table of Display Masks
*
*	NOTES
*		Includes TBTM - Table of Bit Masks.


TDSM	DB	$FF	;1
	DB	$F0	;2
	DB	$0F	;3
	DB	$C0	;4
	DB	$30	;5
	DB	$0C	;6
	DB	$03	;7

TBTM	DB	$80	;8 (0)
	DB	$40	;9 (1)
	DB	$20	;10 (2)
	DB	$10	;11 (3)
	DB	$08	;12 (4)
	DB	$04	;13 (5)
	DB	$02	;14 (6)
	DB	$01	;15 (7)
	SUBTTL	'Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 5'
	SPACE	4,10
**	PHE - Perform Peripheral Handler Entry
*
*	PHE attempts to enter a peripheral handler in the handler table.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PHE
*		X = device code
*		A = high linkage table address
*		Y = low linkage table address
*
*	EXIT
*		Success:
*		C clear
*		Handler table entry made
*
*		Failure due to entry previously made:
*		C set
*		N clear
*		X = offset to second byte of duplicate entry
*		A, Y unchanged
*
*		Failure due to handler table full:
*		C set
*		N set
*
*	CHANGES
*		A X Y
*
*	CALLS
*		-none-
*
*	MODS
*		R. S. Scheiman	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PHE	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	PHA		;save high linkage table address
	TYA
	PHA		;save low linkage table address

;	Search for device code in handler table.

	TXA			;device code
	LDX	#0		;offset to first entry of table

PHE1	CMP	HATABS,X	;device code from table
	BEQ	PHE3		;if device code found

	INX
	INX
	INX
	CPX	#MAXDEV+1	;offset+1 of last possible entry
	BMI	PHE1		;if not done

;	Search for empty entry in handler table.

	LDX	#0		;offset to first entry of table
	TAY			;save device code
	LDA	#0

PHE2	CMP	HATABS,X	;device code from table
	BEQ	PHE4		;if empty entry found

	INX
	INX
	INX
	CPX	#MAXDEV+1	;offset+1 of last possible entry
	BMI	PHE2		;if not done

;	Return table full condition.

	PLA		;clean stack
	PLA
	LDY	#$FF	;indicate table full (set N)
	SEC		;indicate failure
	RTS		;return

;	Return device code found condition.

PHE3	PLA		;saved Y
	TAY		;restore Y
	PLA		;restore A
	INX		;indicate device code found (clear N)
	SEC		;indicate failure
	RTS		;return

;	Enter handler in table.

PHE4	TYA			;device code
	STA	HATABS,X	;enter device code
	PLA			;saved low linkage table address
	STA	HATABS+1,X	;low address
	PLA			;saved high linkage table address
	STA	HATABS+2,X	;high address

;	Return success condition.

	CLC		;indicate success
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PHO - Perform Peripheral Handler Poll at OPEN
*
*	Subroutine to perform Type 4 Poll at OPEN time, and
*	"provisionally" open IOCB if peripheral answers.
*
*	Input parameters:
*	ICIDNO identifies calling IOCB;
*	From zero-page IOCB:
*		ICBALZ,ICBAHZ (buffer pointer)
*		ICDNOZ (device number from caller's filespe:
*	From caller's buffer: device name (in filespec.)
*
*	Output parameters:
*	"No device" error returned if Poll not answered.
*	If poll is answered, the calling IOCB is "Provision:
*		opened (and successful status is returned)-:
*		ICHIDZ set to mark provisional open
*		ICPTLZ,ICPTHZ points to PTL (special PUT-BY:
*		ICSPR in calling IOCB set to device name (f:
*		ICSPR+1 in calling IOCB set to device seria:
*
*	Modified:
*	Registers not saved.
*
*	Subroutines called:
*	PHP performs poll.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PHO
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: in the CRASS65 version, ICIDNO was:
*		zero-page.
*
*	MODS
*		R. S. Scheiman	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PHO	=	*		;entry
	LDY	#0		;Call for Type 4 Poll with
	LDA	(ICBALZ),Y	;device name from user
	LDY	ICDNOZ		;OPEN
	JSR	PHP
	BPL	PHO1		;if poll answered

	LDY	#NONDEV		;Return "no device" error
	RTS			;return

PHO1	LDA	#$7F		;"Provisionally" OPEN the I:
	STA	ICHIDZ		;(Mark "provisional")
	LDA	#low [PTL-1]
	STA	ICPTLZ		;(Special put byte routine :
	LDA	#high [PTL-1]
	STA	ICPTHZ
	LDA	DVSTAT+2	;(Peripheral address for lo:
;	LDX	ICIDNO
	VFD	8\$AE,8\low ICIDNO,8\high ICIDNO
	STA	ICSPR+1,X
	LDY	#0
	LDA	(ICBALZ),Y	;(Device name from user)
	STA	ICSPR,X
	LDY	#SUCCES		;indicate success
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PTL - Perform PUT-BYTE for Provisionally Open IOCB
*
*	Put byte entry for provisionally opened IOCB's.
*	This routine performs load, relocation, initializat:
*	and finishes OPEN, then calls handler's put byte en:
*
*	Input parameters:
*	A	Byte to output;
*	X	IOCB index (IOCB number times 16);
*	Y	"Function not supported" error code $92.
*	AUX1 and AUX2 in zero-page IOCB are copied from the:
*		IOCB prior to the call to PTL.
*
*	Output parameters:
*	Various errors may be returned if loading fails (ei:
*		did not allow loading by setting HNDLOD fla:
*		was a loading error or calling error);
*	If no loading error, this routine returns nothing--:
*		returned is returned by the loaded PUT-BYTE:
*		is called by this routine after the handler:
*		initialized, and opened.
*
*	Modified:
*	ICIDNO (a CIO variable);
*	all of the zero-page IOCB is copied fromt he callin:
*	normal CIO open-operation variables are affected;
*	after opening, the zero-page IOCB is copied to the :
*	Registers not saved if error return;if handler is l:
*		and opened properly, the caller's A and X r:
*		passed to the loaded handler's PUT-BYTE rou:
*		Y is passed to that routine as $92)--then r:
*		on return is up to handler PUT-BYTE since i:
*		directly to caller.
*
*	Subroutines called:
*	PHL (does loading, initializing and opening--calls :
*	loaded handler's INIT, OPEN, and PUT-BYTE entries a:
*	The PUT-BYTE entry returns directly to the PTL call:
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PTL
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: in the CRASS65 version, ICIDNO was:
*		zero-page.
*
*	MODS
*		R. S. Scheiman	04/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PTL	=	*	;entry
	PHA		;save byte to output
	TXA		;IOCB index
	PHA		;save IOCB index
	AND	#$0F	;IOCB index modulo 16
	BNE	PTL2	;if IOCB not dividable by 16, error

	CPX	#MAXIOC
	BPL	PTL2	;if IOCB index invalid

	LDA	HNDLOD
	BNE	PTL3	;if user wants loading

	LDY	#NONDEV	;indicate nonexistent device error

;	Return error.

PTL1	PLA		;clean stack
	PLA
	CPY	#0	;indicate failure (set N)
	RTS		;return

PTL2	LDY	#BADIOC	;indicate bad IOCB number error
	BMI	PTL1	;return error

;	Simulate beginning of CIO, since CIO bypassed.

PTL3
;	STX	ICIDNO	;IOCB index
	VFD	8\$8E,8\low ICIDNO,8\high ICIDNO
	LDY	#0	;offset to first byte of page zero :

;	Copy IOCB to page zero IOCB.

PTL4	LDA	IOCB,X	;byte of IOCB
	STA	ZIOCB,Y	;byte of page zero IOCB
	INX
	INY
	CPY	#12
	BMI	PTL4	;if not done

	JSR	PHL	;load and initialize peripheral han:
	BMI	PTL1	;if error

	PLA		;Re-do the put byte call,
	TAX		;this time calling real handler
	PLA
	TAY
	LDA	ICPTHZ
	PHA		;(Put byte entry address minus one)
	LDA	ICPTLZ
	PHA
	TYA
	LDY	#FNCNOT
	RTS		;invoke handler (address on stack)
	SUBTTL	'$EF6B Patch'
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	$EF6B
	SPACE	4,10
**	EF6B - $EF6B Patch
*
*	For compatibility with OS Revision B, initiate cass:


	JMP	ICR	;initiate cassette READ, return
	SUBTTL	'Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler, Part 2'
	SPACE	4,10
**	SIN - Initialize Screen
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SIN
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SIN	=	*		;entry

	LDA	#$FF		;clear code indicator
	STA	CH		;key code

	LDA	RAMSIZ		;size of RAM
	STA	RAMTOP		;RAM size

	LDA	#$40		;CAPS lock indicator
	STA	SHFLOK		;shift/control lock flags

	LDA	#low TCKD	;table of character key def:
	STA	KEYDEF		;key definition table addre:
	LDA	#high TCKD
	STA	KEYDEF+1

	LDA	#low TFKD	;table of function key defi:
	STA	FKDEF		;function key definition ta:
	LDA	#high TFKD
	STA	FKDEF+1

	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SOP - Perform Screen OPEN
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SOP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SOP	=	*	;entry

;	Check mode.

	LDA	ICAX2Z
	AND	#$0F
	BNE	COC	;if not mode 0, complete OPEN comma:

;	Process mode 0.

;	JMP	EOP	;perform editor OPEN, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	EOP - Perform Editor OPEN
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	EOP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


EOP	=	*	;entry
	LDA	ICAX1Z
	AND	#$0F
	STA	ICAX1Z
	LDA	#0
;	JMP	COC	;complete OPEN command, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	COC - Complete OPEN Command
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	COC
*		A = mode
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


COC	=	*	;entry

;	Check mode.

	STA	DINDEX	;save mode
	CMP	#16
	BCC	COC1	;if mode within range

;	Process invalid mode

	LDA	#BADMOD
	JMP	COC17

;	Initialize for OPEN.

COC1	LDA	#high DCSORG	;high domestic character se:
	STA	CHBAS		;character set base
	LDA	#high ICSORG	;high international charact:
	STA	CHSALT		;alternate character set ba:
	LDA	#2
	STA	CHACT
	STA	SDMCTL		;turn off DMA
	LDA	#SUCCES
	STA	DSTAT		;clear status
	LDA	#$C0		;enable IRQ
	ORA	POKMSK
	STA	POKMSK
	STA	IRQEN

;	Set DLI status.

	LDA	#$40		;disable DLI
	STA	NMIEN
	BIT	FINE
	BPL	COC2		;if not fine scrolling (VBL:

	LDA	#low FDL
	STA	VDSLST		;DLI vector
	LDA	#high FDL
	STA	VDSLST+1
	LDA	#$C0

COC2	STA	NMIEN

;	Clear control.

	LDA	#0
	STA	TINDEX		;clear text index (must alw:
	STA	ADRESS
	STA	SWPFLG
	STA	CRSINH

;	Set initial tab stops.

	LDY	#14		;offset to last byte of bit:
	LDA	#$01		;tab stop every 8 character:

COC3	STA	TABMAP,Y	;set tab stop
	DEY
	BPL	COC3		;if not done

;	Load initialize color register shadows.

	LDX	#4		;offset to last color regis:

COC4	LDA	TDSC,X		;default screen color
	STA	COLOR0,X	;set color register shadow
	DEX
	BPL	COC4		;if not done

;	Set up.

	LDY	RAMTOP		;(high) RAM size
	DEY			;decrement (high) RAM size
	STY	TXTMSC+1
	LDA	#low [$0000-160]	;low RAM size = 160
	STA	TXTMSC
	LDX	DINDEX		;mode
	LDA	TAGM,X		;convert to ANTIC code
	STA	HOLD1		;ANTIC code
	LDA	RAMTOP		;(high) RAM size
	STA	ADRESS+1

;	Allocate memory.

	LDY	TSMA,X		;number of 40-byte blocks t:

COC5	LDA	#40		;40 bytes
	JSR	DBS		;perform double byte subtra:
	DEY
	BNE	COC5		;if not done

;	Clear GTIA modes.

	LDA	GPRIOR
	AND	#$3F		;clear GTIA modes
	STA	OPNTMP+1
	TAY

;	Determine mode.

	CPX	#8
	BCC	COC7		;if mode < 8

	CPX	#15
	BEQ	COC6		;if mode 15

	CPX	#12
	BCS	COC7		;if mode >= 12

;	Process mode 9, 10 and 11.

	TXA			;mode
	ROR	A
	ROR	A
	ROR	A
	AND	#$C0		;extract 2 low bits (in 2 h:
	ORA	OPNTMP+1
	TAY

;	Establish line boundary at X000.

COC6	LDA	#16		;subtract 16 for page bound:
	JSR	DBS		;perform double byte subtra:

;	Check for mode 11.

	CPX	#11
	BNE	COC7		;if mode 11

;	Set GTIA luminance.

	LDA	#6		;GTIA luminance value
	STA	COLOR4		;background color

;	Set new priority.

COC7	STY	GPRIOR		;new priority

;	Set memory scan counter.

	LDA	ADRESS		;memory scan counter
	STA	SAVMSC		;save memory scan counter
	LDA	ADRESS+1
	STA	SAVMSC+1

;	Wait for VBLANK.

COC8	LDA	VCOUNT
	CMP	#$7A
	BNE	COC8		;if VBLANK has not occured

;	Put display list under RAM.

	JSR	DSD		;perform double byte single:
	LDA	TDLV,X		;display list vulnerability
	BEQ	COC9		;if not vulnerable

	LDA	#$FF
	STA	ADRESS
	DEC	ADRESS+1	;drop down 1 page

COC9	JSR	DDD		;perform double byte double:
	LDA	ADRESS		;end of display list
	STA	SAVADR		;save address
	LDA	ADRESS+1
	STA	SAVADR+1

;	Set up.

	LDA	#$41		;ANTIC wait for VBLANK and :
	JSR	SDI		;store data indirect
	STX	OPNTMP
	LDA	#24
	STA	BOTSCR	;screen bottom

;	Check for modes 9 ,10 and 11.

	LDA	DINDEX		;mode
	CMP	#12
	BCS	COC10		;if mode >= 12, mixed mode :

	CMP	#9
	BCS	COC12		;if mode >= 9, mixed mode n:

;	Check for mixed mode.

COC10	LDA	ICAX1Z
	AND	#MXDMOD
	BEQ	COC12		;if not mixed mode

;	Process mixed mode.

	LDA	#4
	STA	BOTSCR	;screen bottom
	LDX	#2
	LDA	FINE
	BEQ	COC11		;if not fine scrolling

	JSR	SSE		;set scrolling display list:

COC11	LDA	#$02
	JSR	SDF		;store data indirect for fi:
	DEX
	BPL	COC11		;if not done

;	Reload MSC for text.

	LDY	RAMTOP		;(high) RAM size
	DEY			;decrement (high) RAM size
	TYA
	JSR	SDI		;store data indirect
	LDA	#low [$0000-160]	;low RAM size = 160
	JSR	SDI		;store data indirect
	LDA	#$42		;fine scrolling
	JSR	SDF		;store data indirect
	CLC
	LDA	#MXDMOD
	ADC	OPNTMP
	TAY
	LDX	TDLE,Y
	BNE	COC13

;	Check mode.

COC12	LDY	OPNTMP
	LDX	TDLE,Y		;number of display list ent:
	LDA	DINDEX		;mode
	BNE	COC13		;if not mode 0

;	Check for fine scrolling.

	LDA	FINE		;fine scrolling flag
	BEQ	COC13		;if not fine scrolling

;	Process fine scrolling.

	JSR	SSE		;set scrolling display list:
	LDA	#$22
	STA	HOLD1

;	Continue.

COC13	LDA	HOLD1
	JSR	SDI		;store data indirect
	DEX
	BNE	COC13		;if not done

;	Determine mode.

	LDA	DINDEX		;mode
	CMP	#8
	BCC	COC16		;if mode < 8

	CMP	#15
	BEQ	COC14		;if mode 15

	CMP	#12
	BCS	COC16		;if mode >= 12

;	Process modes 8, 9, 10, 11 and 15.

COC14	LDX	#93		;remaining number of DLE's
	LDA	RAMTOP		;(high) RAM size
	SEC
	SBC	#high $1000	;subtract 4K
	JSR	SDI		;store data indirect
	LDA	#low $0000
	JSR	SDI		;store data indirect
	LDA	HOLD1		;ANTIC MSC code
	ORA	#$40
	JSR	SDI		;store data indirect

COC15	LDA	HOLD1		;remaining DLE's
	JSR	SDI		;store data indirect
	DEX
	BNE	COC15		;if DLE's remain

;	Complete display list with LMS.

COC16	LDA	SAVMSC+1	;high saved memory scan cou:
	JSR	SDI		;store data indirect
	LDA	SAVMSC		;low saved memory scan coun:
	JSR	SDI		;store data indirect
	LDA	HOLD1
	ORA	#$40
	JSR	SDI		;store data indirect
	LDA	#$70		;8 blank lines
	JSR	SDI		;store data indirect
	LDA	#$70		;8 blank lines
	JSR	SDI		;store data indirect
	LDA	ADRESS		;display list address
	STA	SDLSTL		;save display list address
	LDA	ADRESS+1
	STA	SDLSTL+1
	LDA	#$70		;8 blank lines
	JSR	SDI		;store data indirect
	LDA	ADRESS		;display list address
	STA	MEMTOP		;update top of memory
	LDA	ADRESS+1
	STA	MEMTOP+1
	LDY	#1		;offset
	LDA	SDLSTL		;saved display list address
	STA	(SAVADR),Y
	INY
	LDA	SDLSTL+1
	STA	(SAVADR),Y

;	Check status.

	LDA	DSTAT		;status
	BPL	COC18		;if no error

;	Process error.

COC17	STA	DERRF		;screen OPEN error flag
	JSR	EOP		;perform editor OPEN
	LDA	DERRF		;restore status
	LDY	#0		;no screen OPEN error indic:
	STY	DERRF		;screen OPEN error flag
	TAY			;status
	RTS			;return

;	Check clear inhibit.

COC18	LDA	ICAX1Z
	AND	#$20		;extract clear inhibit bit
	BNE	COC19		;if clear inhibited

;	Clear screen.

	JSR	CSC		;clear screen
	STA	TXTROW		;set cursor at top row
	LDA	LMARGN		;left margin
	STA	TXTCOL		;set cursor at left margin

;	Exit.

COC19	LDA	#$22		;turn on DMA control
	ORA	SDMCTL
	STA	SDMCTL
	JMP	SEC		;set exit conditions, retur:
	SPACE	4,10
**	SGB - Perform Screen GET-BYTE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SGB
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SGB	=	*	;entry
	JSR	CCR	;check cursor range
	JSR	GDC	;get data under cursor
	JSR	CIA	;convert internal character to ATAS:
	JSR	SZA	;set zero data and advance cursor
	JMP	SST	;perform screen STATUS, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	GDC - Get Data Under Cursor
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	GDC
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


GDC	=	*	;entry
	JSR	CCA	;convert cursor row/column to addre:
	LDA	(ADRESS),Y
	AND	DMASK

GDC1	LSR	SHFAMT	;shift data down to low bits
	BCS	GDC2	;if done

	LSR	A
	BPL	GDC1	;continue shifting

GDC2	STA	CHAR
	CMP	#0	;restore flags
F1A3	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SPB - Perform Screen PUT-BYTE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SPB
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SPB	=	*	;entry
	STA	ATACHR

;	JSR	ROD	;restore old data under cursor

	CMP	#CLS
	BNE	SPB1	;if not clear screen

	JSR	CSC	;clear screen
	JMP	SEC	;set exit contitions, return

SPB1	JSR	CCR	;check cursor range
;	JMP	CEL	;check EOL, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CEL - Check End of Line
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CEL
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CEL	=	*	;entry
	LDA	ATACHR
	CMP	#EOL
	BNE	CEL1	;if not EOL

	JSR	RWS	;return with scrolling
	JMP	SEC	;set exit conditions, return

CEL1	JSR	PLO	;plot point
	JSR	SEA	;set EOL data and advance cursor
	JMP	SEC	;set exit conditions, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PLO - Plot Point
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PLO
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PLO	=	*		;entry

;	Wait for start/stop flag clear.

PLO0	LDA	SSFLAG		;start/stop flag
	BNE	PLO0		;if start/stop flag non-zer:

;	Save cursor row/column.

	LDX	#2		;offset to last byte

PLO1	LDA	ROWCRS,X	;byte of cursor row/column
	STA	OLDROW,X	;save byte of cursor row/co:
	DEX
	BPL	PLO1		;if not done

;	Convert ATASCII character to internal.

	LDA	ATACHR		;character
	TAY			;character
	ROL	A
	ROL	A
	ROL	A
	ROL	A
	AND	#3
	TAX			;index into TAIC
	TYA			;character
	AND	#$9F		;strip off column address
	ORA	TAIC,X		;or in new column address
;	JMP	SPQ		;display, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SPQ - Display
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SPQ
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SPQ	=	*		;entry

;	Set CHAR.

	STA	CHAR		;character

;	Convert cursor row/column to address.

	JSR	CCA		;convert cursor row/column :

;	Shift up to proper position.

	LDA	CHAR		;character

SPQ1	LSR	SHFAMT
	BCS	SPQ2		;if done

	ASL	A
	JMP	SPQ1		;continue shifting

;	Update data.

SPQ2	AND	DMASK
	STA	TMPCHR		;save shifted data
	LDA	DMASK		;display mask
	EOR	#$FF		;complement display mask
	AND	(ADRESS),Y	;mask off old data
	ORA	TMPCHR		;or in new data
	STA	(ADRESS),Y	;update data
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SEC - Set Exit Conditions
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SEC
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SEC	=	*	;entry
	JSR	GDC	;get data under cursor
	STA	OLDCHR
	LDX	DINDEX	;mode
	BNE	SST	;if graphics, no cursor

	LDX	CRSINH	;cursor inhibit flag
	BNE	SST	;if cursor inhibited

	EOR	#$80	;complement most significant bit
	JSR	SPQ	;display
;	JMP	SST	;perform screen status, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SST - Perform Screen STATUS
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SST
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SST	=	*	;entry
	LDY	DSTAT	;status
	JMP	SST1	;continue
	SUBTTL	'$F223 Patch'
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	$F223
	SPACE	4,10
**	F223 - $F223 Patch
*
*	For compatibility with OS Revision B, perform power-up display.


PPD	=	*	;entry
	JMP	SES	;select and execute self-test
	SUBTTL	'Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler, Part 3'
	SPACE	4,10
;	Continue.

SST1	LDA	#SUCCES	;indicate success
	STA	DSTAT	;status
	LDA	ATACHR	;data
;	JMP	ESP	;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	ESP - Perform Editor SPECIAL
*
*	ESP does nothing.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ESP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ESP	=	*	;entry
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	ECL - Perform Editor CLOSE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ECL
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ECL	=	*	;entry

;	Check for fine scrolling.

	BIT	FINE	;fine scrolling flag
	BPL	SST	;if not fine scrolling, perform STA:

;	Process fine scrolling.

	LDA	#$40
	STA	NMIEN		;disable DLI
	LDA	#0		;clear fine scrolling flag
	STA	FINE
	LDA	#low RIR	;return from interrupt rout:
	STA	VDSLST		;restore initial DLI vector:
	LDA	#high RIR
	STA	VDSLST+1
	JMP	EOP		;perform editor OPEN, retur:
	SPACE	4,10
**	EGB - Perform Editor GET-BYTE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	EGB
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


EGB	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	JSR	SWA	;swap
	JSR	CRE	;check cursor range for editor
	LDA	BUFCNT	;buffer count
	BNE	EGB4	;if something in the buffer

;	Get line.

	LDA	ROWCRS		;cursor row
	STA	BUFSTR		;buffer start pointer
	LDA	COLCRS		;low cursor column
	STA	BUFSTR+1	;high buffer start pointer

EGB1	JSR	KGB	;perform keyboard GET-BYTE
	STY	DSTAT	;status
	LDA	ATACHR	;ATASCII character
	CMP	#EOL
	BEQ	EGB3	;if EOL

	JSR	PCH	;process character
	JSR	SWA	;swap
	LDA	LOGCOL	;logical column
	CMP	#113	;column near column 120
	BNE	EGB2	; if not near column 120, no beep

	JSR	BEL	;beep

EGB2	JMP	EGB1	;process new character

;	Process EOL.

EGB3	JSR	ROD		;restore old data under cur:
	JSR	CBC		;compute buffer count
	LDA	BUFSTR		;buffer start pointer
	STA	ROWCRS		;cursor row
	LDA	BUFSTR+1	;high buffer start pointer
	STA	COLCRS		;low cursor column

;	Check buffer count.

EGB4	LDA	BUFCNT	;buffer count
	BEQ	EGB6	;if buffer count zero

;	Decrement and check buffer count.

EGB5	DEC	BUFCNT	;decrement buffer count
	BEQ	EGB6	;if buffer count zero

;	Check status.

	LDA	DSTAT	;status
	BMI	EGB5	;if error, continue decrementing.

;	Perform GET-BYTE.

	JSR	SGB	;perform screen GET-BYTE
	STA	ATACHR	;ATASCII character
	JMP	SWA	;swap, return

;	Exit.

EGB6	JSR	RWS	;return with scrolling
	LDA	#EOL
	STA	ATACHR	;ATASCII character
	JSR	SEC	;set exit conditions
	STY	DSTAT	;status
	JMP	SWA	;swap, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	IRA - Invoke Routine Pointed to by ADRESS
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	IRA
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


IRA	=	*		;entry
	JMP	(ADRESS)	;execute, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	EPB - Perform Editor PUT-BYTE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	EPB
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


EPB	=	*	;entry
	STA	ATACHR	;ATASCII character
	JSR	SWA	;swap
	JSR	CRE	;check cursor range for editor
	LDA	#0
	STA	SUPERF	;clear super function flag
;	JMP	PCH	;process character, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PCH - Process Character
*
*	PCH displays the character or processes control cha:
*	super functions (shifted function keys).
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PCH
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PCH	=	*	;entry
	JSR	ROD	;restore old data under cursor
	JSR	CCC	;check for control character
	BEQ	PCH2	;if control character

;	Display character.

PCH1	ASL	ESCFLG	;escape flag
	JSR	CEL	;check EOL
	JMP	SWA	;swap, return

;	Process control character.

PCH2	LDA	DSPFLG	;display flag
	ORA	ESCFLG	;escape flag
	BNE	PCH1	;if display or escape, display chara:

;	Continue.

	ASL	ESCFLG
	INX

;	Check for super function.

	LDA	SUPERF
	BEQ	PCH3		;if not super function

;	Adjust for super function.

	TXA
	CLC
	ADC	#TSFR-TCCR-3
	TAX			;adjusted offset

;	Process control character or super function.

PCH3	LDA	TCCR,X		;low routine address
	STA	ADRESS
	LDA	TCCR+1,X	;high routine address
	STA	ADRESS+1
	JSR	IRA		;invoke routine pointed to :
	JSR	SEC		;set exit conditions
	JMP	SWA		;swap, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	IGN - Ignore Character and Perform Keyboard GET-BYT:
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	IGN
*
*	EXIT
*		CH = $FF
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


IGN	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#$FF	;clear code indicator
	STA	CH	;key code
;	JMP	KGB	;perform keyboard GET-BYTE, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	KGB - Perform Keyboard GET-BYTE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	KGB
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: byte wasted by unnecessary TAX nea:
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


KGB	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

KGB1	LDA	#0
	STA	SUPERF	;clear super function flag

;	Check for special edit read mode.

	LDA	ICAX1Z
	LSR	A
	BCS	KGB11	;if special edit read mode

;	Check for BREAK abort.

	LDA	#BRKABT	;assume BREAK abort
	LDX	BRKKEY	;BREAK key flag
	BEQ	KGB10	;if BREAK abort

;	Check for character.

	LDA	CH	;key code
	CMP	#$FF	;clear code indicator
	BEQ	KGB1	;if no character

;	Process character.

	STA	HOLDCH	;save character
	LDX	#$FF	;clear code indicator
	STX	CH	;key code

;	Sound key click if desired.

	LDX	NOCLIK	;click inhibit flag
	BNE	KGB2	;if click inhibited

	JSR	SKC	;sound key click

;	Set offset to key definition.

KGB2	TAY		;save character

;	Check for CTRL and SHIFT together.

	CPY	#$C0
	BCS	IGN	;if CTRL and SHIFT together, ignore

;	Convert to ATASCII character.

	LDA	(KEYDEF),Y	;ATASCII character

;	Set ATASCII character.

KGB3	STA	ATACHR	;ATASCII character
	TAX
	BMI	KGB4	;if special key

	JMP	KGB17	;process shift/control lock

;	Check for null character.

KGB4	CMP	#$80
	BEQ	IGN	;if null, ignore

;	Check for inverse video key.

	CMP	#$81
	BNE	KGB5	;if not inverse video key

;	Process inverse video key.

	LDA	INVFLG
	EOR	#$80
	STA	INVFLG
	BCS	IGN	;ignore

;	Check for CAPS key.

KGB5	CMP	#$82
	BNE	KGB6	;if not CAPS key

;	Process CAPS key.

	LDA	SHFLOK	;shift/control lock flags
	BEQ	KGB7	;if no lock, process CAPS lock

	LDA	#$00	;no lock indicator
	STA	SHFLOK	;shoft/control lock flags
	BEQ	IGN	;ignore

;	Check for SHIFT-CAPS key.

KGB6	CMP	#$83
	BNE	KGB8	;if not SHIFT-CAPS

;	Process SHIFT-CAPS key.

KGB7	LDA	#$40	;CAPS lock indicator
	STA	SHFLOK	;shift/control lock flags
	BNE	IGN	;ignore

;	Check for CTRL-CAPS key.

KGB8	CMP	#$84
	BNE	KGB9	;if not CTRL-CAPS

;	Process CTRL-CAPS key.

	LDA	#$80	;control lock indicator
	STA	SHFLOK	;shift/control lock flags
	JMP	IGN	;ignore

;	Check for CTRL-3 key.

KGB9	CMP	#$85
	BNE	KGB12	;if not CTRL-3 key.

;	Process CTRL-3 key.

	LDA	#EOFERR

;	Set status and BREAK key flag.

KGB10	STA	DSTAT	;status
	STA	BRKKEY	;BREAK key flag

;	Set EOL character.

KGB11	LDA	#EOL
	JMP	KGB19	;set ATASCII character

;	Check for CTRL-F3 key.

KGB12	CMP	#$89
	BNE	KGB14	;if not CTRL-F3 key

;	Process CTRL-F3 key.

	LDA	NOCLIK	;toggle keyclick status
	EOR	#$FF
	STA	NOCLIK
	BNE	KGB13	;if click inhibited

	JSR	SKC	;sound key click

KGB13	JMP	IGN	;ignore

;	Check for function key.

KGB14	CMP	#$8E
	BCS	KGB16	;if code >= $8E, not a function key

	CMP	#$8A
	BCC	KGB13	;if code < $8A, not a function key,:

;	Process function key.

	SBC	#$8A		;convert $8A - $bD to 0 - 3
	ASL	HOLDCH		;saved character
	BPL	KGB15		;if no SHIFT

	ORA	#$04		;convert 0 - 3 to 4 - 7

KGB15	TAY			;offset to function key def:
	LDA	(FKDEF),Y	;function key
	JMP	KGB3		;set ATASCII character

;	Check for super function.

KGB16	CMP	#$92
	BCS	KGB17	;if code >= $92, process shift/cont:

	CMP	#$8E
	BCC	KGB13	;if code < $8E, not super function,:

;	Process super function.

	SBC	#$8E-$1C	;convert $8E - $91 to $1C -:
	INC	SUPERF		;set super function flag
	BNE	KGB19		;set ATASCII character

;	Process shift/control lock.

KGB17	LDA	HOLDCH	;saved character
	CMP	#$40
	BCS	KGB18	;if not lower case

	LDA	ATACHR	;ATASCII character
	CMP	#'a'
	BCC	KGB18	;if < "a", do not process

	CMP	#'z'+1
	BCS	KGB18	;if > "z", do not process

	LDA	SHFLOK	;shift/control lock flags
	BEQ	KGB18	;if no lock

	ORA	HOLDCH	;modify character
	JMP	KGB2	;reprocess character

;	Invert character, if necessary.

KGB18	JSR	CCC	;check for control character
	BEQ	KGB20	;if control character, do not inver:

	LDA	ATACHR	;ATASCII character
	EOR	INVFLG	;invert character

;	Set ATASCII character.

KGB19	STA	ATACHR	;ATASCII character
;	Exit

KGB20	JMP	SST	;perform screen status, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	ESC - Escape
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ESC
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ESC	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#$80	;indicate escape detected
	STA	ESCFLG	;escape flag
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CUP - Move Cursor Up
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CUP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CUP	=	*	;entry
	DEC	ROWCRS	;decrement cursor row
	BPL	CUP2	;if row positive

	LDX	BOTSCR	;screen bottom
	DEX		;screen bottom - 1

CUP1	STX	ROWCRS	;update cursor row

CUP2	JMP	SBS	;set buffer start and logical colum:
	SPACE	4,10
**	CDN - Move Cursor Down
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CDN
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CDN	=	*	;entry
	INC	ROWCRS	;increment cursor row
	LDA	ROWCRS	;cursor row
	CMP	BOTSCR	;screen bottom
	BCC	CUP2	;if at bottom, set buffer start, re:

	LDX	#0
	BEQ	CUP1	;update cursor row, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CLF - Move Cursor Left
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CLF
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CLF	=	*	;entry
	DEC	COLCRS	;decrement low cursor column
	LDA	COLCRS	;low cursor column
	BMI	CRM	;if negative, move cursor to margin:

	CMP	LMARGN	;left margin
	BCS	SCC1	;if at left margin, set logical col:

;	JMP	CRM	;move cursor to right margin, retur:
	SPACE	4,10
**	CRM - Move Cursor to Right Margin
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CRM
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CRM	=	*	;entry
	LDA	RMARGN	;right margin
;	JMP	SCC	;set cursor column, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SCC - Set Cursor Column
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SCC
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SCC	=	*	;entry
	STA	COLCRS	;set low cursor column

SCC1	JMP	SLC	;set logical column, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CRT - Move Cursor Right
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CRT
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CRT	=	*	;entry
	INC	COLCRS	;increment low cursor column
	LDA	COLCRS	;low cursor column
	CMP	RMARGN	;right margin
	BCC	SCC1	;if before right margin, process, r:

	BEQ	SCC1	;if at right margin

;	JMP	CLM	;move cursor to left margin, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CLM - Move Cursor to Left Margin
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CLM
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CLM	=	*	;entry
	LDA	LMARGN	;left margin
	JMP	SCC	;set cursor column, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CSC - Clear Screen
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CSC
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CSC	=	*	;entry

;	Set memory scan counter address.

	JSR	SMS	;set memory scan counter ad:

;	Clear address.

	LDY	ADRESS
	LDA	#0
	STA	ADRESS

CSC1	STA	(ADRESS),Y
	INY
	BNE	CSC1		;if not done with page

	INC	ADRESS+1
	LDX	ADRESS+1
	CPX	RAMTOP		;(high) RAM size
	BCC	CSC1		;if not done

;	Clean up logical line bit map

;	LDY	#0		;offset to first byte of bi:
	LDA	#$FF

CSC2	STA	LOGMAP,Y	;byte of logical line bit m:
	INY
	CPY	#4		;4 bytes
	BCC	CSC2		;if not done

;	Exit.

;	JMP	CHM		;move cursor home, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CHM - Move Cursor Home
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CHM
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CHM	=	*		;entry
	JSR	SCL		;set cursor at left edge
	STA	LOGCOL		;logical column
	STA	BUFSTR+1	;high buffer start
	LDA	#0
	STA	ROWCRS		;cursor row
	STA	COLCRS+1	;high cursor column
	STA	BUFSTR		;low buffer start pointer
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	BSP - Backspace
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	BSP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


BSP	=	*	;entry
	LDA	LOGCOL	;logical column
	CMP	LMARGN	;left margin
	BEQ	BSP3	;if at left margin

	LDA	COLCRS	;low cursor column
	CMP	LMARGN	;left margin
	BNE	BSP1	;if not atleft margin

	JSR	DWQ	;see if line should be deleted

BSP1	JSR	CLF	;move cursor left
	LDA	COLCRS	;low cursor column
	CMP	RMARGN	;right margin
	BNE	BSP2	;if not at right margin

	LDA	ROWCRS	;cursor low
	BEQ	BSP2	;if row zero

	JSR	CUP	;move cursor up

BSP2	LDA	#' '
	STA	ATACHR	;ATASCII character
	JSR	PLO	;plot point

BSP3	JMP	SLC	;set logical column, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	TAB - Tab
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	TAB
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


TAB	=	*	;entry

TAB1	JSR	CRT	;move cursor right
	LDA	COLCRS	;low cursor column
	CMP	LMARGN	;left margin
	BNE	TAB2	;if not at left margin

	JSR	RET	;return
	JSR	BLG	;get bit from logical line bit map
	BCS	TAB3	;if end of logical line

;	Check for tab stop.

TAB2	LDA	LOGCOL	;logical column
	JSR	BMG	;set bit from bit map
	BCC	TAB1	;if not tab stop, keep looking

;	Set logical lolumn

TAB3	JMP	SLC	;set logical column, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	STB - Set Tab
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	STB
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


STB	=	*	;entry
	LDA	LOGCOL	;logical column
	JMP	BMS	;set bit in bit map, retrun
	SPACE	4,10
**	CTB - Clear Tab
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CTB
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CTB	=	*	;entry
	LDA	LOGCOL	;logical column
	JMP	BMC	;clear bit in bit map, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	ICH - Insert Character
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ICH
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ICH	=	*	;entry
	JSR	SRC	;save row and column
	JSR	GDC	;get data under cursor
	STA	INSDAT
	LDA	#0
	STA	SCRFLG

ICH1	JSR	SPQ	;store data
	LDA	LOGCOL	;logical column
	PHA		;save logical column
	JSR	ACC	;advance cursor column
	PLA		;saved logical column
	CMP	LOGCOL	;logical column	
	BCS	ICH2	;if saved logical column >= logical:

	LDA	INSDAT
	PHA
	JSR	GDC	;get data under cursor
	STA	INSDAT
	PLA
	JMP	ICH1	;continue

;	Exit.

ICH2	JSR	RRC	;restore row and column

ICH3	DEC	SCRFLG
	BMI	ICH4	;if scroll occured

	DEC	ROWCRS	;decrement cursor row
	BNE	ICH3	;continue

ICH4	JMP	SLC	;set logical column, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	DCH - Delete Character
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DCH
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DCH	=	*		;entry

;	Save row and column.

	JSR	SRC		;save row and column

;	Get data to the right of cursor.

DCH1	JSR	CCA	;convert cursor row/column to addre:
	LDA	ADRESS
	STA	SAVADR	;save address
	LDA	ADRESS+1
	STA	SAVADR+1
	LDA	LOGCOL	;logical column
	PHA		;save lgical column
	JSR	SZA	;set zero data and advance cursor
	PLA		;saved logical column
	CMP	LOGCOL	;logical column
	BCS	DCH2	;if saved logical column >= logical

	LDA	ROWCRS		;cursor row
	CMP	BOTSCR		;screen bottom
	BCS	DCH2		;if row off screem, exit

	JSR	GDC		;get data under cursor
	LDY	#0
	STA	(SAVADR),Y	;put data in previous posit:
	BEQ	DCH1		;continue

DCH2	LDY	#0
	TYA
	STA	(SAVADR),Y	;clear last position
	JSR	DQQ		;try to delete a line
	JSR	RRC		;restore row and column
	JMP	SLC		;set logical column, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	ILN - Insert Line
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ILN
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ILN	=	*	;entry
	SEC
;	JMP	ILN1
	SPACE	4,10
**	ILN1 - Insert Line
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ILN1
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ILN1	=	*	;entry
	JSR	ELL	;extend logical line
	LDA	LMARGN	;left margin
	STA	COLCRS	;low cursor column
	JSR	CCA	;convert cursor row/column to addre:
	JSR	MLN	;move line
	JSR	CLN	;clear current line
	JMP	SLC	;set logical column, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	DLN - Delete Line
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DLN
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DLN	=	*	;entry
	JSR	SLC	;set logical column
	LDY	HOLD1
	STY	ROWCRS	;cursor row
;	JMP	DLN1
	SPACE	4,10
**	DLN1 - Delete Line
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DLN1
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DLN1	=	*		;entry

DLN0	LDY	ROWCRS		;cursor row

DLN2	TYA
	SEC
	JSR	BLG2		;get next bit
	PHP
	TYA
	CLC
	ADC	#8*[LOGMAP-TABMAP]	;add offset for log:
	PLP
	JSR	BMP		;put bit in bit map
	INY
	CPY	#24
	BNE	DLN2		;if not done

	LDA	LOGMAP+2
	ORA	#1		;set least significant bit
	STA	LOGMAP+2	;update logical line bit ma:
	LDA	#0		;delete line of data
	STA	COLCRS		;low cursor column
	JSR	CCA		;convert cursor row/column :
	JSR	SSD		;scroll screen for delete

;	Check for new logical line.

	JSR	BLG		;get bit from logical line :
	BCC	DLN0		;if not new logical line

;	Move cursor to left margin.

	JMP	CLM		;move cursor to left margin:
	SPACE	4,10
**	BEL - Sound Bell
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	BEL
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


BEL	=	*	;entry
	LDY	#$20

BEL1	JSR	SKC	;sound key click
	DEY
	BPL	BEL1	;if not done

	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CBT - Move Cursor to Bottom
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CBT
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CBT	=	*	;entry
	JSR	CHM	;move cursor home
	JMP	CUP	;move cursor up, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	DDD - Perform Double Byte Double Decrement
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DDD
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DDD	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#2	;indicate subtracting 2
	BNE	DBS	;perform double byte subtract, retu:
	SPACE	4,10
**	SDF - Store Data Indirect for Fine Scrolling
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SDF
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SDF	=	*	;entry
	LDY	FINE
	BEQ	SDI	;if not fine scrolling

	ORA	#$20	;enable vertical scroll
;	JMP	SDI	;store data indirect, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SDI - Store Data Indirect
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SDI
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SDI	=	*	;entry

;	Check current status.

	LDY	DSTAT	;status
	BMI	DBS3	;if error, return

;	Store data.

	LDY	#0
	STA	(ADRESS),Y

;	Decrement.

;	JMP	DSD	;perform double byte single decreme:
	SPACE	4,10
**	DSD - Perform Double Byte Single Decrement
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DSD
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DSD	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#1	;indicate subtracting 1
;	JMP	DBS	;perform double byte subtract, retu:
	SPACE	4,10
**	DBS - Perform Double Byte Subtract
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DBS
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DBS	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	STA	SUBTMP

;	Check current status.

	LDA	DSTAT		;status
	BMI	DBS3		;if error

;	Subtract.

	LDA	ADRESS
	SEC
	SBC	SUBTMP
	STA	ADRESS
	BCS	DBS1		;if no borrow

	DEC	ADRESS+1	;adjust high byte

;	Check for overwriting APPMHI.

DBS1	LDA	APPMHI+1
	CMP	ADRESS+1
	BCC	DBS3		;if not overwriting APPMHI

	BNE	DBS2		;if overwriting APPMHI, err:

	LDA	APPMHI
	CMP	ADRESS
	BCC	DBS3		;if not overwriting APPMHI

;	Process error.

DBS2	LDA	#SCRMEM		;indicate insufficient memo:
	STA	DSTAT		;status

;	Exit.

DBS3	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SSE - Set Scrolling Display List Entry
*
*	Store extra line in display list for fine scrolling:
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SSE
*
*	MODS
*		H. Stewart	06/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SSE	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#$02
	JSR	SDI	;store data indirect
	LDA	#$A2	;DLI on last visible line
	JSR	SDI	;store data indirect
	DEX
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CCA - Convert Cursor Row/Column to Address
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CCA
*
*	MODS
*		L. Winner	06/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CCA	=	*		;entry
	LDX	#1
	STX	MLTTMP		;initialize
	DEX
	STX	ADRESS+1	;clear high address
	LDA	ROWCRS		;cursor row position
	ASL	A		;2 times row position
	ROL	ADRESS+1
	ASL	A		;4 time row position
	ROL	ADRESS+1
	ADC	ROWCRS		;add to get 5 times row pos:
	STA	ADRESS
	BCC	CCA1

	INC	ADRESS+1

CCA1	LDY	DINDEX		;mode
	LDX	TLSC,Y		;left shift count

CCA2	ASL	ADRESS		;ADRESS = ADRESS*X
	ROL	ADRESS+1	;divide
	DEX
	BNE	CCA2

	LDA	COLCRS+1	;high cursor column
	LSR	A		;save least significant bit
	LDA	COLCRS		;low cursor column
	LDX	TRSC,Y		;right shift count
	BEQ	CCA4		;if no shift

CCA3	ROR	A		;roll in carry
	ASL	MLTTMP		;shift index
	DEX
	BNE	CCA3

CCA4	ADC	ADRESS		;add address
	BCC	CCA5		;if no carry

	INC	ADRESS+1	;adjuct high address

CCA5	CLC
	ADC	SAVMSC		;add saved memory scan coun:
	STA	ADRESS		;update address
	STA	OLDADR		;save address
	LDA	ADRESS+1
	ADC	SAVMSC+1
	STA	ADRESS+1
	STA	OLDADR+1

	LDX	TRSC,Y
	LDA	TMSK,X
	AND	COLCRS		;and in low cursor column
	ADC	OPNTMP
	TAY
	LDA	TDSM-1,Y	;display mask
	STA	DMASK		;display mask
	STA	SHFAMT
	LDY	#0

CCA6	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SZA - Set Zero Data and Advance Cursor Column
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SZA
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SZA	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#0
	BEQ	SDA	;set data and advance cursor
	SPACE	4,10
**	SEA - Set EOL Data and Advance Cursor Column
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SEA
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SEA	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#EOL	;special case eliminator
;	JMP	SDA	;set data and advance cursor, retur:
	SPACE	4,10
**	SDA - Set Data and Advance Cursor Column
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SDA
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SDA	=	*	;entry
	STA	INSDAT	;set data
;	JMP	ACC	;advance cursor column, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	ACC - Advance Cursor Column
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ACC
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ACC	=	*		;entry
	INC	LOGCOL		;increment logical column
	INC	COLCRS		;increment low cursor colum:
	BNE	ACC1		;if no carry

	INC	COLCRS+1	;adjust high cursor column

ACC1	LDA	COLCRS		;low cursor column
	LDX	DINDEX		;mode
	CMP	TMCC,X
	BEQ	ACC2		;if equal, process EOL

	CPX	#0
	BNE	CCA6		;if not mode 0, exit

	CMP	RMARGN		;right margin
	BEQ	CCA6		;if at right margin, exit

	BCC	CCA6		;if before right margin, ex:

ACC2	CPX	#8
	BNE	ACC3		;if not mode 8

	LDA	COLCRS+1	;high cursor column
	BEQ	CCA6		;if only at 64

ACC3	LDA	DINDEX		;mode
	BNE	RET		;if mode 0, exit

	LDA	LOGCOL		;logical column
	CMP	#81
	BCC	ACC4		;if < 81, definitely not li:

	LDA	INSDAT
	BEQ	RET		;if non-zero, do not do log:

	JSR	RWS		;return with scrolling
	JMP	RET5		;return

ACC4	JSR	RET		;return
	LDA	ROWCRS		;cursor row
	CLC
	ADC	#8*[LOGMAP-TABMAP]	;add offset for log:
	JSR	BMG		;ger bit from bit map
	BCC	ACC5

	LDA	INSDAT
	BEQ	ACC5		;if zero, do not extend

	CLC
	JSR	ILN1		;insert line

ACC5	JMP	SLC		;set logical column, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	RWS - Return with Scrolling
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	RWS
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


RWS	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#EOL	;select scrolling
	STA	INSDAT
;	JMP	RET	;return, return .
	SPACE	4,10
**	RET - Return
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	RET
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


RET	=	*		;entry
	JSR	SCL		;set cursor at left edge
	LDA	#0
	STA	COLCRS+1	;high cursor column
	INC	ROWCRS		;increment cursor row
	LDX	DINDEX
	LDY	#24		;assume 24 lines
	BIT	SWPFLG
	BPL	RET1		;if normal

	LDY	#4		;substitute 4 lines
	TYA
	BNE	RET2

RET1	LDA	TMRC,X	;mode row count

RET2	CMP	ROWCRS	;cursor row
	BNE	RET5

	STY	HOLD3
	TXA		;mode
	BNE	RET5	;if mode not 0, do not scroll

	LDA	INSDAT
	BEQ	RET5	;if zero, do not scroll

;	If EOL, roll in a 0.

	CMP	#EOL	;to extend bottom logical line
	BEQ	RET3	;if EOL

	CLC

RET3	JSR	SCR
	INC	SCRFLG
	DEC	BUFSTR
	BPL	RET4

	INC	BUFSTR

RET4	DEC	HOLD3
	LDA	LOGMAP
	SEC		;indicate for partial line
	BPL	RET3	;if partial logical line

	LDA	HOLD3
	STA	ROWCRS	;cursor row

RET5	JMP	SLC	;set logical column, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SEP - Subtract End Point
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SEP
*		X = 0, if row or 2, if column
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SEP	=	*		;entry
	SEC
	LDA	ROWAC,X		;low value from which to su:
	SBC	ENDPT
	STA	ROWAC,X		;new low value
	LDA	ROWAC+1,X	;hogh value from which to s:
	SBC	ENDPT+1
	STA	ROWAC+1,X	;new high value
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CRE - Check Cursor Range for Editor
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SEP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CRE	=	*	;entry

;	Check for mixed mode.

	LDA	BOTSCR
	CMP	#4	;mixed mode indicator
	BEQ	CCR	;if mixed mode, check cursor range,:

;	Check for mode 0.

	LDA	DINDEX	;mode
	BEQ	CCR	;if mode 0, check ursor usage

;	Open editor.

	JSR	EOP	;perform editor OPEN
;	JMP	CCR	;check cursor range, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CCR - Check Cursor Range
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CCR
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CCR	=	*		;entry
	LDA	#39
	CMP	RMARGN		;right margin
	BCS	CCR1		;if 39 >= right margin

	STA	RMARGN		;set right margin

CCR1	LDX	DINDEX
	LDA	TMRC,X		;mode row count
	CMP	ROWCRS		;cursor row
	BCC	CCR5		;if count > row position, e:

	BEQ	CCR5		;if count = row position, e:

	CPX	#8
	BNE	CCR2		;if not mode 8

	LDA	COLCRS+1	;high cursor column
	BEQ	CCR4		;if high cursor column zero

	CMP	#1
	BNE	CCR5		;if >1, bad

	BEQ	CCR3		;if 1, check low

CCR2	LDA	COLCRS+1	;high cursor column
	BNE	CCR5		;if high cursor column non-:

CCR3	LDA	TMCC,X		;mode column count
	CMP	COLCRS		;low cursor column
	BCC	CCR5		;if count > column position:

	BEQ	CCR5		;if count = column position:

CCR4	LDA	#SUCCES		;success indicator
	STA	DSTAT		;indicate success
	LDA	#BRKABT		;assume BREAK abort
	LDX	BRKKEY		;BREAK key status
	STA	BRKKEY		;clear BREAK key status
	BEQ	CCR6		;if BREAK

	RTS			;return

;	Process range error.

CCR5	JSR	CHM		;move cursor home
	LDA	#CRSROR		;indicate cursor overrange

;	Exit.

CCR6	STA	DSTAT		;status
	PLA			;clean stack for return to :
	PLA
	LDA	SWPFLG
	BPL	CCR7		;if not swapped

	JMP	SWA		;swap, return

CCR7	JMP	SST		;return (to CIO)
	SPACE	4,10
**	ROD - Restore Old Data under Cursor
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ROD
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ROD	=	*		;entry
	LDY	#0
	LDA	OLDADR+1
	BEQ	ROD1		;if page zero

	LDA	OLDCHR		;old data
	STA	(OLDADR),Y

ROD1	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	BMI - Initialize for Bit Map Operation
*
*	BMI sets the bit mask in BITMSK and byte offset in :
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	BMI
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


BMI	=	*	;entry
	PHA		;save logical column
	AND	#7	;logical column modulo 8
	TAX		;offset to bit mask
	LDA	TBTM,X	;bit mask
	STA	BITMSK	;set bit mask
	PLA		;logical column
	LSR	A
	LSR	A
	LSR	A	;logical column divided by 8
	TAX		;offset
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	BLR - Rotate Logical Line Bit Map Left
*
*	BLR rotates the logical line bit map left, scrollin:
*	logical lines up.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	BLR
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


BLR	=	*		;entry
	ROL	LOGMAP+2
	ROL	LOGMAP+1
	ROL	LOGMAP
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	BMP - Put Bit in Bit Map
*
*	PUT CARRY INTO BITMAP
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	BMP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


BMP	=	*	;entry
	BCC	BMC	;if C clear, clear bit in bit map,:

;	JMP	BMS	;set bit in bit map, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	BMS - Set Bit in Bit Map
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	BMS
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


BMS	=	*		;entry
	JSR	BMI		;initialize for bit mask op:
	LDA	TABMAP,X
	ORA	BITMSK		;set bit
	STA	TABMAP,X	;update bit map
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	BMC - Clear Bit in Bit Map
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	BMC
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


BMC	=	*		;entry
	JSR	BMI		;initialize for bit mask op:
	LDA	BITMSK
	EOR	#$FF
	AND	TABMAP,X	;clear bit
	STA	TABMAP,X	;update bit map
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	BLG - Get Bit from Logical Line Bit Map
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	BLG
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


BLG	=	*	;entry
	LDA	ROWCRS	;cursor row
;	JMP	BLG1
	SPACE	4,10
**	BLG1 - Get Bit from Logical Line Bit Map
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	BLG1
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


BLG1	=	*	;entry
	CLC
;	JMP	BLG2
	SPACE	4,10
**	BLG2 - Get Bit from Logical Line Bit Map
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	BLG2
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


BLG2	=	*	;entry
	ADC	#8*[LOGMAP-TABMAP]	;add offset for log:
;	JMP	BMG	;get bit from bit map, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	BMG - Get Bit from Bit Map
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	BMG
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


BMG	=	*	;entry
	JSR	BMI	;initialize for bit mask operation
	CLC
	LDA	TABMAP,X
	AND	BITMSK
	BEQ	BMG1

	SEC

BMG1	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CIA - Convert Internal Character to ATASCII
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CIA
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CIA	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDA	CHAR

;	Check mode.

	LDY	DINDEX	;mode
	CPY	#14
	BCS	CIA2	;if mode >= 14

	CPY	#12
	BCS	CIA1	;if mode 12 or 13

	CPY	#3
	BCS	CIA2	;if mode >= 3

;	Convert internal character to ATASCII.

CIA1	ROL	A
	ROL	A
	ROL	A
	ROL	A
	AND	#3
	TAX
	LDA	CHAR	;character
	AND	#$9F	;strip off cloumn address
	ORA	TIAC,X	;or in new column address

;	Exit.

CIA2	STA	ATACHR	;ATASCII character

CIA3	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	MLN - Move Line
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	MLN
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


MLN	=	*		;entry

; Initialize.

	LDX	RAMTOP		;(high) RAM size
	DEX			;decrement (high) RAM size
	STX	FRMADR+1	;high source address
	STX	TOADR+1		;high destination address
	LDA	#low [$0000-80]	;low RAM size - 80
	STA	FRMADR		;low source address
	LDA	#low [$0000-40]	;low RAM size - 40
	STA	TOADR		;low destination address

	LDX	ROWCRS		;cursor row

;	Check for completion.

MLN1	INX
	CPX	BOTSCR		;screen bottom
	BEQ	CIA3		;if done, return

;	Move line.

	LDY	#39		;offset to last byte

MLN2	LDA	(FRMADR),Y	;byte of source
	STA	(TOADR),Y	;byte of destination
	DEY
	BPL	MLN2		;if not done

;	Adjust source and destination addresses.

	SEC
	LDA	FRMADR		;source address
	STA	TOADR		;update destination address
	SBC	#low 40		;subtract 40
	STA	FRMADR		;update.source address
	LDA	FRMADR+1
	STA	TOADR+1
	SBC	#high 40
	STA	FRMADR+1

;	Continue.

	JMP	MLN1		;continue
	SPACE	4,10
**	ELL - Extend Logical Line
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ELL
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ELL	=	*	;entry
	PHP		;save bit
	LDY	#22

ELL1	TYA
	JSR	BLG1
	PHP
	TYA
	CLC
	ADC	#8*[LOGMAP-TABMAP]+1	;add offset for log:
	PLP
	JSR	BMP	;put bit in bit map
	DEY
	BMI	ELL2

	CPY	ROWCRS	;cursor row
	BCS	ELL1

ELL2	LDA	ROWCRS	;cursor row
	CLC
	ADC	#8*[LOGMAP-TABMAP]	;add offset for log:
	PLP
	JMP	BMP	;put bit in bit map, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CLN - Clear Line
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CLN
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CLN	=	*	;entry
	LDA	LMARGN	;left margin
	STA	COLCRS	;low cursor column
	JSR	CCA	;convert cursor row/column to addre:
	SEC
	LDA	RMARGN	;right margin
	SBC	LMARGN	;subtract left margin
	TAY		;screen width
	LDA	#0

CLN1	STA	(ADRESS),Y
	DEY
	BPL	CLN1	;if not done

	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SCR - Scroll
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SCR
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SCR	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	JSR	BLR	;rotate logical line bit map left

;	Check for fine scrolling.

	LDA	FINE
	BEQ	SCR5	;if not fine scrolling

SCR1	LDA	VSFLAG	;vertical scroll count
	BNE	SCR1	;if prior scroll not yet done

	LDA	#8
	STA	VSFLAG	;vertical scroll count

;	Wait forscroll to complete.

SCR2	LDA	VSFLAG	;vertical scroll count
	CMP	#1	;start of last scan
	BNE	SCR2	;if not done waiting

SCR3	LDA	VCOUNT
	CMP	#$40
	BCS	SCR3	;if not done waiting for safe place

	LDX	#$0D
	LDA	BOTSCR
	CMP	#4
	BNE	SCR4	;if not split screen

	LDX	#$70

SCR4	CPX	VCOUNT
	BCS	SCR4	;if not done waiting

;	Exit.

SCR5	JSR	SMS	;set memory scan counter address
;	JMP	SSD	;scroll screen for delete, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SSD - Scroll Screen for Delete
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SSD
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SSD	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize

	LDA	ADRESS		;address
	LDX	ADRESS+1

;	Calculate number of bytes to move.

SSD1	INX
	CPX	RAMTOP
	BEQ	SSD2		;if at RAMTOP

	SEC
	SBC	#$10
	JMP	SSD1		;continue

SSD2	ADC	#39		;(CLC and ADC #40)
	BNE	SSD3		;if byte count non-zero

	LDX	ADRESS+1
	INX
	CPX	RAMTOP
	BEQ	SSD6		;if at RAMTOP

	CLC
	ADC	#$10

;	Adjust address.

SSD3	TAY			;number of bytes
	STA	COUNTR
	SEC
	LDA	ADRESS
	SBC	COUNTR		;subtract
	STA	ADRESS		;update low address
	BCS	SSD4		;if no borrow

	DEC	ADRESS+1	;adjust high address

;	Move data down.

SSD4	LDA	ADRESS
	CLC
	ADC	#40
	STA	COUNTR		;address + 40
	LDA	ADRESS+1
	ADC	#0
	STA	COUNTR+1

SSD5	LDA	(COUNTR),Y	;byte to move
	STA	(ADRESS),Y	;move byte
	INY
	BNE	SSD5		;if not done (256-=16 times)

	LDY	#256-240
	LDA	ADRESS
	CMP	#-40
	BEQ	SSD6		;if all done

	CLC
	ADC	#240
	STA	ADRESS		;update low address
	BCC	SSD4		;if no carry

	INC	ADRESS+1	;adjust high address
	BNE	SSD4		;continue

;	Clear last line.

SSD6	LDX	RAMTOP
	DEX
	STX	COUNTR+1
	LDX	#-40
	STX	COUNTR
	LDA	#0
	LDY	#39

SSD7	STA	(COUNTR),Y	;clear byte of last line
	DEY
	BPL	SSD7		;if not done

;	JMP	SLC		;set logical column, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SLC - Set Logical Column
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SLC
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SLC	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDA	#0
	STA	LOGCOL	;initialize logical column
	LDA	ROWCRS	;cursor row
	STA	HOLD1	;working row

;	Search for beginning of line.

SLC1	LDA	HOLD1	;add in row component
	JSR	BLG1
	BCS	SLC2	;if beginning of line found

	LDA	LOGCOL	;logical column
	CLC
	ADC	#40	;add number of characters per line
	STA	LOGCOL	;update logical column
	DEC	HOLD1	;decrement working row
	JMP	SLC1	;continue

;	Add in cursor column.

SLC2	CLC
	LDA	LOGCOL	;logical column
	ADC	COLCRS	;add low cursor column
	STA	LOGCOL	;update logical column
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CBC - Compute Buffer Count
*
*	CBC computes the buffer count as the number of byte:
*	buffer start to the end of the logical line (with t:
*	spaces removed).
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CBC
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CBC	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	JSR	SRC		;save row and column
	LDA	LOGCOL		;logical column
	PHA			;save logical column
	LDA	BUFSTR		;start of buffer
	STA	ROWCRS		;cursor row
	LDA	BUFSTR+1
	STA	COLCRS		;low cursor column
	LDA	#1
	STA	BUFCNT		;initialize buffer count

;	Determine last line on screen.

CBC1	LDX	#23		;normal last line on screen
	LDA	SWPFLG
	BPL	CBC2		;if not swapped

	LDX	#3		;last line on screen

;	Check for cursor on last line of screen.

CBC2	CPX	ROWCRS	;cursor row
	BNE	CBC3	;if cursor on last line

	LDA	COLCRS	;low cursor column
	CMP	RMARGN	;right margin
	BNE	CBC3	;if not at right margin

	INC	BUFCNT	;fake SEA to avoid scrolling
	JMP	CBC4

CBC3	JSR	SZA	;set zero data and advance cursor
	INC	BUFCNT
	LDA	LOGCOL	;logical column
	CMP	LMARGN	;left margin
	BNE	CBC1	;if not yet at left margin

	DEC	ROWCRS	;decrement cursor row
	JSR	CLF	;move cursor left

CBC4	JSR	GDC	;get data under cursor
	BNE	CBC6	;if non-zero, quit

	DEC	BUFCNT	;DECREMENT COUNTER
	LDA	LOGCOL	;logical column
	CMP	LMARGN	;left margin
	BEQ	CBC6	;if beginning of logical line, exit

	JSR	CLF	;move cursor left
	LDA	COLCRS	;low cursor column
	CMP	RMARGN	;right margin
	BNE	CBC5	;if cursor column not right margin

	DEC	ROWCRS	;decrement cursor row

CBC5	LDA	BUFCNT
	BNE	CBC4	;if BUFCNT non-zero, continue

CBC6	PLA		;saved logical column
	STA	LOGCOL	;restore logical column
	JMP	RRC	;restore row and column, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SBS - Set Bufer Start and Logical Column
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SBS
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SBS	=	*		;entry
	JSR	SLC		;set logical column
	LDA	HOLD1
	STA	BUFSTR
	LDA	LMARGN		;left margin
	STA	BUFSTR+1

SBS1	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	DQQ - Delete Line
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DQQ
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DQQ	=	*	;entry
	LDA	LOGCOL	;logical column
	CMP	LMARGN	;left margin
	BNE	DQQ1	;if not at left margin

	DEC	ROWCRS	;decrement cursor row
DQQ1	JSR	SLC	;set logical column
;	JMP	DWQ
	SPACE	4,10
**	DWQ - Delete Line
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	DWQ
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


DWQ	=	*	;entry

;	Check for left margin.

	LDA	LOGCOL	;logical column
	CMP	LMARGN	;left margin
	BEQ	SBS1	;if at left margin, return

	JSR	CCA	;convert cursor row/column to addre:
	LDA	RMARGN	;right margin
	SEC
	SBC	LMARGN	;subtract left margin
	TAY		;offset to last byte

DWQ1	LDA	(ADRESS),Y
	BNE	SBS1

	DEY
	BPL	DWQ1	;if not done

	JMP	DLN1	;delete line, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CCC - Check for Control Character
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CCC
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CCC	=	*	;entry

	LDX	#TCCRL-3	;offset to last entry

CCC1	LDA	TCCR,X		;control character
	CMP	ATACHR		;ATASCII character
	BEQ	CCC2		;if character found, exit

	DEX
	DEX
	DEX
	BPL	CCC1		;if not done, continue sear:

CCC2	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SRC - Save Row and Column
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SRC
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SRC	=	*		;entry
	LDX	#2		;offset to last byte

SRC1	LDA	ROWCRS,X	;byte of cursor row/column
	STA	TMPROW,X	;save byte of cursor row/co:
	DEX
	BPL	SRC1		;if not done

	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	RRC - Restore Row and Column
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	RRC
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


RRC	=	*		;entry
	LDX	#2		;offset to last byte

RRC1	LDA	TMPROW,X	;byte of saved cursor row/c:
	STA	ROWCRS,X	;byte of row/column
	DEX
	BPL	RRC1		;if not done

	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SWA - Swap Cursor Position with Regular Cursor Posi:
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SWA
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SWA	=	*		;entry

;	Check for split screen.

	LDA	BOTSCR		;screen bottom
	CMP	#24		;normal indicator
	BEQ	SWA2		;if not split screen

;	Swap cursor parameters.

	LDX	#11		;offset to last byte

SWA1	LDA	ROWCRS,X	;destination cursor paramet:
	PHA			;save cursor parameter
	LDA	TXTROW,X	;source cursor parameter
	STA	ROWCRS,X	;update destination cursor :
	PLA			;saved cursor parameter
	STA	TXTROW,X	;update source cursor param:
	DEX
	BPL	SWA1		;if not done

;	Complement swap flag.

	LDA	SWPFLG		;swap flag
	EOR	#$FF		;complement swap flag
	STA	SWPFLG		;update swap flag

;	Exit.

SWA2	JMP	SST	;perform screen STATUS, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SKC - Sound Key Click
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SKC
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SKC	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDX	#2*63	;2 times trip count
	PHA		;save A

;	Turn loudspeaker on.

SKC1	STX	CONSOL	;turn loudspeaker on

;	Wait for VBLANK (loudspeaker off).

	LDA	VCOUNT	;vertical line counter

SKC2	CMP	VCOUNT	;current vertical line counter
	BEQ	SKC2	;if vertical line not changed

;	Decrement and check trip count.

	DEX
	DEX
	BPL	SKC1	;if not done

;	Exit.

	PLA		;restore A
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SCL - Set Cursor at Left Edge
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SCL
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SCL	=	*	;entry

	LDA	#0	;assume 0

	LDX	SWPFLG	;swap flag
	BNE	SCL1	;if not swapped

	LDX	DINDEX	;mode
	BNE	SCL2	;if not mode 0

SCL1	LDA	LMARGN	;use left margin instead of 0

SCL2	STA	COLCRS	;set low cursor column
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SMS - Set Memory Scan Counter Address
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SMS
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SMS	=	*		;entry
	LDA	SAVMSC		;saved low memory scan coun:
	STA	ADRESS		;saved low address
	LDA	SAVMSC+1	;saved high memory scan cou:
	STA	ADRESS+1	;set high address
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SSP - Perform Screen SPECIAL
*
*	SSP draws a line from OLDROW/OLDCOL to NEWROW/NEWCO:
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SSP
*
*	MODS
*		A. Miller
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SSP	=	*		;entry

;	Determine command.

	LDX	#0		;assume no fill
	LDA	ICCOMZ		;command
	CMP	#$11		;DRAW command
	BEQ	SSP2		;if DRAW command

	CMP	#$12		;FILL command
	BEQ	SSP1		;if FILL command

	LDY	#NVALID		;invalid command error
	RTS			;return

SSP1	INX			;indicate fill

SSP2	STX	FILFLG		;right fill flag

;	Set destination row/column.

	LDA	ROWCRS		;cursor row
	STA	NEWROW
	LDA	COLCRS		;cursor column
	STA	NEWCOL
	LDA	COLCRS+1
	STA	NEWCOL+1

;	Compute row increment and difference.

	LDA	#1		;assume increment +1
	STA	ROWINC		;row increment
	STA	COLINC		;column increment
	SEC
	LDA	NEWROW		;destination row
	SBC	OLDROW		;subtract source row
	STA	DELTAR		;row difference
	BCS	SSP3		;if difference positive

;	Set row increment to -1 and complement row differen:

	LDA	#$FF		;increment -1
	STA	ROWINC		;update row increment
	LDA	DELTAR		;row difference
	EOR	#$FF
	CLC
	ADC	#1		;add 1 for 2's complement
	STA	DELTAR		;update row difference

;	Compute column increment and difference.

SSP3	SEC
	LDA	NEWCOL		;destination column
	SBC	OLDCOL		;source column
	STA	DELTAC		;column difference
	LDA	NEWCOL+1
	SBC	OLDCOL+1
	STA	DELTAC+1
	BCS	SSP4		;if difference positive

;	Set column increment to -1 and complement column di:

	LDA	#$FF		;increment -1
	STA	COLINC		;update column increment
	LDA	DELTAC		;column difference
	EOR	#$FF		;absolute value of column d:
	STA	DELTAC		;update column difference
	LDA	DELTAC+1
	EOR	#$FF
	STA	DELTAC+1
	INC	DELTAC		;add 1 for 2's complement
	BNE	SSP4		;if no carry

	INC	DELTAC+1	;adjust for 2's complement

SSP4	LDX	#2		;offset to last byte
	LDY	#0
	STY	COLAC+1		;zero high working column

SSP5	TYA
	STA	ROWAC,X		;zero byte of working row/c:
	LDA	OLDROW,X	;byte of source row/column
	STA	ROWCRS,X	;byte of cursor row/column
	DEX
	BPL	SSP5		;if not done

;	Determine difference.

	LDA	DELTAC		;low column difference
	INX			;offset to working row
	TAY			;low column difference
	LDA	DELTAC+1	;high column difference
	STA	COUNTR+1	;initialize high iteration :
	STA	ENDPT+1		;initialize high end point
	BNE	SSP6		;if high column difference :

	LDA	DELTAC		;low column difference
	CMP	DELTAR		;row difference
	BCS	SSP6		;if column difference > row:

	LDA	DELTAR		;row difference
	LDX	#2		;offset to working column
	TAY			;row difference

SSP6	TYA			;low maximum difference
	STA	COUNTR		;low iteration counter
	STA	ENDPT		;low end point
	PHA			;save low end point
	LDA	ENDPT+1		;high end point
	LSR	A		;C = LSB of high end point
	PLA			;saved low end point
	ROR	A
	STA	ROWAC,X		;low working row or column

;	Check for iteration counter zero.

SSP7	LDA	COUNTR		;low iteration counter
	ORA	COUNTR+1	;or in high iteration count:
	BNE	SSP8		;if iteration counter is no:

	JMP	SSP19		;exit

;	Update working row.

SSP8	CLC
	LDA	ROWAC		;working row
	ADC	DELTAR		;row difference
	STA	ROWAC		;update working row
	BCC	SSP9		;if no carry

	INC	ROWAC+1		;adjust high working row

SSP9	LDA	ROWAC+1		;high working row
	CMP	ENDPT+1		;high end point
	BCC	SSP11		;if high working row < high:

	BNE	SSP10		;if high working row > high:

	LDA	ROWAC		;low working row
	CMP	ENDPT		;low end point
	BCC	SSP11		;if low working row < low e:

SSP10	CLC
	LDA	ROWCRS		;cursor row
	ADC	ROWINC		;add row increment
	STA	ROWCRS		;update cursor row
	LDX	#0		;indicate subtract from wor:
	JSR	SEP		;subtract end pointer

SSP11	CLC
	LDA	COLAC		;low working column
	ADC	DELTAC		;add column difference
	STA	COLAC		;update working column
	LDA	COLAC+1
	ADC	DELTAC+1
	STA	COLAC+1
	CMP	ENDPT+1		;high end point
	BCC	SSP15		;if high working column < h:

	BNE	SSP12		;if high working column > h:

	LDA	COLAC		;low working column
	CMP	ENDPT		;low end point
	BCC	SSP15		;if low working column < lo:

SSP12	BIT	COLINC		;column increment
	BPL	SSP13		;if column increment positi:

	DEC	COLCRS		;decrement low cursor colum:
	LDA	COLCRS		;low cursor column
	CMP	#$FF
	BNE	SSP14

	LDA	COLCRS+1	;high cursor column
	BEQ	SSP14		;if zero, do not decrement

	DEC	COLCRS+1	;decrement high cursor colu:
	BPL	SSP14

SSP13	INC	COLCRS		;increment low cursor colum:
	BNE	SSP14		;if no carry

	INC	COLCRS+1	;adjust high cursor column

SSP14	LDX	#2		;indicate subtract from wor:
	JSR	SEP		;subtract end pointer

;	Plot point.

SSP15	JSR	CCR		;check cursor range
	JSR	PLO		;plot point

;	Check for right fill.

	LDA	FILFLG		;right fill flag
	BEQ	SSP18		;if no right fill

;	Process right fill.

	JSR	SRC		;save row and column
	LDA	ATACHR		;plot point
	STA	HOLD4		;save plot point

SSP16	LDA	ROWCRS		;cursor row
	PHA			;save cursor row
	JSR	ACC		;advance cursor column
	PLA			;saved cursor row
	STA	ROWCRS		;restore cursor row
	JSR	CCR		;check cursor range
	JSR	GDC		;get data under cursor
	BNE	SSP17		;if non-zero data encounter:

	LDA	FILDAT		;fill data
	STA	ATACHR		;plot point
	JSR	PLO		;plot point
	JMP	SSP16		;continue

SSP17	LDA	HOLD4		;saved plot point
	STA	ATACHR		;restore plot point
	JSR	RRC		;restore row and column

;	Subtract 1 from iteration counter.

SSP18	SEC
	LDA	COUNTR		;iteration counter
	SBC	#1		;subtract 1
	STA	COUNTR		;update iteration counter
	LDA	COUNTR+1
	SBC	#0
	STA	COUNTR+1

;	Check for completion.

	BMI	SSP19	;if iteration counter negative, exi:

	JMP	SSP7	;continue

;	Exit.

SSP19	JMP	SST	;perform screen STATUS, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	TMSK - Table of Bit Masks


TMSK	DB	$00	;0 - mask for no bits
	DB	$01	;1 - mask for lower 1 bit
	DB	$03	;2 - mask for lower 2 bits
	DB	$07	;3 - mask for lower 3 bits
	SPACE	4,10
**	TDSC - Table of Default Screen Colors


TDSC	DB	$28	;default playfield 0 color
	DB	$CA	;default playfield 1 color
	DB	$94	;default playfield 2 color
	DB	$46	;default playfield 3 color
	DB	$00	;default background color
	SPACE	4,10
**	TCCR - Table of Control Character Routines
*
*	Each entry is 3 bytes. The first byte is the contr:
*	character; the second and third bytes are the addre:
*	the routine which processes the control character.


TCCR	DB	$1B
	DW	ESC	;escape

	DB	$1C
	DW	CUP	;move cursor up

	DB	$1D
	DW	CDN	;move cursor down

	DB	$1E
	DW	CLF	;move cursor left

	DB	$1F
	DW	CRT	;move cursor right

	DB	$7D
	DW	CSC	;clear screen

	DB	$7E
	DW	BSP	;backspace

	DB	$7F
	DW	TAB	;tab

	DB	$9B
	DW	RWS	;return with scrolling

	DB	$9C
	DW	DLN	;delete line

	DB	$9D
	DW	ILN	;insert line

	DB	$9E
	DW	CTB	;clear tab

	DB	$9F
	DW	STB	;set tab

	DB	$FD
	DW	BEL	;sound bell

	DB	$FE
	DW	DCH	;delete character

	DB	$FF
	DW	ICH	;insert character

TCCRL	=	*-TCCR	;length
	SPACE	4,10
**	TSFR - Table of Super Function (Shifted Function Ke:
*
*	Each entry is 3 bytes. The first byte is the super:
*	character; the second and third bytes are the addre:
*	routine which processes the super function.


TSFR	DB	$1C
	DW	CHM	;move cursor home

	DB	$1D
	DW	CBT	;move cursor to bottom

	DB	$1E
	DW	CLM	;move cursor to left margin

	DB	$1F
	DW	CRM	;move cursor to right margin
	SPACE	4,10
**	TAIC - Table of ATASCII to Internal Conversion Cons:


TAIC	DB	$40	;0
	DB	$00	;1
	DB	$20	;2
	DB	$60	;3
	SPACE	4,10
**	TIAC - Table of Internal to ATASCII Conversion Cons:


TIAC	DB	$20	;0
	DB	$40	;1
	DB	$00	;2
	DB	$60	;3
	SPACE	4,10
**	TCKD - Table of Character Key Definitions
*
*	Entry n is the ATASCII equivalent of key code n.


TCKD	=	*

;	Lower Case Characters

	DB	$6C	;$00 - l
	DB	$6A	;$01 - j
	DB	$3B	;$02 - semicolon
	DB	$8A	;$03 - F1
	DB	$8B	;$04 - F2
	DB	$6B	;$05 - k
	DB	$2B	;$06 - +
	DB	$2A	;$07 - *
	DB	$6F	;$08 - o
	DB	$80	;$09 - (invalid)
	DB	$70	;$0A - p
	DB	$75	;$0B - u
	DB	$9B	;$0C - return
	DB	$69	;$0D - i
	DB	$2D	;$0E - -
	DB	$3D	;$0F - =

	DB	$76	;$10 - v
	DB	$80	;$11 - (invalid)
	DB	$63	;$12 - c
	DB	$8C	;$13 - F3
	DB	$8D	;$14 - F4
	DB	$62	;$15 - b
	DB	$78	;$16 - x
	DB	$7A	;$17 - z
	DB	$34	;$18 - 4
	DB	$80	;$19 - (invalid)
	DB	$33	;$1A - 3
	DB	$36	;$1B - 6
	DB	$1B	;$1C - escape
	DB	$35	;$1D - 5
	DB	$32	;$1E - 2
	DB	$31	;$1F - 1

	DB	$2C	;$20 - comma
	DB	$20	;$21 - space
	DB	$2E	;$22 - period
	DB	$6E	;$23 - n
	DB	$80	;$24 - (invalid)
	DB	$6D	;$25 - m
	DB	$2F	;$26 - /
	DB	$81	;$27 - inverse
	DB	$72	;$28 - r
	DB	$80	;$29 - (invalid)
	DB	$65	;$2A - e
	DB	$79	;$2B - y
	DB	$7F	;$2C - tab
	DB	$74	;$2D - t
	DB	$77	;$2E - w
	DB	$71	;$2F - q

	DB	$39	;$30 - 9
	DB	$80	;$31 - (invalid)
	DB	$30	;$32 - 0
	DB	$37	;$33 - 7
	DB	$7E	;$34 - backspace
	DB	$38	;$35 - 8
	DB	$3C	;$36 - <
	DB	$3E	;$37 - >
	DB	$66	;$38 - f
	DB	$68	;$39 - h
	DB	$64	;$3A - d
	DB	$80	;$3B - (invalid)
	DB	$82	;$3C - CAPS
	DB	$67	;$3D - g
	DB	$73	;$3E - s
	DB	$61	;$3F - a

;	Upper Case Characters

	DB	$4C	;$40 - L
	DB	$4A	;$41 - J
	DB	$3A	;$42 - colon
	DB	$8A	;$43 - SHIFT-F1
	DB	$8B	;$44 - SHIFT-F2
	DB	$4B	;$45 - K
	DB	$5C	;$46 - \
	DB	$5E	;$47 - ^
	DB	$4F	;$48 - O
	DB	$80	;$49 - (invalid)
	DB	$50	;$4A - P
	DB	$55	;$4B - U
	DB	$9B	;$4C - SHIFT-return
	DB	$49	;$4D - I
	DB	$5F	;$4E - _
	DB	$7C	;$4F - |

	DB	$56	;$50 - V
	DB	$80	;$51 - (invalid)
	DB	$43	;$52 - C
	DB	$8C	;$53 - SHIFT-F3
	DB	$8D	;$54 - SHIFT-F4
	DB	$42	;$55 - B
	DB	$58	;$56 - X
	DB	$5A	;$57 - Z
	DB	$24	;$58 - $
	DB	$80	;$59 - (invalid)
	DB	$23	;$5A - #
	DB	$26	;$5B - &
	DB	$1B	;$5C - SHIFT-escape
	DB	$25	;$5D - %
	DB	$22	;$5E - "
	DB	$21	;$5F - !

	DB	$5B	;$60 - [
	DB	$20	;$61 - SHIFT-space
	DB	$5D	;$62 - ]
	DB	$4E	;$63 - N
	DB	$80	;$64 - (invalid)
	DB	$4D	;$65 - M
	DB	$3F	;$66 - ?
	DB	$81	;$67 - SHIFT-inverse
	DB	$52	;$68 - R
	DB	$80	;$69 - (invalid)
	DB	$45	;$6A - E
	DB	$59	;$6B - Y
	DB	$9F	;$6C - SHIFT-tab
	DB	$54	;$6D - T
	DB	$57	;$6E - W
	DB	$51	;$6F - Q

	DB	$28	;$70 - (
	DB	$80	;$71 - (invalid)
	DB	$29	;$72 - )
	DB	$27	;$73 - '
	DB	$9C	;$74 - SHIFT-delete
	DB	$40	;$75 - @
	DB	$7D	;$76 - SHIFT-clear
	DB	$9D	;$77 - SHIFT-insert
	DB	$46	;$78 - F
	DB	$48	;$79 - H
	DB	$44	;$7A - D
	DB	$80	;$7B - (invalid)
	DB	$83	;$7C - SHIFT-CAPS
	DB	$47	;$7D - G
	DB	$53	;$7E - S
	DB	$41	;$7F - A

;	Control Characters

	DB	$0C	;$80 - CTRL-L
	DB	$0A	;$81 - CTRL-J
	DB	$7B	;$82 - CTRL-semicolon
	DB	$80	;$83 - (invalid)
	DB	$80	;$84 - (invalid)
	DB	$0B	;$85 - CTRL-K
	DB	$1E	;$86 - CTRL-left arrow
	DB	$1F	;$87 - CTRL-right arrow
	DB	$0F	;$88 - CTRL-O
	DB	$80	;$89 - (invalid)
	DB	$10	;$8A - CTRL-P
	DB	$15	;$8B - CTRL-U
	DB	$9B	;$8C - CTRL-return
	DB	$09	;$8D - CTRL-I
	DB	$1C	;$8E - CTRL-up arrow
	DB	$1D	;$8F - CTRL-down arrow

	DB	$16	;$90 - CTRL-V
	DB	$80	;$91 - (invalid)
	DB	$03	;$92 - CTRL-C
	DB	$89	;$93 - CTRL-F3
	DB	$80	;$94 - (invalid)
	DB	$02	;$95 - CTRL-B
	DB	$18	;$96 - CTRL-X
	DB	$1A	;$97 - CTRL-Z
	DB	$80	;$98 - (invalid)
	DB	$80	;$99 - (invalid)
	DB	$85	;$9A - CTRL-3
	DB	$80	;$9B - (invalid)
	DB	$1B	;$9C - CTRL-escape
	DB	$80	;$9D - (invalid)
	DB	$FD	;$9E - CTRL-2
	DB	$80	;$9F - (invalid)

	DB	$00	;$A0 - CTRL-comma
	DB	$20	;$A1 - CTRL-space
	DB	$60	;$A2 - CTRL-period
	DB	$0E	;$A3 - CTRL-N
	DB	$80	;$A4 - (invalid)
	DB	$0D	;$A5 - CTRL-M
	DB	$80	;$A6 - (invalid)
	DB	$81	;$A7 - CTRL-inverse
	DB	$12	;$A8 - CTRL-R
	DB	$80	;$A9 - (invalid)
	DB	$05	;$AA - CTRL-E
	DB	$19	;$AB - CTRL-Y
	DB	$9E	;$AC - CTRL-tab
	DB	$14	;$AD - CTRL-T
	DB	$17	;$AE - CTRL-W
	DB	$11	;$AF - CTRL-Q

	DB	$80	;$B0 - (invalid)
	DB	$80	;$B1 - (invalid)
	DB	$80	;$B2 - (invalid)
	DB	$80	;$B3 - (invalid)
	DB	$FE	;$B4 - CTRL-delete
	DB	$80	;$B5 - (invalid)
	DB	$7D	;$B6 - CTRL-clear
	DB	$FF	;$B7 - CTRL-insert
	DB	$06	;$B8 - CTRL-F
	DB	$08	;$B9 - CTRL-H
	DB	$04	;$BA - CTRL-D
	DB	$80	;$BB - (invalid)
	DB	$84	;$BC - CTRL-CAPS
	DB	$07	;$BD - CTRL-G
	DB	$13	;$BE - CTRL-S
	DB	$01	;$BF - CTRL-A
	SPACE	4,10
**	TFKD - Table of Function Key Definitions
*
*	Entry n is the ATASCII equivalent of adjusted funct:
*	code n.


TFKD	DB	$1C	;0 - F1 key
	DB	$1D	;1 - F2 key
	DB	$1E	;2 - F3 key
	DB	$1F	;3 - F3 key

	DB	$8E	;4 - SHIFT-F1 key
	DB	$8F	;5 - SHIFT-F2 key
	DB	$90	;6 - SHIFT-F3 key
	DB	$91	;7 - SHIFT-F4 key
	SPACE	4,10
**	KIR - Process Keyboard IRQ
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	KIR
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits via RTI
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


KIR	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	TXA
	PHA		;save X
	TYA
	PHA		;save Y
	LDY	PORTB	;port B memory control
	LDA	KBCODE	;keyboard code
	CMP	CH1	;last key code
	BNE	KIR1	;if not last key code

	LDX	KEYDEL	;keyboard debounce delay
	BNE	KIR8	;if delay not expired, tread as bou:

;	Check for CTRL-F1.

KIR1	LDX	KEYDIS	;save keyboard disable flag
	CMP	#CNTLF1
	BNE	KIR4	;if not CTRL-F1

;	Process CTRL-F1

	TXA		;keyboard disable flag
	EOR	#$FF	;complelent keyboard disable flag
	STA	KEYDIS	;update keyboard disable flag
	BNE	KIR2	;if keyboard disabled

	TYA		;port B memory control
	ORA	#$04	;turn off LED 1
	BNE	KIR3	;update port B memory control

KIR2	TYA		;port B memory control
	AND	#$FB	;turn on LED 1

KIR3	TAY		;updated port B memory control
	BCS	KIR7	;reset keyboard controls

;	Check keyboard disable.

KIR4	TXA		;keyboard disable flag
	BNE	KIR9	;if keyboard disabled, exit

;	Get character.

	LDA	KBCODE	;keyyboard code
	TAX		;character

;	Check for CTRL-1.

	CMP	#CNTL1
	BNE	KIR5	;if not CTRL-1

;	Process CTRL-1.

	LDA	SSFLAG	;start/stop flag
	EOR	#$FF	;complement start/stop flag
	STA	SSFLAG	;update start/stop flag
	BCS	KIR7	;make CTRL-1 invisible

;	Check character.

KIR5	AND	#$3F	;mask off shift and control bits
	CMP	#HELP
	BNE	KIR10	;if not HELP key

;	Process HELP.

	STX	HELPFG	;indicate HELP key pressed
	BEQ	KIR7	;reset keyboard controls

;	Process character.

KIR6	STX	CH	;key code
	STX	CH1	;reset previous key code

;	Reset keyboard controls.

KIR7	LDA	#3
	STA	KEYDEL	;re-initialize for debounce
	LDA	#0
	STA	ATRACT	;clear attract-mode timer/flag

;	Prepare to exit.

KIR8	LDA	KRPDEL	;auto-repeat delay
	STA	SRTIMR	;reset software key repeat timer
	LDA	SDMCTL	;DMA control
	BNE	KIR9	;if DMA not disabled, exit

	LDA	DMASAV	;saved DMA control
	STA	SDMCTL	;DMA control

;	Exit.

KIR9	STY	PORTB	;update port B memory control
	PLA		;saved Y
	TAY		;restore Y
	PLA		;saved X
	TAX		;restore X
	PLA		;restore A
	RTI		;return

;	Check for CTRL-F2 or CTRL-F4.

KIR10	CPX	#CNTLF2
	BEQ	KIR12	;if CTRL-F2

	CPX	#CNTLF4
	BNE	KIR6	;if not CTRL-F4

;	Process CTRL-F4.

	LDA	CHBAS	;character set base
	LDX	CHSALT	;character set alternate
	STA	CHSALT	;update character set alternate
	STX	CHBAS	;update character set base

	CPX	#high ICSORG	;high international charact:
	BEQ	KIR11		;if international character:

	TYA		;port B memory control
	ORA	#$08	;turn off LED 2
	TAY		;updated port B memory control
	BNE	KIR7	;reset keyboard controls

KIR11	TYA		;port B memory control
	AND	#$F7	;turn on LED 2
	TAY		;updated port B memory control
	JMP	KIR7	;reset keyboard controls

;	Process CTRL-F2.

KIR12	LDA	SDMCTL	;DMA control
	BEQ	KIR9	;if disabled, exit

	STA	DMASAV	;save DMA state
	LDA	#0	;disable DMA
	STA	SDMCTL	;DMA control
	BEQ	KIR9	;exit
	SPACE	4,10
**	FDL - Process Display List Interrupt for Fine Scrol:
*
*	ENTRY	JMP	DFL
*
*	EXIT
*		Exits via RTI
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: in the CRASS65 version, COLRSH was:
*		zero-page.
*		Problem: in the CRASS65 version, DRKMSK was:
*		zero-page.
*
*	MODS
*		H. Stewart	06/01/82
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


FDL	=	*		;entry
	PHA			;save A
	LDA	COLOR2		;playfield 2 color
;	EOR	COLRSH		;modify with attract-mode c:
	VFD	8\$4D,8\low COLRSH,8\high COLRSH
;	AND	DRKMSK		;modify with attract-mode l:
	VFD	8\$2D,8\low DRKMSK,8\high COLRSH
	STA	WSYNC		;wait for HBLANK synchroniz:
	STA	COLPF1		;playfield 1 color/luminanc:
	PLA			;restore A
	RTI			;return
	SUBTTL	'$FCD8 Patch'
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	$FCD8
	SPACE	4,10
**	FCD8 - $FCD8 Patch
*
*	For compatibility with OS Revision B, sound key cli:


	JMP	SKC	;sound key click, return
	SUBTTL	'Cassette Handler'
	SPACE	4,10
**	CIN - Initialize Cassette
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CIN
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CIN	=	*		;entry
	LDA	#low B00600	;indicate 600 baud
	STA	CBAUDL		;cassette baud rate
	LDA	#high B00600
	STA	CBAUDH
;	JMP	CSP		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CSP - Perform Cassette SPECIAL
*
*	CSP does nothing.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CSP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CSP	=	*	;entry
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	COP - Perform Cassette OPEN
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	COP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


COP	=	*	;entry

;	Set Cassette IRG type.

	LDA	ICAX2Z	;second auxiliary information
	STA	FTYPE	;cassette IRG type

;	Check OPEN mode.

	LDA	ICAX1Z	;OPEN mode
	AND	#$0C	;open for input and output bits
	CMP	#$04	;open for input bit
	BEQ	OCI	;if open for input, process, return

	CMP	#$08	;open for output bit
	BEQ	OCO	;if open for output, process, retur:

;	Exit.

	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	OCI - Open Cassette for Input
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	OCI
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


OCI	=	*	;entry

;	Process open for input.

	LDA	#0	;indicate reading
	STA	WMODE	;WRITE mode
	STA	FEOF	;indicate no FEOF yet
	LDA	#TONE2	;tone for pressing PLAY
	JSR	AUB	;alert user with beep
	BMI	PBC1	;if error

;	Initialize cassette READ.

;	JMP	ICR	;initialize cassette READ, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	ICR - Initialize Cassette READ
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	ICR
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


ICR	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDA	#MOTRGO		;motor on
	STA	PACTL		;port A control

;	Wait for leader read.

	LDX	PALNTS
	LDY	RLEADL,X	;low READ leader
	LDA	RLEADH,X	;high READ leader
	TAX
	LDA	#3
	STA	CDTMF3
	JSR	SETVBV		;set up VBLANK timer

ICR1	LDA	CDTMF3
	BNE	ICR1		;if not done waiting

;	Initialize.

	LDA	#128		;buffer size
	STA	BPTR		;initialize buffer pointer
	STA	BLIM		;initialize buffer limit
	JMP	OCO2		;exit
	SPACE	4,10
**	PBC - Process BREAK for Cassette Operation
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PBC
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PBC	=	*	;entry
	LDY	#BRKABT	;BREAK abort error
	DEC	BRKKEY	;reset BREAK key flag

PBC1	LDA	#0	;indicate reading
	STA	WMODE	;WRITE mode
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	OCO - Open Cassette for Output
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	OCO
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


OCO	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDA	#$80	;indicate writing
	STA	WMODE	;WRITE mode
	LDA	#TONE1
	JSR	AUB	;alert user with beep
	BMI	PBC1	;if error

;	Set baud rate to 600.

	LDA	#low B00600	;600 baud
	STA	$D204
	LDA	#high B00600
	STA	$D206

;	Write marks.

	LDA	#$60
	STA	DDEVIC
	JSR	SENDEV
	LDA	#MOTRGO		;write 5 second blank tape
	STA	PACTL

;	Wait for leader written.

	LDX	PALNTS
	LDY	WLEADL,X
	LDA	WLEADH,X
	TAX
	LDA	#3
	JSR	SETVBV		;set VBLANK parameters
	LDA	#$FF
	STA	CDTMF3

OCO1	LDA	BRKKEY	;BREAK key flag
	BEQ	PBC	;if BREAK during write leader, proc:

	LDA	CDTMF3
	BNE	OCO1	;if not done waiting

;	Initialize buffer pointer.

	LDA	#0
	STA	BPTR	;buffer pointer

;	Indicate success.

OCO2	LDY	#SUCCES	;indicate success
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CGB - Perform Cassette GET-BYTE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CGB
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CGB	=	*		;entry

;	Check for EOF.

	LDA	FEOF		;EOF flag
	BMI	RCB3		;if at EOF already

;	Check for end of buffer.

	LDX	BPTR		;buffer pointer
	CPX	BLIM		;buffer limit
	BEQ	RCB		;if end of buffer, read blo:

;	Get next byte.

	LDA	CASBUF+3,X	;byte
	INC	BPTR		;increment pointer
	LDY	#SUCCES		;indicate success

CGB1	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	RCB - Read Cassette Block
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	RCB
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


RCB	=	*	;entry

;	Perform READ.

	LDA	#'R'	;read
	JSR	SCB	;perform SIO on cassette buffer
	TYA
	BMI	CGB1	;if SIO error

	LDA	#0
	STA	BPTR	;reset pointer
	LDX	#$80	;default number of bytes

;	Check for header.

	LDA	CASBUF+2
	CMP	#EOT
	BEQ	RCB2	;if header, read again

;	Check for last record.

	CMP	#DT1
	BNE	RCB1		;if not last data record

	LDX	CASBUF+130	;number of bytes

;	Set number of bytes.

RCB1	STX	BLIM

;	Perform cassette GET-BYTE.

	JMP	CGB		;perform cassette GET-BYTE,:

;	Set EOF flag.

RCB2	DEC	FEOF		;set EOF flag

;	Exit.

RCB3	LDY	#EOFERR		;end of file indicator
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CPB - Perform Cassette PUT-BYTE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CPB
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CPB	=	*		;entry

;	Move data to buffer.

	LDX	BPTR		;buffer pointer
	STA	CASBUF+3,X	;data
	INC	BPTR		;increment buffer pointer
	LDY	#SUCCES		;assume success

;	Check buffer full.

	CPX	#127		;offset to last byte of buf:
	BEQ	CPB1		;if buffer full

	RTS			;return

;	Write cassette buffer.

CPB1	LDA	#DTA	;indicate data record type
	JSR	WCB	;write cassette buffer
	LDA	#0
	STA	BPTR	;reset buffer pointer
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CST - Perform Cassette STATUS
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CST
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CST	=	*	;entry
	LDY	#SUCCES	;indicate success
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CCL - Perform Cassette CLOSE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CCL
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CCL	=	*	;entry

;	Check mode.

	LDA	WMODE	;WRITE mode
	BMI	CCL2	;if writing

;	Process reading.

	LDY	#SUCCES	;indicate success

;	Exit.

CCL1	LDA	#MOTRST
	STA	PACTL	;stop motor
	RTS		;return

;	Process writing.

CCL2	LDX	BPTR		;buffer pointer
	BEQ	CCL3		;if no data bytes in buffer

	STX	CASBUF+130	;number of bytes
	LDA	#DT1		;indicate data record type
	JSR	WCB		;write cassette buffer
	BMI	CCL1		;if error, exit

;	Zero buffer.

CCL3	LDX	#127		;offset to last byte in buf:
	LDA	#0

CCL4	STA	CASBUF+3,X	;zero byte
	DEX
	BPL	CCL4		;if not done

;	Write cassette buffer.

	LDA	#EOT	;indicate EOT record type
	JSR	WCB	;write cassette buffer

;	Exit.

	JMP	CCL1	;exit
	SPACE	4,10
**	AUB - Alert User with Beep
*
*	ON ENTRY A= FREQ
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	AUB
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


AUB	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	STA	FREQ		;frequency

;	Compute termination time of beep duration.

AUB1	LDA	RTCLOK+2	;current time
	CLC
	LDX	PALNTS
	ADC	BEEPNX,X	;add constant for 1 second :
	TAX			;beep duration termination :

;	Turn on speaker.

AUB2	LDA	#$FF
	STA	CONSOL		;turn on speaker
	LDA	#$00

;	Delay.

	LDY	#$F0

AUB3	DEY
	BNE	AUB3		;if not done delaying

;	Turn off speaker.

	STA	CONSOL		;turn off speaker

;	Delay.

	LDY	#$F0

AUB4	DEY
	BNE	AUB4		;if not done delaying

;	Check for beep duration termination time.

	CPX	RTCLOK+2	;compare current time
	BNE	AUB2		;if termination time not re:

	DEC	FREQ		;decrement frequency
	BEQ	AUB6		;if all done, wait for anot:

;	Compute termination time of beep separation.

	TXA
	CLC
	LDX	PALNTS
	ADC	BEEPFX,X	;add constant
	TAX			;beep separation terminatio:

;	Wait for termination of beep separation.

AUB5	CPX	RTCLOK+2	;compare current time
	BNE	AUB5		;if termination time not re:

;	Beep again.

	BEQ	AUB1		;beep again

;	Wait for key.

AUB6	JSR	WFK		;wait for key
	TYA			;status
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	WFK - Wait for Key
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	WFK
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: bytes wasted by not doing LDA #hig:
*		and LDA #low[KGB-1].
*		Problem: bytes wasted by this being a subro:
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


WFK	=	*		;entry
	LDA	KEYBDV+5	;keyboard GET-BYTE routine :
	PHA			;put address on stack
	LDA	KEYBDV+4
	PHA
	RTS			;invoke keyboard GET-BYTE r:
	SPACE	4,10
**	SCB - Perform SIO on Cassette Buffer
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SCB
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: byte wasted on JSR/RTS exit.
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SCB	=	*		;entry
	STA	DCOMND		;command
	LDA	#high 131
	STA	DBYTHI		;buffer length
	LDA	#low 131
	STA	DBYTLO
	LDA	#high CASBUF
	STA	DBUFHI		;buffer address
	LDA	#low CASBUF
	STA	DBUFLO
	LDA	#$60		;cassette bus ID
	STA	DDEVIC
	LDA	#0
	STA	DUNIT
	LDA	#35		;timeout
	STA	DTIMLO
	LDA	DCOMND		;command
	LDY	#GETDAT		;assume SIO GET-DATA comman:
	CMP	#READ
	BEQ	SCB1		;if READ command

	LDY	#PUTDAT		;SIO PUT-DATA command

SCB1	STY	DSTATS		;SIO command
	LDA	FTYPE		;IRG type
	STA	DAUX2		;second auxiliary informati:
	JSR	SIOV		;vector to SIOV
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	WCB - Write Cassette Buffer
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	WCB
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: byte wasted on JSR/RTS exit.
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


WCB	=	*		;entry
	STA	CASBUF+2	;record type
	LDA	#$55
	STA	CASBUF+0
	STA	CASBUF+1
	LDA	#'W'		;write
	JSR	SCB		;perform SIO on cassette bu:
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	NTSC/PAL Constant Tables


WLEADH	DB	high WLEADN	;high NTSC WRITE file leader
	DB	high WLEADP	;high PAL WRITE file leader

WLEADL	DB	low WLEADN	;low NTSC WRITE file leader
	DB	low WLEADP	;low PAL WRITE file leader

RLEADH	DB	high RLEADN	;high NTSC READ file leader
	DB	high RLEADP	;high PAL READ file leader

RLEADL	DB	low RLEADN	;low NTSC READ file leader
	DB	low RLEADP	;low PAL READ file leader

BEEPNX	DB	BEEPNN		;NTSC beep duration
	DB	BEEPNP		;PAL beep duration

BEEPFX	DB	BEEPFN		;NTSC beep separation
	DB	BEEPFP		;PAL beep separation
	SUBTTL	'Printer Handler'
	SPACE	4,10
**	PIN - Initialize Printer
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PIN
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PIN	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#30	;30 second timeout
	STA	PTIMOT	;printer timeout
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	Printer Handler Address Data
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: bytes wasted by tables and code.  :
*		Immediate instructions should be used.


PSTB	DW	DVSTAT	;status buffer address

PPRB	DW	PRNBUF	;printer buffer address
	SPACE	4,10
**	PST - Perform Printer STATUS
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PST
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PST	=	*	;entry
	LDA	#4	;4 bytes for status
	STA	PBUFSZ	;buffer size
	LDX	PSTB	;address of status buffer
	LDY	PSTB+1
	LDA	#STATC	;status command
	STA	DCOMND	;command
	STA	DAUX1
	JSR	SDP	;set up DCB for printer
	JSR	SIOV	;vector to SIO
	BMI	PSP	;if error, return

;	Exit.

	JSR	STS	;set printer timeout from status
;	JMP	PSP	; return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PSP - Perform Printer SPECIAL
*
*	PSP does nothing.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PSP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PSP	=	*	;entry
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	POP - Perform Printer OPEN
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	POP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


POP	=	*	;entry
	JSR	PST	;perform printer STATUS
	LDA	#0
	STA	PBPNT	;clear pointer buffer pointer
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PPB - Perform Printer PUT-BYTE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PPB
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PPB	=	*		;entry

;	Initialize.

	PHA			;save data
	JSR	PPM		;process print mode

;	Put data in buffer.

	LDX	PBPNT		;printer buffer pointer
	PLA			;saved data
	STA	PRNBUF,X	;put data in buffer
	INX

;	Check for buffer full.

	CPX	PBUFSZ		;printer buffer size
	BEQ	PPP		;if buffer full, perform PU:

;	Update printer buffer pointer.

	STX	PBPNT		;printer buffer pointer

;	Check for EOL.

	CMP	#EOL
	BEQ	PPB1		;if EOL, space fill

;	Exit.

	LDY	#SUCCES		;indicate success
	RTS			;return

;	Space fill buffer.

PPB1	LDA	#' '		;indicate space fill
;	JMP	FPB		;fill printer buffer, retur:
	SPACE	4,10
**	FPB - Fill Printer Buffer
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	FPB
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


FPB	=	*		;entry

;	Fill printer buffer.

FPB1	STA	PRNBUF,X	;byte of printer buffer
	INX
	CPX	PBUFSZ		;printer buffer size
	BNE	FPB1		;if not done

;	Perform printer PUT.

;	JMP	PPP		;perform printer PUT, retur:
	SPACE	4,10
**	PPP - Perform Printer PUT
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PPP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PPP	=	*	;entry

;	Clear printer buffer pointer.

	LDA	#0
	STA	PBPNT	;clear printer buffer pointer

;	Set up DCB.

	LDX	PPRB	;address of printer buffer
	LDY	PPRB+1
	JSR	SDP	;set up DCB for printer

;	Perform PUT.

	JMP	SIOV	;vector to SIO, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PCL - Perform Printer CLOSE
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PCL
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PCL	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	JSR	PPM	;process print mode

;	Check buffer pointer.

	LDA	#EOL	;indicate EOL fill
	LDX	PBPNT	;printer buffer pointer
	BNE	FPB	;if buffer pointer non-zero, fill b:

;	Exit.

	LDY	#SUCCES	;indicate success
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	SDP - Set Up DCB for Printer
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	SDP
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


SDP	=	*	;entry
	STX	DBUFLO	;low buffer address
	STY	DBUFHI	;high buffer address
	LDA	#PDEVN	;printer device bus ID
	STA	DDEVIC	;device bus ID
	LDA	ICDNOZ	;device number
	STA	DUNIT	;unit number
	LDA	#$80	;SIO WRITE command
	LDX	DCOMND	;I/O direction
	CPX	#STATC	;STATUS command
	BNE	SDP1	;if STATUS command

	LDA	#$40	;SIO READ command

SDP1	STA	DSTATS	;SIO command
	LDA	PBUFSZ
	STA	DBYTLO	;low buffer size
	LDA	#0
	STA	DBYTHI	;high buffer size
	LDA	PTIMOT
	STA	DTIMLO	;device timeout
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	STS - Set Printer Timeout from Status
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	STS
*
*	NOTES
*		Problem: bytes wasted by this code's being :
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


STS	=	*		;entry
	LDA	DVSTAT+2	;timeout
	STA	PTIMOT		;set printer timeout
	RTS			;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	PPM - Process Print Mode
*
*	PPM sets up the DCB according to the print mode.
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	PPM
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


PPM	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDY	#WRITE	;WRITE command
	LDA	ICAX2Z	;print mode

;	Determine buffer size.

PPM1	CMP	#NORMAL	;NORMAL mode
	BNE	PPM2	;if not NORMAL mode

	LDX	#NBUFSZ	;NORMAL mode buffer size
	BNE	PPM4	;set buffer size

PPM2	CMP	#DOUBLE	;DOUBLE mode
	BNE	PPM3	;if not DOUBLE mode

	LDX	#DBUFSZ	;DOUBLE mode buffer size
	BNE	PPM4	;set buffer size

PPM3	CMP	#SIDWAY	;SIDEWAYS mode
	BNE	PPM5	;if not SIDEWAYS mode, assume NORMA:

	LDX	#SBUFSZ	;SIDEWAYS mode buffer size

;	Set buffer size.

PPM4	STX	PBUFSZ	;set printer buffer size

;	Set DCB command and mode.

	STY	DCOMND	;command
	STA	DAUX1	;print mode
	RTS		;return

;	Assume NORMAL mode.

PPM5	LDA	#NORMAL	;NORMAL mode
	BNE	PPM1	;set buffer size
	SUBTTL	'Self-test, Part 4'
	SPACE	4,10
**	VFR - Verify First 8K ROM
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	VFR
*
*	EXIT
*		C clear, if verified
*		  set, if not verified
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


VFR	=	*	;entry

;	Initialize.

	LDX	#0	;offset to first region to checksum
	STX	STCHK	;initial sum is zero
	STX	STCHK+1

;	Checksum ROM.

VFR1	JSR	CRR	;checksum region of ROM
	CPX	#12
	BNE	VFR1	;if not done

;	Compare result.

	LDA	$C000	;low checksum in ROM
	LDX	$C001	;high checksum in ROM
;	JMP	VCS	;verify checksum, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	VCS - Verify Checksum
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	VCS
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


VCS	=	*	;entry
	CMP	STCHK	;low checksum
	BNE	VCS1	;if low checksum bad

	CPX	STCHK+1	;high checksum
	BNE	VCS1	;if high checksum bad

	CLC		;indicate verified
	RTS		;return

VCS1	SEC		;indicate not verified
	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	VSR - Verify Second 8K ROM
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	VSR
*
*	EXIT
*		C clear, if verified
*		  set, if not verified
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


VSR	=	*	;entry
	LDX	#0
	STX	STCHK	;initial sum is zero
	STX	STCHK+1
	LDX	#12	;offset to first region to checksum
	JSR	CRR	;checksum region of ROM
	JSR	CRR	;checksum region of ROM
	LDA	$FFF8	;low checksum from ROM
	LDX	$FFF9	;high checksum from ROM
	JMP	VCS	;verify checksum, return
	SPACE	4,10
**	CRR - Checksum Region of ROM
*
*	ENTRY	JSR	CRR
*		X = offset
*
*	MODS
*		Original Author Unknown
*		1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged).
*		   R. K. Nordin	11/01/83


CRR	=	*	;entry

;	Transfer range addresses.

	LDY	#0

CRR1	LDA	TARV,X
	STA	STADR1,Y
	INX
	INY
	CPY	#4	;4 bytes for 2 addresses
	BNE	CRR1	;if not done

;	Checksum range.

	LDY	#0

CRR2	CLC
	LDA	(STADR1),Y
	ADC	STCHK
	STA	STCHK
	BCC	CRR3	;if low value non-zero

	INC	STCHK+1	;adjust high value

CRR3	INC	STADR1	;advance address
	BNE	CRR4	;if low address non-zero

	INC	STADR1+1	;adjust high address

CRR4	LDA	STADR1	;current address
	CMP	STADR2	;end of range
	BNE	CRR2	;if not done

	LDA	STADR1+1
	CMP	STADR2+1
	BNE	CRR2	;if not done

	RTS		;return
	SPACE	4,10
**	TARV - Table of Address Ranges to Verify


TARV	DW	$C002,$D000	;first 8K ROM, $C002 - $CFFF
	DW	$5000,$5800	;first 8K ROM, $D000 - $D7FF
	DW	$D800,$E000	;first 8K ROM, $D800 - $DFFF

	DW	$E000,$FFF8	;second 8K ROM, $E000 - $FFF7
	DW	$FFFA,$0000	;second 8K ROM, $FFFA - $FFFF
	SUBTTL	'Second 8K ROM Identification and Checksum'
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	$FFEE
	SPACE	4,10
**	Second 8K ROM Identification and Checksum


	DB	IDDAY,IDMON,IDYEAR		;date (day, month, year)
	DB	IDCPU				;CPU series
	DB	IDPN1,IDPN2,IDPN3,IDPN4,IDPN5	;part number
	DB	IDREV				;revision number
	DW	$0000				;reserved for checksum
	SUBTTL	'6502 Machine Vectors'
	SPACE	4,10
	FIX	$FFFA
	SPACE	4,10
**	6502 Machine Vectors


	DW	NMI	;vector to process NMI
	DW	RES	;vector to process RESET
	DW	IRQ	;vector to process IRQ
	SPACE	4,10
	END
